1989 - instructions - emergency and ventilation fans...

SFlalct

S

r L

A4,t- óJ7

EMERGENCY AND VENTILATION FANS

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

FOR

(SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPID TRANSIT DISTRICT)

SUPPLIED TO: LOS ANGELES TRANSIT

SUPPLIED BY: FLAKT, INC., WINSTON-SALEM, NC

S.C.R.T.D. REFERENCE NO. A740

FLAKT, INC. REF. NO. C118.324.0773

FOR SERVICE, PLEASE CONTACT: FLAKT CANADA LTD. P.O. BOX 5060 STATION F OTTAWA, ONTARIO K2C 3P9 CANADA TELEPHONE: (613)226-3300

REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S Flakj PAGE: 1 OF 1

EMERGENCY & VENTILATION FANS

5 OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND INSTALLATION MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION

ONE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (READ THIS SECTION FIRST) FAN EQUIPMENT RIGGING AND ERECTION FAN START-UP OPERATION OF AXIAL TYPE FANS MAINTENANCE SPARE PARTS

TWO FAN PERFORMANCE CURVES

THREE MOTOR DATA

FOUR UNDERPLATFORM FAN BLADE ACTUATORS

FIVE VIBRATION MONITORING AND BEARING DAMAGE DETECTION SDEVICES

SIX PRINTS OF FAN EQUIPMENT

SEVEN DAMPERS

EIGHT SOUND ATTENUATORS

NINE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SCREEN GUARDS TRANSITIONS

S

SECTION: ONE REF: C118.324.9773 CONTRACT: A740

$}TJak4 PAGE: 10F19 EMERGENCY & VENTILATION FANS

OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND INSTALLATION MANUAL /

Ii

SECTION ONE

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

FAN EQUIPMENT

- RIGGING AND ERECTION

- FAN START-UP

- OPERATION OF AXIAL TYPE FANS

- MAINTENANCE

- SPARE PARTS

SECTION: ONE REF: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT:. A740 S Hakj PAGE: 2 OF 19

EMERGENCY & VENTILATION FANS OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND INSTALLATION MANUAL

1.0 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (READ THIS SECTION FIRST)

1.1 For the protection of personnel, the data in this manual must be read and understood before proceeding with the handling, installation, operation or servicing of the equipment supplied under this contract.

1.2 All safety codes, standards and regulations must be observed during the handling, installation, operation or servicing of the equipment supplied under this contract.

1.3 The equipment supplied under this contract must be operated onlywith all safety devices in place and functioning. Safety devices include guards, screens, disconnect switches, etc.

1.4 All power to the fan must be disconnected and locked out while handling, installing or performing service maintenance or inspection whenever a safety device is removed or does not provide the intended protection.

1.5 The fan equipment must not be operated until it has been properly installed as described in the following sections, nor should it be operated except in strict 'accordance with the above safety precautions.

.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S Flalcj PAGE: 3 OF 19


2.0 FAN EQUIPMENT (For Drawings see Section No. 6)

2.1 General

The fans supplied on this contract are of the axial flow type, in which the direction of air flow is parallel to the axis of impeller (or rotor) rotation. The essential component of the axial flow fan is a propeller type impeller having a number of identical aerodynamically shaped blades which all operate at a certain identical pitch angle to achieve a given performance. To achieve different performance levels, some impellers are equipped with a

central adjustment mechanism whereby the pitch angle of all the blades may be changed simultaneously. On the remaining fans, blades are adjusted individually by loosening the blade hold down bolts (4 per blade). The mounting of all impellers is directly to the motor shaft, and this assembly then installed in a cylindrical casing produces the basic axial flow fan. Certain fans are also classified as vaneaxial since they include vane sections at the end of the fan casing; the purpose of the vane section is to convert the rotating component of the airstream into axial flow and pressure. The direction of air flow through the emergency and subway ventilation fans is reversible with a change in motor rotation.

2.2 Nameplate Data

Each fan carries an equipment tag and a nameplate identifying its model by an alphanumeric product code, and a serial number, both of which must be supplied in any correspondence concerning the fan. The nameplate also bears specific information as to the maximum service conditions under which the fan is designed to operate.

Found with the fan manufacturer's nameplate is a motor manufacturer's nameplate (in addition to the one attached to the motor casing) containing specific information on the motor originally supplied with the fan. The motor serial number must be supplied in any correspondence concerning the motor.

.

.

[7]

S

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S Flak4 PAGE: 4 OF 19


2.0 FAN EQUIPMENT (CONT'D)

2.2 Nameplate Data (Cont'd)

The product code for these fans is defined as follows:

AXICO FVMR 94 12 1

Axico Type ------ I Fan Size ------------------ Hub Size Code ----------------------- Blade Code ------------------------------------

3.0 RIGGING AND ERECTION

3.1 Fans are shipped as an assembled fan-motor unit. The internal heaters of the fan motors should be energized to keep the windings dry until the time of installation if the fans are to be stored for more than one month. The rotor assembly should be rotated manually once a month to avoid brinelling the shaft bearings and to circulate grease in the cavity of each motor bearing.

Only stable and secure lifting devices of adequate capacity should be used to move the items. The fan assembly is equipped with lifting eyes at the top of the casing near each flange. If the fan equipment is to be lifted from below, chains should not be used under the fan casing. Web slings may be used under the fan next to each flange, using a spreader bar if necessary. If there is any doubt as to the appropriate lifting method, use the safest way and one which does not damage the fan equipment. Note that the fan assembly weight is shown on the assembly drawings.

Some parts of the basic fan may extend beyond the casing and care must be taken to prevent damage to them during rigging. when the fan is in place on its foundation, it must be leveled accurately. Following this, the impeller is to be rotated slowly by hand to ensure that no blade tip is closer than 0.130 inches from the casing at any point of rotation.

.

S

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S FlaIcj PAGE: 5 OF 19


3.0 RIGGING AND ERECTION (CONT'D)

3.2 Transition Installation

The transition sections for all fans will arrive in either two or four sections, depending on size. For drawings see section 6.

The transitions should be handled using slings and hooks (no chains), where convenience lifting bolts can be used in flange holes. Care should be taken not to damage the galvanic finish on the transitions.

After transition sections are located on concrete housekeeping pad, then the two halves or four quarters can be bolted together using the supplied stainless steel bolts and neoprene gaskets. Special care should be taken to ensure transitions are at correct elevation and alignment with fan casing is correct. On completion of this operation, anchor bolts can be installed using Helty two component fixing devices.

Special care should be taken when bolting the transition sections to the fan flanges to ensure that gasket is in correct location and no undue loads and stresses are transmitted to the flexible connections between fans and transitions.

The suggested sequence for installation of fans and associated equipment is as follows:

a) Install, align and level off fan. b) Install, align and level off transitions. c) Install flexible connections. d) Install, align and level off silencers. e) Install all screen guards.

Temporary bracing on transition sections should only be removed once the transitions are located in their final place.

Flexible connections will have threaded rods connected to them to prevent damage during transportation. These rods need to be removed prior to start-up of systems.

S

S

S

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S FIaJç PAGE: 6 OF 19



3.3 SIlencer Installation

The silencer casing and baffles will arrive on site on skids. Two silencer casings will be on one skid and baffles for one silencer will be on two skids. All equipment will be clearly marked with station identification number and equipment designation number. Extreme care should be taken when handling the silencer baffles which are made from light gauge sheet metal and packed with fiberglass absorptive material.

Each silencer casing consists of twelve or eight side panels. For details on individual silencers see Section 8.

FIRSTLY, the three casing sections for the base will be bolted together using correct bolts and caulking material. The bottom section will then have four feet welded to it and placed in position on the housekeeping pad. Anchor bolts can be installed. The side panels, again comprised of three sections each, can be bolted together and lifted into position onto the base section of the silencer. Again, silicone caulking should be used on the joints. NOTE: It may be necessary to use temporary bracing across the end flanges of the silencers to maintain correct position of the side walls.

The baffles can now be installed in the silencer casing, starting with the side wall baffles. For fixing all baffles in position with correct bolting pattern, see relevant drawing. In most instances two baffle sections are joined together to make one complete unit. Self-tapping screws and plate cleats are used to fasten the baffles in place to the bottom of the casing section. NOTE: One cleat at either end of the baffle. Special care should be taken when fitting one baffle section to the other baffle section to ensure that the front and rear section of the baffle slide into one another correctly and that no protruding edges are visible.

The top of the silencer casing can now be assembled and installed onto the lower portion of the casing using correct bolts and silicone sealer. Once the top is in place, the spacing of the baffles should be verified using a "made up" spacer, and the self-tapping screws installed through the top of the casing into the top of the baffle. The half

SECTION: ONE REF.: C11S.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 4 }'laJr4 PAGE: 7 OF 19



3.3 silencer Installation (Cont'd

width side baffles can also be fastened using the self-tapping screws through the side casing.

Caulking should be applied between the end baffles (half baffle) and the side casing.

It may be found to be advantageous to preassemble the silencer complete with baffles adjacent to the housekeeping pad,. and if lifting equipment is available, of the correct capacity, move the completely assembled unit into place. This procedure will need to be done on silencer assembly UA41B because it is supported from the roof. Vertical silencers may also require preassembly prior to final installation.

3.4 Screens

The screens can now be installed on sound attenuators or, where necessary, the dampers. No gasketing is required between the sound attenuator casings and the screen, frame. Correct stainless steel bolts should be used for

- installation. For drawings see Section 6.

3.5 Dampers

For installation of .the dampers see Section 7 in this manual.

4.0 FAN START-UP: INITIAL

4.1 Pre-start Check

4.1.1 All loose debris must be removed from the fan, connected equipment and ductwork.

4.1.2 Lubrication Check

See Lubrication in Section No. 6.3 of this section.

4.1.3 Power Check

Verify that the voltage available to the electrical equipment is nominally correct and is within acceptable NEMA limits. (Fan motors, blade actuator motors, damper, actuator motors and vibration and shock pad systems..)

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S Flakj PAGE: 8 OF 19


4.0 FAN START-UP: INITIAL (CONT'D)

4.1 Pre-start Check (Cont'd)

4.1.4 Rotation Check

With all personnel clear of fan and connected equipment, bump-start the fan to check rotation. Rotations are marked on casing sections for forward or reverse flow.

4.1.5 The direction of rotation may be safely checked during coast-down by viewing through the access door in the casing section.

4.1.6 Operational Start

All personnel must be clear of the fan and connected equipment and ductwork any time the fan is started. Failure to do so may result in serious injury. System dampers must be open. When the above checklist is satisfactorily completed, the fan may be started and vibration levels measured and recorded. See Vibration in section 5.4 for pertinent data on vibration levels.

5.0 OPERATION OF AXIAL TYPE FANS

5.1 Normal

The axial fans supplied under this contract are designed and built to meet or exceed the required performance levels. Normal operation, assuming no system variations or deficiencies, consists of stable air flow and pressure.

5.2 Abnormal Operation

Abnormal operation refers to deviation from performance point, wide or cyclic variation in power draw, excessive vibration or noise, and similar mechanical/electrical problems. If there is ever any doubt as to whether operation is safe, the fan should be shut down and the problem investigated and resolved before restarting the fan.

SF1a1ç

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 PAGE: 9 OF 19


5.0 OPERATION OF AXIAL TYPE FANS (CONT'D)

5.3 Special Operation

Should the fans remain idle, once installed, for prolonged periods, the space heaters need to be energized and they should be run for a few minutes or the impellers rotated manually once a month to prevent brinelling of the motor bearings and to circulate the grease in the cavity of each motor bearing.

5.4 Vibration

The following vibration levels are recommended for operation:

FAN TYPE RPM NORMAL ALARM SHUTDOWN

OTE 900 1.6 mil 3.2 mu 6.4 miX up 900 1.6 mu 3.2 mil 6.4 mil Emergency Fan 1200 1.2 mil 2.4 mil 4.8 mil subway Vent. Fan 1200 1.2 mil 2.4 mu 4.8 mil

5.4.1 Above figures are in mils peak-to-peak.

5.4.2 Axial measurements should not normally exceed one half of the above levels.

5.4.3. Measurement location can be on the fan casing or support frame for testing, the permanent monitors are located on the fan support legs.

5.4.4 Any balancing should be done only by an experienced balancing technician.

5.5 Changes in Performance

On site conditions may require an increase or a decrease in the pitch angle of the impeller blades to meet new performance requirements.

Overhead Tramway Exhaust Fan:

The pitch angle of the impeller blades is varied via two adjustment screws on either side of the fan center hub. The blade position is set by the two nuts on each side of the threaded rods. Motion parallel to the center line of the motor is transmitted through connecting linkage to the impeller blades, all of which are adjusted simultaneously.

.

S

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S FIa1ç PAGE: 10 OF 19



5.5 Changes in Performance (Cont'd)

To adjust the pitch angle of the impeller blades, the two lock nuts, one either side of the cover, must be loosened to allow the adjustment nuts to be turned. Turning the nuts to travel towards the impeller decreases the pitch angle (reduces flow), turning the nuts to travel away from the impeller increases the pitch angle (increases flow). Pitch angle is shown by marks on the fan shroud and blade base. These will either be punched or cast into the relevant pieces of equipment. Fine adjustments to blade angle can be made by using a protractor between the blade base and the impeller fairing.

When the desired blade pitch is reached, the two lock nuts on the adjusting studs must be secured to maintain the pitch angle.

Emergency and Subway Ventilation Fans:

All blades on the SVF and EF fans are attached separately to the impeller I airing, by the use of a backing plate and four allen head cap screws. All blades have to be individually adjusted.

To adjust the pitch angle of the impeller blades, unlock all four retaining cap head screws and using the scale stamped on the hub rim, set the desired angle. On completion of this operation, tighten all cap head screws. Fine adjustments to blade angle can be made using a protractor between the blade base and the edge of the hub rim. Again, all blades must be individually adjusted.

On completion of any adjustments inside the fan casing, ensure that all tools and debris from fan interior are removed and all covers are replaced and bolted securely in position. The amperage draw by the motor should be checked immediately after restarting the fan to ensure that rated motor amps are not exceeded. NOTE: Motor information is shown on nameplate attached to both the motor and the fan casing.

.

.

S

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S F'kl'J PAGE: ii. OF 19



5.5 changes in Performance (Cont'd)

Underplatform Fan:

In the case of the underplatform fan, the blades are adjusted simultaneously as with the overhead train way exhaust fans, but because variable flow is required from these units, in-flight adjustment mechanisms have been added to these fans. When the fans are cycling correctly, the blades will move automatically from fully closed to their predetermined open position by use of an electrical actuator connected to the fan hub via a turnbuckle and operating arm. It should be noted that extent of blade movement can be altered by the actuator, and the turnbuckle mechanism, but also blade angle limit stops are installed on the fan hub. Should additional flow or pressure be required from the underplatform fans, then the blade angle limiting studs need to be adjusted, and the blade actuator needs adjustment as well. Blade actuator adjustment can be found under Section 5 in this manual.

6.0 MAINTENANCE

6.1 General

Axial and tube-axial fans are quality products which have been designed and built to provide reliable service with a minimum of maintenance. If properly maintained as described below, they can be expected to provide many years of trouble free service.

6.2 General Physical/Mechanical

6.2.1 Periodic Inspection

It is good practice to inspect a fan periodically, perhaps after every six months of service, for its general physical and mechanical condition.. Such an inspection includes checking of castings, mechanical tightness of bolted connection, condition of paint and exposed metal surfaces, build-up of dirt on impeller blades, blade position and blade tip clearance.

.

.

.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S FI91ç PAGE: 12 OF 19


6.0 MAINTENANCE (CONT'D)

6.2 General Physical/Mechanical (Cont'd)

6.2.2 Vibration

All of the fans supplied on this contract are equipped with continuous vibration and bearing damage detection monitoring systems. Section 5 of this manual entitled "Vibration Monitoring and Bearing Damage Detection Systems", deals fully with the supplied apparatus.

6.2.3 Major Inspection and Service Lubrication of Fan Impellers

In the case of the emergency fans, the following procedure can be used.

Every three years, the fan impeller should receive a thorough inspection to determine the condition of the blades, the clearances between blade tips and fan casing, torque settings on blade bolts and torque setting on bolts used to hold impeller to motor shaft. At this time, the complete fan should be wiped clean of any contamination such as dust or grease which may have accumulated. There are no grease points on the emergency fans or station ventilation fans.

Procedures for the overhead train way exhaust fans are as follows:

Every three years the fan impeller should receive a service lubrication in addition to the periodic inspection of the entire fan. Prior to this lubrication, the impeller should be wiped clean of any grease or dirt build-up which may have accumulated.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A74O S L9Jq PAGE: 13 OF 19



6.2.3 Major Inspection and Service Lubrication of Fan Impellers (Cont'd)

As part of the blade pitch angle adjustment, the cast spider slides axially along a finished OD on the impeller hub. The sliding surface between these parts requires lubrication at intervals more frequent than three years only if the blade angle is often adjusted. For this contract, the pitch angle is expected to remain at a given setting fpr long periods of time.

Thus, the three-year interval should be adequate. When required, Chevron SR2, or equal, grease should be added through a grease fitting on the side of the cast spider.

At the end of each spider leg a drag link connects the spider to each blade base. The drag link has a bronze bearing at each end. Without removing these drag links, wipe each bearing clean and lubricate with an aerosol silicone based lubricant such as CRC or WD4O. The blade base is a casing which would normally house a bearing, but in this type of application no bearing is used and consequently no lubrication is required.

S

Undérplatform Fans

In the case of the underplatform fans, the following procedure should be used. Once every four months, the fan impeller should receive a service lubrication in addition to the periodic inspection of the entire fan. Prior to this lubrication, the impeller should be wiped clean of any grease or grime which may have accumulated.

As part of the blade pitch angle adjustment, the cast spider slides axially along the finished CD of the impeller hub. The sliding surface between these parts requires lubrication at regular four-month intervals. A Chevron SR2 grease, or equivalent, should be used. The grease can be added through a grease fitting on the side of the cast spider assembly. NOTE: The fan needs to be stationary and locked out before this operation should be performed.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: 1740 S Fk14 PAGE: ±4 OF 19


6.0 MAINTENANCE (CONTTD)

6.2.3 Major Inspection and Service Lubrication of Fan Impellers (Cont'd)

At the end of each spider leg a drag link connects the spider to each blade base. The drag link has a bronze bearing at each end. Without removing these drag links, wipe each bearing clean and lubricate with an aerosol silicone-based lubricant such as CRC or WD4O.

The base of each blade has a thrust or bearing race for smooth blade actuation. Each blade bearing housing has a grease nipple located on the inside of the fan hub which requires greasing every four months with a Chevron SR2 grease or equivalent. NOTE: The same amount of grease should be added to each blade bearing tb ensure the fan stays in balance. Recommended quantity is two pumps from a cartridge type grease gun.

6.3 Motor Bearing Lubrication

The motor bearings are initially lubricated by the motor manufacturer and should not normally require any additional lubrication prior to start-up. The bearings should, however, be lubricated when the following conditions apply:

1) Fan in storage or idle for six months. 2) At every 2,000 hours of normal operation. 3) Once a year.

The above three options apply to all fans supplied on this contract.

6.3.1 Motor Bearing Lubrication Procedure

1) The lubrication fitting is located at the front and rear of the motor and is connected to a conveniently located bulk head fitting outside the fan casing.

.

.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740

FlaIcJ PAGE 15 OF 19



6.3.1 Motor Bearing Lubrication Procedure (Cont'd)

2) Each lubrication fitting will have a companion port for pressure relief and draining of old grease through a spring loaded purge valve.

3) Using a Chevron SR2 grease, or equal, add three strokes (hand cartridge gun) to each bearing.

Adding grease does not imply that lubricant will come out of the relief ports. These ports are primarily intended to relieve pressure.

4) wipe any excess grease from the lubrication fittings and ports and replace the plugs in the relief ports. CAUTION: DO NOT OVER-LUBRICATE THE BEARINGS AS THIS CAN DAMAGE BEARING SEALS AND FORCE LUBRICANT INTO THE MOTOR HOUSING.

5) Grease Listing and Quantity

HORSEPOWER PERIOD STROKES (See Note)

50-150 6 months 3

NOTE: Normal amount of grease delivered by a hand cartridge type grease gun.

Use only the following lubricants or their equal:

Chevron 5R2 A.F. No. 2

Precision No. 2 Alvania No. 2

Starfak H, M and No. 2 Mobilux No. 2

Mobil Grease NO. 77

The grease fittings must be clean to prevent con- taminat ion.

C

.

.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S Flakj PAGE 16 of 19



6.4 Exposure to 300°F or More

In the event of an emergency fan operation at a temperature of 300°F, the impeller should receive a full inspection as outlined above, preferably by a Flakt Service Technician. If the impeller is in satisfactory condition, it can be relubricated as indicated above and returned to service.

The motor should be checked by a licensed service shop of Reliance Electric Company before being returned to service.

Restart after these inspections should be conducted according to the information given for initial start-up.

6.5 Impeller and Motor

6.5.1 Impeller and Motor Removal for Emergency, Underplatform, Overhead Train way Exhaust, and Subway Ventilation Fans

It will be necessary to remove the impeller from the motor in order to remove the motor for major service or replacement. This may be accomplished as follows, with reference to the relevant drawings as listed in section 6.

Disconnect and Lock Out of All Power to the Fan

The main conduit box will be opened and all power cables disconnected. Instrumentation wiring terminal box should also be opened and all connecting wiring disconnected. It will be noted from the drawing of the particular fan that the fan casing is split horizontally. This is to facilitate removal of complete upper section of the fan.

Bolts connecting upper and lower portion of the fan should be removed. Bolts connecting to fan to anti-stall of blade track section and connecting cones should also be removed. The upper portion of the fan casing can now be removed.

C

r

C


i FIal',t PAGE: 17 OF 19


6.0 MAINTENANCE (CONTtD)

6.5.1 Impeller and Motor Removal for Emergency, Underplatform, Overhead Train Way Exhaust, and Subway Ventilation Fans (Cont'd)

The conduit piping for main motor terminal leads and instrumentation can now be disconnected from the motor and removed. When sliding conduit over wiring use extreme caution.

The impeller can be removed from the motor shaft by using a puller bar. The impeller should be supported by web slings during removal. NOTE: Do not use chains around the impeller. Do not remove the snap rings inside the hub and do not lose the socket head screw, shaft key or thrust washer, as these items are required for reassembly. To support the weight of the impeller during removal one blade can be removed and an adapter plate with an eye bolt secured in its place. Using a small hoist and an eye bolt attached to the inside of the anti-stall chamber or flange of blade track area, the weight of the impeller can be supported during removal of said impeller.

Once the impeller has been removed and secured in place the motor hold-down bolts and location dowels can be removed, the motor moved back on its base plate and then, if necessary, removed from the fan casing. NOTE: Ensure bearing lubrication lines and bearing vent lines are removed prior to moving motor.

6.5.2 Impeller Installation

On repair/replacement of motor, reassembly of motor and impeller will proceed as follows:

Motor will be lowered onto base plate, moved into correct position and shimmed to the correct height. Motor location dowels will be reinstalled and motor hold-down bolts tightened up.

SECTION: ONE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 S FIaIcj PAGE: 18 OF 19



6.5.2 Impeller Installation (Cont'd)

The motor shaft should be cleaned with a solvent and a light film of anti-cease compound such as Mol-Kote GN or equivalent applied. Locate the key in the motor shaft keyway. The impeller should be supported by web slings (not chains) and lifted into position ahead of the motor shaft and key. Be sure the snap ring is in its correct place inside the hub. Slide the impeller onto the motor shaft using a puller bar to bring the impeller up to its correct location against the snap ring.

Clean the thrust washer retaining bolt and the tapped threads inside the motor shaft. Apply Locktite grade "T" primer to the threads. Allow Locktite to air dry for five minutes, then apply Locktite 242 to the threads. Install the thrust washer in the correct cavity, then insert the thrust washer hold-down bolt into the end of the shaft. Torque the screw to the settings stipulated on the relevant drawing. The web slings may now be removed from the impeller after it has been secured.on the motor shaft. Remove adapter plate for lifting impeller and replace blade. For subway ventilation fans and emergency fans, ensure blade is in correct position relative to remaining blades.

.

The conduit piping for main motor leads and motor instrumentation can now be reconnected to motor. Again, care must be taken not to damage electrical cables.

Grease lubrication lines and ventilation lines can also be connected at this time.

When reassembling the fan casing, special attention should be paid to lowering the fan casing upper half into place on the lower half as flange gaskets will tend to get pinched. Once the upper casing is in the correct place, gaskets are in their correct positions, then all bolts securing the top half of the fan casing to the lower half and flanges either end of casing can be installed and tightened.

I

.

.


j'J FJalç PAGE: 19 OF 19



6.5.2 Impeller Installation (Cont'd)

Follow the previously given service lubrication and start-up instructions to put the fan back in service

7.0 SPARE PARTS

In general, it is not expected that these fans will require the stocking of any spare parts beyond those listed in the contract specifications. The fan casing and vane sections are of heavy construction and are not likely to require replacement except in cases of major catastrophe; on-site repair may be possible. Impeller -part replacement may be done by the Owner or by a Flakt Service Technician. The motors are custom built and would best be serviced by a service facility licensed by the manufacturer. Spare motor bearings, if desired, are readily available from the motor manufacturer.

Any spare parts for the fan may be ordered through a local Flakt representative or directly from the factory. Prices will be quoted at the time of the order. Parts orders should specify:

i) Fan Model Number. 2) Fan Serial Number. 3) Part Description (and drawing number and item, if known). 4) Quality required.

other than the Chevron SR2 or equal, the only materials which might be convenient to have on hand are:

Locktite Grade T Primer, P/N 100244-01 (6 oz. aerosol)

Locktite 242, P/N 100244-20 (50 cc. bottle).

TEH/rb0 109

SECTION: TWO REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740

rsFlakt PAGE: 1 OF 6


SECTION TWO

FAN PERFORMANCE CURVES

- UNDERPLATFORM AND OVERHEAD TRAINWAY EXHAUST FANS

- EMERGENCY FAN, EXHAUST FLOW

- EMERGENCY FAN, SUPPLY FLOW

- SUBWAY VENTILATION FAN, EXHAUST FLOW

- SUBWAY VENTILATION FAN, SUPPLY FLOW

I

S

I

S I SW -a'.

ii ti U Ii I S

S. 5

-a-- ____ - S Srap I - ___=_z-:=---

I r3_ t S I I:ir SI -r

I

I I I I 'I . ., r±' !Id en

I

-

e

S S

I

I,

I

II

-

I

S -

'p

--

S e

S

I.

51

- S

U

-

-

5

S

-

S

S S

S

S

S

e e

S S

S

4.

I

e

e

-

S

S

e

V

S

a

.

S S

S

-

S.

S

I:

'I'll

H ..

'2

S

0

1

S

S

-

a

-

a

p S I,. a

. a.

p I,;

S

I

I

SECTION: THREE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 PAGE: 1 OF 2


SECTION THREE

MOTOR DATA

- LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

- MOTOR PARTS LIST

- RELIANCE A-C MOTOR INSTRUCTION MANUAL

- TECHNICAL DATA FOR: 1) FRAME 404T, 50 HP

2) FRAME 445T, 150 HP

3) FRAME 449T, 200 HP

4) FRAME 449T, 250 HP

SECTION: THREE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 4 J?lnIç PAGE: 2 OF 2


MOTOR LUBRICANT INFORMATION

The following lubricants apply to the motors, blade bearings and center hub blade adjusting devices.

Grease Listing and Quantity

PERIOD

50-250 6 months

STROKES (See Note)

3

NOTE: Normal amount of grease delivered by a hand cartridge type grease gun.

Use only the following lubricants or their equal:

Chevron SR2 A.F. No. 2

Precision No. 2 Alvania No. 2

Starfak H, H and No. 2 Mobilux No. 2

Mobil Grease No. 77

The grease fittings must be clean to prevent contamination.

.

RELIANCEELECTRIC MOTOR PARTS LIST CUST. PU. NO. DATE SALES ORDER NUMBER

CP773004 10/11/88 2MAF38651 02 PAGE : 1

SOLD TO M. TURNER SPECIAL MARKS: SCRDT/LA METRO RAIL FLAKT CANADA LTD. 1400 MERIVALE RD (K2C 3P9) OTTAWA ONT CAN

SHIP TO FAMCO-FORSYTH 216 JUNIA AVENUE RK WINSTON-SALEM, NC 27107

MOTOR IDENTIFICATION ---------------------- PROD LINE FRAME SIZE TYPE INSL DESIGN SERV FCTR PHASE AMB. DUTY ENCL

Z LINE AC E004491 P H B 1.1S 3 040 CONT TENV

HERTZ HP RPM VOLTAGE FL AMP FT/MIN CODE

60 200 1185 460 226. C

BRG, DRIVE END 90BC03J30X26 BRGIOPP DRIVE END 90BC03J30X26

I NAMEPLATE, 613-SC

1 NAMEPLATEIWARNING 692-F

2UANTITY

S

LI

PART NUMBER

89 433-lA 6049 83-7R 418143-76W 416821 -3C 416821 -3G 6039 93-SEW 60 49 78-22R 89441-548 41 0700-4A 4 t 5045-2C 4121 18-6A 4181S0-3A 35000-i A 48977-63 89447-618 4150 45-2C 412118-GA 702623-18 4181 S0-3A 35000-1 A 76 87 0-D 76871-A 75456-A 75457-A 49843-198 406056-TA

I NAMEPLATE WARNING 692-F

A R T S L I S T --------------------------------

PART DESCRIPTION DISC. SYM LIST PRICE

FRAME SHAFT ROTOR B BRG,FE Si 5.00 B BRG.BE Si 5.00 CAP.FE INNER CAP,BE INNER BRKT ,FE WAVY WSHR.PFE BRKT Si 32.00 SLINGER ,FE

DRAINJFE BRKT CAPPLUC,FE CREASE ALEM FTG,FE RELIEF FITTING,FE BRKT, BE SLINGER , BE

DRAINIBE BRKT THERMAL BARR,BE

CAPPLUGIBE GREASE ALEM FTG,BE CONDUIT BOX 51 484.00 COVER,C/DOX Si 330.00 CONDUIT BOXJAUX Si 42.00 COVER,AUX C/BOX 51 20.00 ADAPT,AUX C/BOX TERMINAL BOARD

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

COST. P0. NO.

CP773004

QI"NTITY PART NUMBER

1 67053-lA 2 65774-C 1 3351 0-4L 2 604943-27S 1 48897-100 I 34180-16H 1 34180-54K 2 33775-4E

MOTOR PARTS LIST DATE SALES ORDER NUMBER

10/11/88 2MAF38651 02

PART DESCRIPTION DISC. SYM

GASK..CVR C/BOX GASK,C/BASE AUX HHTTS,GROUND LUG ADAPT, SWITCH

PLUGIFE BRKT KEY, FE KEY, BE DR SCR,N/PLT

STICKERS & TAGS 412031-lA

604989-193

10 P/L TO SOLD TO 1 P/L TO 05244 (CM 1 P/L TO 84772 (S.P 12 COPIES

S

S

MCCARTHY-RNY) WESTON-RLA)

DIMENSION SHEET

PAGE 2

LIST PRICE

ELIANCEELECTRIC MOTOR PARTS LIST UST. P0. NO. DATE SALES ORDER NUMBER

P773004 10/24/88 3MAF38651 01 PAGE :

3LD TO N. TURNER SPECIAL MARKS: SCRDT/LA METRO RAIL FLAKT CANADA LTD. . 1400 MERIVALE RD (K2C 3P9) OTTAWA ONT CAN

I4IP TO FAMCO-FORSYTH 216 JUN14 AVENUE RJ( WINSTON-SALEM NC 27107

MOTOR IDENTIFICATION ---------------------- ROD LINE FRAME SIZE TYPE INSL DESIGN SERV FCTR PHASE AMB. DUTY ENCL

LINE AC E00445T P H B I . 35 3 040 CONT TENV

ERTZ HP RPM VOLTAGE FL AMP FT/MIN CODE

60 Iso 1185 460 174. F

ERG, DRIVE END 90BC03330X28 BRGJOPP DRIVE END 90BC03330X28 TAMP N/P B/L '115 DEC C R

I NAMEPLATE,WARNING 692-F 1 NAMEPLATEIWARNING 692-F

(JANTITY

.

--------- P A R T $ L I S T ------------------------------- -

PART NUMBER PART DESCRIPTION DISC. SYM LIST PRICE

89432-IA FRAME 604981-2SR SHAFT 418143-76? ROTOR 416821-ISG B BRGJFE

416821-lEG B BRG,BE 603993-58D CAP,FE INNER 604978-22R CAPBE INNER 89441-54B BRKT,FE 410700-4A WAVY WSHR,FE BRKT 81 32.00 41S045-2C SLINGERIFE 412118-4A DRAINIFE BRKT 418150-3A CAPPLUGIFE GREASE 35000-lA ALEM FTG,FE 48977-6J RELIEF FITTINGIFE

89447-618 BRKT,BE 41504S-EC SLINGERIBE 432118-bA DRAINIBE BRKT 702623-lB THERMAL BARR.BE 418150-3A CAPPL%JGIBE CREASE 35000-lA ALEM FTGBE 76870-B CONDUIT BOX 51 810.00 76871-A COVERIC/BOX 51 330.00 7S456'-A CONDUIT .BOXIAUX SI 42.00 7S457-A COVER,AUX C/BOX SI 20.00 49843-t9B ADAPT,AUX C/BOX 67053-IA GASK.CVR C/BOX

:LIANCE ELECTRIC

'ST. P0. NO.

:773004

ANTIT'( PART NUMBER

IS?65530-0 2 65774-C ¶ 3351 0-4L 2 604943-an I 48897-IOD 1 34180-16H 1 34180-22H 2 33775-4E

MOTOR PARTS LIST DATE SALES ORDER NUMBER

10/24/88 3t1AF386S1 01

PART DESCRIPTION DISC. SYM

GASKICVR C/B AUX Si GASK,C/BASE MiX HHTTS,GROUND LUG ADAPT, S%.JITCH PLUGIFE BRKT KEY ,FE KEY, BE DR SCR,N/PLT

ICKERS & TAGS 412031-lA

604989-193 DIMENSION SHEET

I PIL TO SOLD TO P/L TO 05244 (CM P/I TO 84772 (S.P

2 COPIES

C

S

MCCARTHY-RNY) WESTON-RLA)

PACE 2

LIST PRICE

3.00

S

C

.

Installation, and Care of

Operation

Reliance® Standard Integral Horsepower Induction Motors . 180-449 FRAMES

Re'iance Electric

A-C MOTORS( Instruction Manual B-3620-17 February, 1987

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RECEIVING AND HANDLING

Page . Acceptance....................................................... 3

Storage........................................................... 3

Unpacking........................................................ 3

Warranty......................................................... 3

INSTALLATION

Inspection........................................................ 4

Location.......................................................... 4

Lifting Means ..................................................... 4

Mounting........................................................ 4

Drive............................................................. 4

RotatingParts ..................................................... 5

Wiring............................................................ 5

Grounding........................................................ 5

Starting.......................................................... 5

DrainPlugs ....................................................... 6

Rotation.......................................................... 6

Test For General Condition ......................................... 6

Initial Lubrication ................................................. 6

OPERATION ............................................................. 6

MAINTENANCE ........................................................... 7

Disassembly ...................................................... 7

Removing Brackets and Rotor ...................................... 7

Removing and Replacing Ball Bearings .............................. 7

Reassembly....................................................... 7

LUBRICATION OF ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS .............................. 8

Recommended Lubricant ........................................... 8

Lubrication Procedure ............................................. 8

Lubrication Instructions ............................................ 8

Service Conditions ................................................ B

Lubrication Frequency ............................................. 8

Lubrication Volume ................................................ $

TYPICAL ANTI-FRICTION BEARING CONSTRUCTION ........................ 9

REPI..ACEMENT BEARINGS ............................................... 9

PARTS IDENTIFICATION DRAWING ...................................... 10

TOTAL SERVICE PROGRAMS ............................................ 11

Renewal Pans ................................................... 11

New Pans Guarantee ............................................. 11

Additional Literature .............................................. 11

Reliance Electric Company. 1978

.

S

S.

RECEIVING AND HANDLING

ACCEPTANCE

Thoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting

shipment from the transportation company. If any of the

goods called for in the bill of lading or express receipt are

damaged or the quantity is short, do not accept them until the freight or express agent makes an appropriate notation

on your freight bill or express receipt. If any concealed loss

or damage is discovered later, notify your freight or express

agent at once and request him to make an inspection. We

will be very happy to assist you in collecting claims for loss

or damage in shipment; however, this willingness, on our part does not remove the transportation company's respon-

sibility in reimbursing you for collection of claims or re-

placement of material. Claims for loss or damage in ship-

ment must not be deducted from the Reliance Electric invoice, nor should payment of the Reliance Electric invoice be withheld awaiting adjustment of such claims, as the carrier guarantees safe delivery.

If considerable damage has been incurred and the sit- uation is urgent, contact the nearest Reliance Electric District Office for assistance. Please keep a written record of all communications.

STORAGE - DUTY MASTER A-C MOTORS

Storage requirements for motors under negotiated extended warranty are listed below. When a negotiated extended warranty is in1effect, these extended storage requirements must be followed to allow the submission of a valid warranty claim.

1. The motors, if not mounted, are to be stored in the original containers in a clean, dry, protected warehouse.

2. The storage area is to be free from any vibration and from extremes in temperature.

3. Bearings a. Ball & Roller (anti-friction regreasable type). The

bearings are to be fully greased at the time of going into extended storage. Motor shafts are to be rotated manually every 6 months and additional grease added in the bearing cavity. Rotate shaft by hand before putting into service.

b. Sleeve (oil lube) The bearings are tested using an oil containing a rust inhibitor. Prior to shipment the oil is drained. If motor is stored more than one month the oil reservoirs must be refilled to the indicated level with the specified lubricant. (See

Instruction Manual) The shaft should be rotated by hand every month at least 10 to 15 revolutions to assure that an oil film is on the shaft and bearing surfaces.

c. Ball (anti-friction non regreasable.) No additional bearing precautions are necessary.

3

4. All drains to be fully operable while in storage. and/or the drain plugs removed. The motors must be stored so that the drain is at the lowest point. All breathers and automatic "T" drains must be operable to allow breathing at points other than through the bearing fits.

5. All units equipped with heaters are to have the heaters connected if storage conditions in any way simulate or approach atmospheric conditions experienced in operation.

6. Windings to be megged at the time equipment is put in storage. At the time of removal from storage, the resistance reading must not have dropped more than 50% from the initial reading. Any drop below this point necessitates electrical or mechanical drying. Where a large quantity of motors is stored, an inspection or sampling should be made by removing the end brackets and visually inspecting for the presence of water in the grease or rust on the bearing. If present, replace the bearings and relubricate.

7. All external parts and motors subjected to corrosion should be protected by some corrosive resistant coating.

8. Where motors are- not stored in the original containers, but are removed and mounted on other pieces of machinery, the mounting must be such that the drains and breathers are fully operable. In this respect, the drains must be kept at the lowest point in the motor and/or the drain plugs removed so that all condensation can automatically drain out.

9. All other storage conditions apply, including rotation of motor shafts. Where such conditions cannot be met, then the equipment must be treated the same as

if it were mounted in its normal position, and all protective devices such as heaters, breathers, and drains fully operable.

UNPACKING

After unpacking and inspection to see that all pads are in good condition, turn the shaft by hand to be sure there are no obstructions to free rotation. Equipment which has been in storage for sometime should be tested and relubricated (regreasable type) prior to being put into service. Refer to Test for General Condition" and "Lubrication" for procedure to be performed after extended storage.

Equipment with roller bearings is shipped with a shaft block at the opposite pulley end. In removing the shaft block, be sure to replace the bolts which are used to hold the shaft block in place during shipment.

INSTALLATION

INSPECTION

After the motor is unpacked, examine the nameplate data to see that it agrees with the power circuit to which it is to be connected. The motor will operate with frequency not more than 5% and voltage not more than 10% above or below the nameplate data, or combined variation of

voltage and frequency of not more than 10% above or

below nameplate data. Efficiency, power factor and

current may vary from nameplate data. Performance

within these voltage and frequency variations will not necessarily be in accordance with the standards established

for operation at rated voltage and frequency.

GENERAL EFFECT OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY VARIATION ON STANDARD EFFICIENT INDUCTION MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

STARTING AMAX SYNCIORO- DECENCY POWER FACTOR MAX MAGNETIC

VARIATiON RUNNING NOUS %SLIP FULL-LOAD FULL-LOAD STARTING TEMP RISE. OVERLOAD NOISENO

TORDUE SPEED SPEED CURRENT CURRENT FULL-LOAD CAPACITY

LOAD IN

Fill Luod 3/4 LuS I/i LOS Full Loud 3/4 Luud 1/2 LoS PARTiCULAR __________ Vl1E3 tuflton:

______________

nan 44%

_________

No Chuags

_________

Cucias 30% nan 13% 6-0% Docntn.. fl-IS HP) Osan Ouunn Duuna O.cn Ducn

' ' I- 20 'age. Irncmno 44% No*s1.

120% 0-1% nan 1/2-2 point 7-20 points 5-15 points 10-30 points 15-40 point Irtn 100-300 HP) Il-IS HP)

Dual.. 34° C

1100400 HP

llO%vols.p men 21% No Changs Dua.e. 17% Inc... 1% 'ghn Pnctcully Dot,... DstAn. Dsc,ses Outage Inca.. 'cnn 'acne. Incaia lncneu

O.cnn no things 1-2 points 5-10 points S points 5-4 paint 24% 10-12% 34C. 21% Gi,i1y

Fm.cton. of IVok.pI2 Conanini lSYfnchronou Vnln voltsgsl1 411119. WOW dip)

90% ocfbgu Onto 10% N, Chings 'none. 23% 054iia Dscnn Ptttdly Irene maya Inane 'Itnin D.cr.n Inonne Downs Diane Incna l-2pointn 1.112% 2 point no ctn.ngs S point 2-3 pninnn 4-5 point 10-11% 10-12% S.InC. 19% Gi1hfy

Fr41. 'sninlon __ I 5% PnagiSly

ia1.5. Oç,a sight SIilto Gighn Sight Siçhn Oocnn Duane D.t,..,O Oscnn O.c,n 105% tnq. no things bonn Irene Inane Inane Inane tçnnly 541' Sçtry Sighfy Sightly Incyna

Fanctina of I Frpoun.cy l5ysncfnronous frsquoacy (?vl2 4155 dip lnj.uncy

95%trsqoancy 'rents 11% Ducon 5% Praclicilly

OOcnnS% ' Sir Slit/n Sight Sir 5*1 Inc... Inane Inane Incasso Intro.. no thung. D.cmnu Down. Down's Dotage Duc,,., 01cr.,. Slightly 5-4% Slightly Slightly Sights1

1% Slight Slight Sight 2% Dow S-61

2% Inca.. UnbEnt. Duane Duane DfCnnsl D.c.., nncrn Osontia

2% Slight Sight Slight 7% Diane 3% Inaige 8% lucas UrEjinco Osae Diane Dscnnn. D.c,ne

NOTE: This table shows general effects, which will vary somewhat for specific ratings.

LOCATION

The motor should be installed in a location compatible with the motor enclosure and specified ambient.

LIFTING MEANS

Lvt1;1IRI& WHEN A LIFTING MEANS IS PROVIDED FOR HANDLING THE MOTOR OR GENERATORn IT SHOULD NOT BE USED TO LIFT THE MOTOR OR GENERATOR PLUS ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEARS, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, OR OTHER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT.

In the case of assemblies on a common base, any lifting means provided on the motor or generator should not be

used to lift the assembly and base but, rather, the assembly should be lifted by a sling around the base or by other lifting means provided on the base. In all cases, care should be

taken to assure lifting in the direction intended in the design of the lifting means. Likewise, precautions should be taken to prevent hazardous overloads due to deceleration, acceleration or shock forces.

4

DRIVE

The pulley, sprocket, or year used in the drive should be

located on the shaft as close to the shaft shoulder as

possible. Heat to install. Driving a unit on the shaft will damage the bearings.

Belt Drive: Align the pulleys so that the belt will run

true; tighten the belt just enough to prevent slippage, any tighter will cause premature bearing failure. If possible, the lower side of the belt should be the driving side.

Chain Drive: Mount the sprocket on the shaft as close

to the bracket as possible. Align the sprockets so that the chain will run true. Avoid excessive chain tension.

Gear Drive and Direct Connection: Accurate alignment is very essential. Secure the motor and driven unit rigidly to the base.

.

I

.

INSTALLATION (Cont'ci) ROTATING PARTS

WARNING ROTATING PARTS, SUCH AS COUPLINGS, PULLEYS, EXTERNAL FANS, AND UNUSED SHAFT EXTENSIONS, SHOULD BE PERMANENTLY GUARDED AGAINST ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH HANDS OR CLOTHING. THIS IS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT WHERE THE PARTS HAVE SURFACE IRREGULARITIES SUCH AS KEYS, KEYWAYS OR SET SCREWS. SOME SATISFACTORY METHODS OF GUARDING ARE:

1. Covering the machine and associated rotating pam with structural or decorative parts of the driven or driving equipment.

2. Providing covers for the rotating parts. The openings in or at the edges of such covers should not be over

1/2 inch wide (3/4 inch if the rotating parts are more than 4 inches from the opening) in the direction, usually above and to the side, from which contact is

to be expected. ,In other directions where other stationary parts, such as a sub-base provide partial guarding, somewhat wider openings may be used.

Covers should be sufficiently rigid to maintain ade-

quate guarding in normal service.

WIRING

WARNING POWER SHOULD BE REMOVED BEFORE ATTEMPTING CONNECTION TO THE POWER SUPPLY.

Connect the motor to the power supply according to the diagram on the motor nameplate. For most 230 and 460 volt motors, nine leads are brought out from the stator windings so that the motor may be connected for either 230 or 460 volts.

GROUNDING

THE FRAMES AND OTHER METAL EXTERIORS OF MOTORS AND GENERATORS (EXCEPT FOR INSULATED PEDESTAL BEARINGS) USUALLY SHOULD BE GROUNDED TO LIMIT THEIR POTENTIAL TO GROUND IN THE EVENT OFACCIDENTAL CONNECTION OR CONTACT BETWEEN LIVE ELECTRICAL PARTS AND THE METAL

See theNationa/E/ectrica/Code. Article430 for information on grounding of motors. Article 445 for grounding of generators, and Article 250 for general information on

grounding. In making the ground connection, the installer should make certain that there is a solid and permanent metallic connection between the ground point, the motor or

generator terminal housing, and the motor or generator frame. A common method of providing a ground is through a grounded metallic conduit system.

Motors with resilient cushion rings are usually supplied

with a bonding conductor across the resilient member.

Some motors are supplied with the bonding conductor on. the concealed side of the cushion ring to protect the bond from damage. Motors with bonded cushion rings should usually be grounded at the time of installation in accordance with the above recommendations for making ground connections. When motors with bonded cushion rings are used in multimotor installations employing group fusing or group protection, the bonding of the cushion ring should be checked to determine that it is adequate for the rating of the branch circuit overcurrent protective device being used.

There are applications where groundingthe exterior parts of a motor or generator may result in greater hazard by in-

creasing the possibility of a person in the area simultaneously contacting ground and some other nearby live electrical part of other ungrounded electrical equipment. In portable equipment it is difficult to be sure that a

positive ground connection is maintained as the equipment is moved, and providing a grounding conductor may lead to a false sense of security.

WARNING WHEN CAREFUL CONSIDERATION OF THE HAZARDS INVOLVED IN A PARTICULAR APPLICATION INDICATE THE MACHINE FRAMES SHOULD NOT BE GROUNDED OR WHEN UNUSUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS DICTATE THAT A GROUNDED FRAME CAN- NOT BE USED, THE INSTALLER SHOULD MAKE SURE THE MACHINE IS PERMANENT- LY AND EFFECTIVELY INSULATED FROM GROUND. IN THOSE INSTALLATIONS WHERE THE MACHINE FRAME IS INSUL- ATED FROM GROUND, IT IS RECOM- MENDED THAT APPROPRIATE WARNING LABELS OR SIGNS BE PLACED ON OR IN THE AREA OF THE EQUIPMENT BY THE INSTALLER.

STARTING

CAUTION: Check direction of motor rotation before coupling motor to load.

WARNING BEFORE STARTING MOTOR, REMOVE ALL UNUSED SHAFT KEYS AND LOOSE ROTATING PARTS TO PREVENT THEM FROM FLYING OFF.

Before starting the motor, check the following items:

1. The rotor should turn freely when disconnected from the load.

2. Driven machine should be unloaded when first starting the motor.

The motor should run smoothly with little noise. If the motor should fail to start and produces a decided hum, it may be that the load is too great for the motor or that it has been connected improperly. Shut down immediately and investigate for trouble.

INSTALLATION (Cont'd) DRAIN PLUGS

If motor is totally enclosed fan-cooled or non-ventilated it Is recommended that condensation drain plugs be removed. These are located in the lower portion of the end- shields. Totally enclosed fan-cooled "XT" motors are equipped with automatic drains which should be left in place as received.

ROTATION

To reverse the direction of rotation, disconnect from power source and interchange any two of the three line leads for three phase motors.

TEST FOR GENERAL CONDITION

If the motor has been in storage for an extensive period or has been subjected to adverse moisture conditions, it is

best to check the insulation resistance of the stator winding with a megohmeter.

CAUTION: Surface temperature of motor enclosure may reach temperatures which can cause discomfort or injury to personnel accidentally coming into contact with hot surfaces. (When installing, protection should be provided by user to protect against accidental contact with hot surface.

1. Bake in oven at temperatures not exceeding 90°C. until insulation resistance becomes constant.

2. With rotor locked, apply low voltage and gradually increase current through windin until temperature measured with thermometer reaches 194°F. Do not exceed this temperature.

INITIAL LUBRICATION

"Reliance motors are shipped from the factory with the bearings properly packed with grease and ready to operate. Where the unit has been subjected to extended storage (6 months or more) the bearings should be relubricated (regreasable type) prior to starting.' When motors are equipped for oil mist lubrication refer to Instruction Manual B-3654.

MOUNTING Mount the motor on a foundation sufficiently rigid to

prevent excessive vibration. Roller bearing and ball-bearing motors may be mounted with the shaft horizontal, with the feet at any angle. Roller bearing motors are not suitable for coupled duty applications. After carefully aligning the motor with the driven unit, bolt securely in place.

When motors, which are normally mounted with the shaft in a horizontal position, are mounted vertically, it may be necessary to provide additional guards to prevent fnrninnnhiartc frnm fII;nn nt,, tkn ,,,r.t,-..- ,,nn;,,,.,

If the resistance is lower than one rnegohm the windings should be dried in one of the two following ways:

OPERA Due to the inherent characteristics of insulating mater-

ials, abnormally high temperatures shorten the operating life of electrical apparatus. The total temperature, not the temperature rise, should be the measure of safe operation. The class of insulation determines the maximum safe

operating temperature. Aging of insulation occurs at an

accelerated rate at abnormally high temperatures. A general rule for gauging the effect of excessive heat is that for each

io°c. rise in temperature above the maximum limit for the insulation, the life of the insulation is halved.

Unbalanced voltage or single-phase operation of poSy-

phase machines may cause excessive heating and ultimate failure. It requires only a slight unbalance of voltage applied to a polyphase motor to cause large unbalance currents and

'Jw, striking rotating parts. Such guards may be obtained at the time of purchase or from a local service repair center.

UION Worn bearings Operating single phase

Moisture Poor insulation Overloading Oil and dirt

Dust and dirt are usually contributing factors. Some forms of dust are highly conductive and contribute mater- ially to insulation breakdown. The effect of dust on the motor temperature through restriction of ventilation is a

principal reason for keeping the windings clean.

Squirrelcage rotors are rugged and, in general, give little trouble. The first symptom of a defective rotor is lack of torque. This may cause a slowing down in speed accom-

panied by a growling noise or perhaps failure to start the load.

'J3LJ flO'Pt tjV CI 'CO

Periodic checks of phase voltage, frequency and power consumption of a motor while in operation are recom-

mended; such checks assure the correctness of frequency and voltage applied to the motor and yield an indication of the load offered by the apparatus which the motor drives. comparisons of this data with previous no-load and full-load power demands will give an indication of the performance of the complete machine. Any serious deviations should be investigated and corrected.

Stator troubles can usually be traced to one of the following causes:

This is caused by an open or high resistance joint in the rotor bar circuit. Such a condition can generally be detected by looking for evidence of localized heating.

WARNING ROTATING PARTS, SUCH AS COUPLINGS, PULLEYS, INTERNALEXTERNAL FANS AND UNUSED SHAFT EXTENSIONS SHOULD BE PERMANENTLY GUARDED AGAINST ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH HANDS OR CLOTHING.

U

MAINTENANCE

The fundamental principle of electrical maintenance is

KEEP THE APPARATUS CLEAN AND DRY. This requires periodic inspection of the motor, the frequency depending upon the wpe of motor and the service.

.

The following should be checked at regular intervals: 1. Windings should be dry and free of dust, grease, oil,

and dirt. Windings may be cleaned by suction cleaners or by wiping. Nozzles on suction type cleaners should be non-metallic. Gummy deposits of dirt and grease may be removed by using a com- mercially available low volatile solvent.

WARNING DO NOT USE GASOLINE OR OTHER FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS.

2. Terminal connections, assembly screws, bolts and

nuts should be tight. They may loosen if motor is

not securely bolted and tends to vibrate.

3. insulation resistaqce of motors in service should be

checked periodically at approximately the same

temperature and humidity conditions to determine possible deterioration of the insulation. When such

measurements at regular intervals indicate a wide variation, the cause should be determined. Motor should be reconditioned if the motor has been sub-

jected to excessive moisture, or by re-winding or re-

insulating if necessary. Enclosed motors require very little attention. Be sure that external air chamber of fan-cooled motors does not become clogged with foreign material which will restrict passage of air.

DISASSEMBLY

If it becomes necessary to disassemble the motor, care

should be taken not to damage the stator windings as the insulation may be injured by improper or rough handling. Precautions to keep bearings clean should be exercised.

Before removing either end shield:

1. Disconnect motor from power source. Tag the leads

to insure proper reconnection.

2. Remove motor from mounting base.

3. Mark end brackets relative to position on frame so

they can be easily replaced.

7

REMOVING BRACKETS AND ROTOR

4. Remove bearing cartridge nuts or screws. (If used)

5. Remove front end bracket bolts.

6. Pull bracket.

7. Remove back end bracket in same manner.

8. Remove rotor.

REMOVING AND REPLACING BALL BEARINGS

BEARINGS SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED UNLESS THEY ARE TO BE REPLACED. WHEN REMOVAL IS NECES- SARY, USE A BEARING PULLER. A BEARING PULLER MAY BE RIGGED BY USING A METAL PLATE, WITH HOLES DRILLED TO MATCH THE TAPPED HOLES IN THE INNER CAP. USE CARE TO KEEP THE PRESSURE EQUAL TO PREVENT BREAKING THE CAP.

TO INSTALL A BEARING, HEAT THE BEARING IN AN OVEN AT 250°F. THIS WILL EXPAND THE INNER RACE, ALLOWING IT TO SLIP OVER THE BEARING SEAT. ALL BEARINGS MUST BE REPLACED WITH THE IDENTICAL PART USED BY RELIANCE. IN MANY CASES SPECIAL BEARINGS ARE USED WHICH CANNOT BE IDENTIFIED BY MARKINGS ON BEAR- ING. IN ALL CASES, WHEN REPLACING BEARINGS, USE MARKINGS ON BEARINGS AND MOTOR IDENTI- FICATION NUMBER TO OBTAIN CORRECT REPLACE- MENT BEARING.

THE MAJORITY OF BEARINGS USED NOW HAVE A C3 INTERNAL LOOSENESS.

REASSEMBLY

Follow reverse procedure as outlined for Disassembly. Having marked the brackets in the original position, replace as marked.

LUBRICATION OF ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS REGREASABLE TYPE BEARINGS ONLY

GREASE LUBRICATED MOTORS SERVICE CONDITIONS This motor has been properly lubricated at the time of

manufacture and it is not necessary to lubricate at time of installation. When the motor has been in storage for a period of six months or mote, lubricate before starting.

Lubrication of anti-friction bearings should be done as a part of a planned maintenance schedule. The Recom- mended Lubrication Interval should be used as a guide to establish this schedule.

Cleanliness is important in lubrication. Anygrease used to lubricate anti-friction bearings should be fresh and free from contamination. Similarily, care should be taken to properly clean the grease inlet area of the motor to prevent grease contamination.

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT For motors operating in ambient temperatures shown

below, use the foiiowing lubricant or its equal: OPERATING TEMP. 25°C (-15°F) to 50°C (120°F)

CHEVRON OIL SRI NO. 2 EXXON UNIREX #2 SHELL OIL CO. DOLIUM R

TEXACO INC. PREMIUM RB MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE 60°C (-76°F)

SHELL OIL CO. AEROSHELL #7

LUBRICATION PROCEDURE

Reliance anti-friction bearings may be lubricated with the motor running or stationary. Stationary with the motor warm is preferred.

1. Locate the grease inlet, clean the area and replace the pipe plug with a grease fitting, if the motor is not equipped with grease fittings.

2. Add the Recommended Volume of the Recommended Lubricant using a hand operated grease gun.

3. Run the motor for two hours.

4. Replace the pipe plug in grease inlet.

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. Select Service Condition from Table 1.

2. Select Lubrication Frequency from Table 2.

3. Select Lubrication Volume from Table 3.

4. Lubricate the motor at the required frequency with the required lubricant volume in accordance with LUBRICATION PROCEDURE.

NOTE: Mixing lubricants is not recommended due to possible incompatability. If it is desired to change lubricant, follow instructions for lubrication and repeat lubrication a second time after 100 hours of service. Care must be taken to look for signs of lubricant incompatability, such as extreme soupiness visible from the grease relief area.

TABLE 1

Standard Conditions: Eight hours per day, normal or light loading, clean, ® 40°C (100°F) maximum ambient.

Severe Conditions: Twenty-four hour per day operation or shock loading, vibration, or in dirt or dust® 40-50°C (100-120°F) ambient

Extreme Conditions: Heavy shock or vibration, or dust.

LUBRICATION FREQUENCY

TABLE 2

BALL BEARINGS

Speed Frame Standard Severe Extreme Conditions Conditions Conditions

182 Thru 3 Years 1 Year 6 Months 215

1800RPM 243 And Thru 2 Years 6 to 12 Mos. 3 Months

Slower 365

404 .Thru 1 Year 6 Months 1 to.3 Mos, 449

and 5000

3600 RPM ALL 6 Months 3 Months 1 Month

ROLLER BEARINGS

For Roller Bearings divide the time periods above by 2.

LUBRICATION VOLUME

TABLE 3

FRAME SIZE

VOLUME IN CUBIC INCHES 1800 RPM And_Slower 3600 RPM

182 Thru 215 0.5 0.5 254Thru286 1.0 1.0 324Thru365 1.5 1.5 404 Thru 449 2.5 1.0

OIL MIST LUBRICATION Refer to Oil Mist Instruction Manual B-3654.

.

.

..

PLS® CONSTRUCTION STANDARD ON RELIANCE XT MOTORS PROVIDES LONG LIFE FOR BEARINGS AND MOTOR

7

Cooler Bearing Operating Temperatures - Open bearing (non-shielded) construction (1) minimizes friction. allowing cooler bearing operation.

Positive Lubrication/Relubrication in any Mounting Position - Exclusive grease channeling window (2). with minimum grease path entry (3), channels grease directly into bearing track and avoids premature relief out shaft bore or drain plug.

Minimizes Corrosion - Small clearance on either side of grease window uniformly distributes grease to both inboard and outboard reservoirs (4) to protect bearing surfaces during motor storage, long idle times and start-up.

Bearing system is completely greased during motor assembly.

Restricts Inboard Contaminants Inner bearing cap(S) (standard on motorswith 'XT" features)with anti-churning vanes (6) and close running shaft tolerance (7) minimizes contaminant entry into bearings, and grease migration into motor.

Prohibits Overgreasing During Lubrication/ Relubrica- tion - Grease relief port (8) accurately indicates completion of lubrication/relubrication. (If port is plugged during lubrication. PLS@, Positive Lubrication System design will relieve grease along the shaft (9).

REPLACEMENT BEARINGS

Your maintenance program will not be complete without including spare bearings. It must be remembered that the bearing is a wearable component and therefore must eventually be replaced. To insure that you are able to maintain original operation, we recommend the purchase of spares directly from Reliance Electric.

All bearings used in Reliance motors are subject toexact specifications and tests necessary to satisfy performance requirements. In this manner, it is possible to duplicate your present bearing, Markings on the bearing do not indicate complete specifications.

PARTS IDENTIFICATION DRAWING

PART DESCRIPTION

I FRAME 2 STATOR 3 ROTOR 4 BACKEND BRACKET 5 FRONTEND BRACKET 6 SHAFT 7 BACKEND BALL BEARING 8 BACKEND INNER CAP 9 FRONTEND BALL BEARING

10 FRONTEND INNER CAP 11 WAVE WASHER, FRONTEND 12 FAN COVER 13 OUTER FAN

NOTE: Bearings shown are regreasable type.

10

I rjrov

FIND PART DESCRIPTION

14 FRONT END BRACKET BOLTS 15 FAN COVER BOLTS 16 EYEBOLT 17 CONDUIT BOX 18 FAN CLAMP 19 GREASE ENTRY 20 CONDENSATION DRAIN 21 KEY 22 SLINGER 23 BACKEND CAP BOLTS

.

S

TOTAL SERVICE PROGRAMS

Reliance lectric can provide a wide range of maintenance programs to help you reduce downtime, improve productivity and increase profits. Capabilities include:

Electrical and Mechanical Start-Up Service

Electrical Preventive Maintenance

Mechanical Preventive Maintenance

Vibration Analysis Mobile Van Repair Service

Balancing and Alignment Service

Maintenance Schools

24-Hour Technical Support

Modernization Service

For more information contact your local Reliance Electric Sales Office or write:

Reliance Electric Industrial Services 24701 Euclid Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44117

RENEWAL PARTS An adequate stock of factory-made renewal parts is an

integral part of a sound maintenance program to protect against costly downtime.

11

Parts can be obtained from your nearest Reliance Electric parts distributor, or directly from the Reliance Electric factory. When ordering parts for which a part number is not available, give complete description of part and purchase order number, serial number, model number, etc., of the equipment on which the part is used.

A detailed parts list, which gives Reliance Electric recommendations for spare parts that should be stocked for your equipment, can be ordered from:

1. Nearest Reliance Electric Sales Office

2. Nearest Reliance Electric Keyparts Distributor 3. Reliance Electric Renewal Parts, Cleveland, Ohio

Be sure to include complete nameplate data - purchase order number, serial number, rating, etc. - for your equipment when ordering the spare parts list.

For the telephone number of your local Keyparts Stocking distributor call 1-800-321-2795 or in Ohio call 216-266-6732.

ADDITIONAL LITERATURE Additional literature covering the maintenance of A-C

motors can be obtained from the Reliance Electric Services Division. Requestsshould be submitted through your nearest Reliance Electric Sales Office.

Service

Centers

ALABAMA Birmingham Service Center 3100 Pinson Valley Parkway Birmingham, Alabama 35217 205-Mi -8377

ARIZONA Phoenix Service Center 3550 S. 16th Street Phoenix, Arizona 85040 602-243-1791

CALIFORNIA Anaheim Service Center 1025 North Sabina Street Anaheim, California 92801 714-772-4773

San Jose Service Center 341 North Montgomery Street San Jose, California 95110 408-287-4060

COLORADO Tree Electric Service Center 1020 South Lipan Street Denver, Colorado 80223 303-935-4615

ILLINOIS Chicago Service Center 17001 South Vincennes Avenue Thornton (Chicago), Illinois 60476 312-821-0050

LOUISIANA Monroe Service Center 2304 Ruffin Drive Monroe, Louisiana 71203 318-322-1474

Shreveport Service Center 1245 North Hearne Shreveport, Louisiana .71107 318-222-9431

OHIO Cleveland Service Center 4950 East 49th Street Cleveland, Ohio 44125 216-266-7274

Wente Service Center 223 North Fourth Street Hamilton, Ohio 45011 513-863-8816

OREGON Portland Service Center 2315 N.W. 21st Place Portland, Oregon 97210 503-226-4951

PENNSYLVANIA Philadelphia Service Center 3240 South 78th Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19153 215-365-1500

Washington Service Center (Pittsburgh) 320 Museum Road Washington, Pennsylvania 15301 412-225-2900

TEXAS Houston Service Center 1500 E. Main Street LaPorte, Texas 77571 713-471-4611

WYOMING Tree Electric Service Center 811 Edwards Road Gillette, Wyoming 82716 307-682-0035

Tree Electric Service Center 839 Elk Rock Springs, Wyoming 82901 307-362-6697

MASSACHUSETTS Boston Service Center 31 Astor Avenue Norwood (Boston), Massachusetts 02062 617-769-5900

For a complete listing of all Reliance Authorized Service Centers, call 1 800 321-2795 or in Ohio call 1-216-266-2688.

Reliance ElectTIc Company / 24101 Euclid Avenue / Cleveland, Ohio 44117

RELIANCE ELECTRIC I! Printed In U.S.A. Instruction Manual 8-3620-17 9855CM

S

RELIANCE ELECTRIC C DATA TRANSMITTAL REVISED

AND CERTIFICATION CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. 5.0. NO.

REFER TO THIS NUMBER CP7730 04 04/21 /88 IN ALL CORRESPONDENCE FLART CANADA I...TD O4MA F3 8651

1400 HER IVAL.E RD ( K2C :w9 OTTAWA ONT CAN DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMI1TAL AND CERTIFICATION IS:

0 FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE: Return of approval prints by the obdate is requirea u ussure sciieuu,00

shipment, delay in reluni and/ar r islflno a pr I prints 'a re shipment reschedule. Return oppra ejdx fafla a Ltd. SAME AS "SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN

FAMCO--FORSYT H FINAL, APPROVED FOR CONSTR

SHIP 21 6 JUN I A AVENUE 0 PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETT& TO WI Nb I uN Cs!I I M Nfl 2?i 0 / K REVISED SUPERSEDES DATA PR VEJED

o SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: ' C DATE S 1 9 '89 CK BY DATE

SOURCE RELIANCE ELE Ci' R IC CO. COLLINS INI) DRIVE ATHENS, GA 50 613 DATE PRINTED 05/i 9/89

ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR

OR 4 0!- 4 LSIJPWAY I AN', 321,11 H Ii, N ' 604960 LU,' GEN. QTY. FRAME 5 II F-IF SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX DATA D/S

5 4041' .1.1 P14 Q9111i

PH/Hz/VOLTS-WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR

3/60 /460, CONT TEN V-AOX 40 /H / GEN. C/D. 1575--BA (25)

BEARINGS MOUNTING & METHOD OF RAILS OR BASE MODEL NUMBER REDUCER

BAIl DRIVE j DRCT OR AUX D/S:

ROTAT FROM OPP. DQ END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR

REV AUX D/S

REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR D RPM PH/HZ/VOLTS/HP

BRAKE BRAKE TYPE SIZE RATING DUTY P.O. DATAETAB D.0 MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MpTOR INFORMATION FOR

DATA FOR FIELD CHARACTERISTICS PER CURVE: SELECTION OF STARTER HEATERS:

CON- F1F7 AMPS RPM CODE:F LOCKED AMPS, TROL

_________MAX. _____________ ______________ n

MAX. AMPS ________________ __________________ RPM FL. CURRENT: .2.22 AMPS.

F F4 MAX. AMPS ________________ __________________ RPM FDDI1IUNPIL MOTOR OR GEN DATA LD LOG STD FR CONS1' RCI)

IN.

SPECIAl.. MARKS: TION SCRDT/LA METRO RAIL FEAT. AND

MISC. SPECIAL FEATURES: DATA TEAO-XT , 460/3/60 FAN APPLICATION, 1 . 15SF RF::FLECTEI) LOAD

INERTIAr32fJLB--+'T2 CLASS H INSULATION (150) DEC C ,AMB ('1) HOLIR CLASS FT EMPERATURE RISE 75Z VOLTAGE SThRTING 10 OHM COPPER WINDING RiD' 8,2/PH PLUS AUX C/BOX I 20V SPACE HTRS PLUS SEP C/BOX P NOV FOR VIBRATION DETECTER QTY ONE-: 1/4'- 20 TAPPED HOLE AT EA BRG , HOR IZONTAL PLANE A/F GREASE LUBE- 40 ,000 HR L-i U CAPABLE OF ACCEL FAN TO RA1'ED SPD MAX 25 SEC CAP ACC SPD OPP DIRECTN MAX 45 SEC AFTER ENERC FOR REVR ROTA W II H 15 'sEC DI I AY BE1WN ['LIP INTERR P RI -APPLCrN UI PWR !-OR FLY ROIAIN, I OPBL OF OF! Wi I Ilk ni '00 Dl C I- (148 DEC 30(3 COMPL REV CYCLES WITH 10 SEC DELAY BETL4N CYCLE (OVER LIFE TIME EXPECT) 48" LEAD LCTH FOR ALL LEADS CAST IRON C/BOX FOR SEP MOUNTING GRND PROV IN C/BOX.;2 IDENTL N/P 1 ON MTR -x-%CONTINUE,J) ON PAGE 2x'*

RELIANCE ELECTRIC U DATA TRANSMITTAL

PAGE 2 AND CERTIFICATION

CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. 5.0. NO. REFER TO THIS NUMBER

41N ALL CORRESPONDENCE 04MAF861

DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION IS: TO:

0 FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE: Return of approval prints by the above dole is required Ia assure scheduled shipment, delay in relurn and/or revision ol approval prints may require shipment reschedule. Return approved D/S to data source. SAME AS "SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN

FINAL, APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATION.

SHIP 0 PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED. TO: REVISED, SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.

o SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: r I ,i nn '"-"' DATE a & j *V CK BY DATE

SOURCE

ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR GEN. D/S:

GEN. OTY, FRAME SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX DATA D/S

PH/Hz/VOLTS-WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR GEN. C/D:

BEARINGS MOUNTING & METHOD OF RAILS OR BASE MODEL NUMBER REDUCER DRIVE OR AUX D/S:

ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR AUX. D/5

P REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR DI RPM PH/HZ/VOLTS/HP DA_____________________________________________________________________________ BRAKE BRAKE TYPE SIZE RATING DUTY P.O. DATAFTAB

D-C MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR DATA FOR FIELD CHARACTERISTICS PER CURVE: SELECTION OF STARTER HEATERS:

FF2 AMPS ______________RPM CODE:_______ LOCKED AMPS: _________MAX.

F1 I22, __________ MAX. AMPS _______________ ________________ RPM FL. CURRENT: AMPS.

F3 F4 MAX. AMPS ________________ __________________ RPM

ONE FOR FAN HOUSING , i MTh 10 RE'CY RE--PRODTN TE:s1' PEF ATTCD SPEC PC I 5865-"40/4 1 ALL OTHER MTRS=ROUTINE TEST WITH 1/2--I 3 SPCL.

IN. TAPPED HOLE IN END OF' SHAFT WITH TWO ADAPTER P LATES ONE ON FRAME, ONE ON C/BOX

TION

CERTIFIED DRAWINGS AND DATA: MISC. 10 D/T P/S Ui/P DATA CURVES THERMAL

& 148 DEC C, SOLD TO ATTN M,

99801 , 05244 &

0 0 0

w C

I/M P/L PERF LIMIT AT 35 DEC.

CERT OF COMPL TURNER 1 EA TO

84772

H

DUTY MASTER ALTERNATING CURRENt MOTORS SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION

ENCLOSURE: TOTALLY ENCLOSED COOLING: AIR OVER MOUNTING: FOOT

33.88 -.----- 9.62 9.62 -i

I

6.68 I

ha, I I

4.62 t0 H NO it S

(I) VARIES .0. -CE. (21 VARIES -.c:o. -.001.

IF I100NTIUO CLEARANCE DETAILS ARE REc.:RE0. CONSULT FACTORY.

F1ANIMIJM PEPMI!PLE SHAFT AIINDIIT LH!. ASIIRPfl AT rHO OF SHAFT EXTEISION IS .003 T.I.R.

WEIGHT: 1135 L55.

C/R

FRAME 404T AUXILIARY CONDUIT BOXES

PROVISION FOR - 21 12 MOUNTING VJ8RT1ON

62 19.19 DETECTOR ON

EACH 8RKT. 15.00

.00- I

2.61

H IIH L.I3 7

21.31

2.875(2)

10.0011) N NFl

FOR WINDING is__ L 3.O0

RTD S

3.00 .25 - ________ NPT

.81 DIR. 19.00 / l/U-20 TAP I VP 1C AL

FRAr1E- TE- TACK- CERTIFIED FOR-________________________________ ORDER- ______________________ ITEM- HP- __________ RPM-

RELIANCE SALES ORDER- APPROVED Br- DATE- _____________________ I II,, .PMATHFUS II

.

E1

REL. s.o.4MAF38551 RPM 875 S.F. 1 .15 ROTOR 414777-70CE FRAME 404T VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST S.O. TYPICAL DATA NP 50 AMPS 68 CODE LETTER F TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.@ 25°C . 199 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 595341 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

long rU

8 -

H -I

-V -- - .::.:,.rrh::v::rzz:rf.. MOTOR: .1..NELl.AL ... iTEMPERAITURE:r_

REMARKS:

I AMPERES SHOWN FOR '°' VOLT CONNECTION. OF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE I

I AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE. I

E06009-A-B003 I

I

RELIANCEP IIDR. BY D. N. BYRD

ii A-C MOTOR I ELECTRIC 0 iL&pp. BY 0, H.

lICK. BY 0. H. MAY PERFORMANCE I CLEVELAND, OH 10 44117 U.S. A .VDATE 10/26/87 CURVES ISSUE DATE 10/26/87

I

File D79210

I ::1- ______- V

:__H I %FULLLOADCURRNT,

siT:::pQI:i:1: 200 : 5wQT1 7'K I

I I I . 7-T-I-i --------- 1; -

THERMAL LIMIT CURVE

REMARKS:

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460 VOLT CONNECTION. OF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

RELIANCEP l]DR. BY D. P4. BYRD

V A-C MOTOR E06009-A-B003 HCK. BY D. H. MAY ELECTRIC U

Ik BY D. H. MAY PERFORMANCE

CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A.DATE 10/26/87 CURVES ISSUE DATE 10/26/87

File 079211

.

S

REL. s.o.4MAF38551 RPM 875 s.f. 1.16 ROTOR 414777-70CE FRAME 404T VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST S.C. TYP I CAL DATA HP 50 AMPS 68 CODE LETTER F TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.@ 25°C . 199 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUI 40/H E/S 595341 - OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

_____________________________________________ -. . __________________________

- .-- -

_________________ _________________

8__

- A- - - I -. - . - MOTOR INITIAL_TEMERATURE ----------

:

_ :pVERLAD _ - ___ 35' OERL0A

J---= OT0R ----d =---

4

.h:i::4:: r = - =

- - - --- . .z -=

= 3

- _. -

- -

.-:_.:_::::_ n.:

.::::::::::_:::::::i t

-- I--'-t-I-r-- ----.- =-i=:--:-:--: - - -- _j__. -----

4 ACCRON .::-t:H- t. .444i :j. - -- .-. ___

-i

I.:;.i.iA;_iF. I - -.

- -- - __________ __________ F

-I - -: ______

-- I

3 Z _______ -: --

W. :s:.0 - -': -- j-

I __ I- :

%FULt L)ADCURRENT -

100 200, 300r- V r:i: 5Qo:rT6wom::I 7 C -

Liij -- I

THERMAL LIMIT CURVE

REMARKS:

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 'tOV VOLT CONNECTION. OP OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE, THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

RELIANCEP bR. BY D. _ H. BYRD

1 A-C MOTOR lICK. BY D. H. MAY 1 PERFORMANCE E06009-A-B003

I ELECTRIC 13 APP. BY D. H. MAY II

ICLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S. A .jDATE 1D126/87 II

CURVES ISSUE DATE 10/26/87

File 079212

.

REL s.oAMAFJ8551 RPM 875 S.F. 1 .0 ROTOR 41477770CE FRAME 4041 VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST 5.0. TYP I CAL DATA HP 50 -. AMPS 68 CODE LETTER F TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEFC STATOR RES.@ 25°C . 199 PHASEIHERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 595341 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

1-I r1rftOADTACCELERAtIONrCIRVEA -i 1:I:1_ --3 IThI. -

tT46OV0LTS IL

-

If inkn ryp F4 LOAD I I - _____li_i H

LOkD NE'TIA FEFL1EC ED TO M0TO = 32 2 ji_ T0 ---r

I

I 3 I

to --.,- --334-- 1- -.3 Th--- _____ I. 1 Irl -1 t:.L::

o1 to I

-

In____tc'J_ 3

II ,;i.3. * 4i-if-i-t--r.rfIt-.- -

0 I r

io.t H:

_____ _____

I H-I __ _.-J.t:___ .3

JBIiIIUI'IT II 1 IllIIpII__IL - __

Hw!° <CU-Il ..:4 J21 j.\ l-t- .1:

I

n4 A I

ru_D_ to .Zj.o..L_i. I

+ 1 ____ - ___ii_I_ I

±Li± (liliLL: II_ _L ±Lt41. H I o F

ç/- : H! H F 10 to -, I I

I

*

-' if -1 II

it/I I 'I

I I

p ---- -

1

3

Ifl,_ 1

I

3

- 0 rH_H I:

F

/. fi / I

:

__Q- CUHtoH1 ._ll0 / tHI: T:i: t:+ HI 3

I 3 .

o_±i_t0_ I/lIt . I

_/______ I _____

3* _LL_LTL__t2L_ 1"

ij - _____i__________1________.

I

____-Hi2i6o24L832J4-44-8 [_ ITIIE IN SECONDS

-. .... 4_I_I_i ..L.t..I: 3;.I i-ILI- 1..: ................. 3i 3 .4:.... - 1 -

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 450 VOl 1 CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

RELIANCE DR. BY D. M. BYRD AC MOTOR PERFORMANCE EOGOO9AB003 ELECTRICP : :

CLEVELAND OH 10 44117 U.S.A. DATE 10/25/87 CURVES ISSUE OATE _ 10/26/87

File 079213

[1

.

S

REL s.o.4MAF38651 RPM 875 S.F. 1 .0 ROTOR 414777-70-CE FRAME 404T VOLTS 450 NEMA DESIGN B TEST 5.0. TYPICAL DATA HP 50 -- AMPS 68 CODE LETTER F TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEFC STATOR RES.O 25°C . 199 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 595341 OHMS (BETWEEN LIMES) ±H I

IOkDSIEE FP1N LQ± I ___ 9iiE21UJ ft

0 O F

I

1I4111 !141T1 1

-'H:: ---to-

OL J_ :::t:r. L H.......::::. t, Li't 1j- __

i -.4] ,t.L - - -- I

t

to H. ..4oto.--"-:'c IC\J___ 4- I- C' '

! fii1 I' +I1

-t

H - -

1 o 0 j.-

, .- .I

10.. _S_ - - - 4 4- 1 "In- _ ii -, I -T

liiII_L7iIiiLIiiIIiIIIII H F-

4 ,-

t

.- ,

H I- I-i-

II - -I- -

a_to ..>to -,,

.TI; - In c:_ ITU in- -.

N. H0t' I

.n in I

- I

- -

- --

7tIIIEIIII1iIIII T1f- - .- ,_--- - -H +---" -I- -

I:

( ±ILitIIiiiiIIII 0.

-, I

r

c_fl - I - -

- ri::::. L..: .. --

Ifl

- --7t-4-----J--- / 1

LI I

p..._i0 I

L In IIL____ 4

In In I.. :- In 1.! 1::'r JIn In __J_ ____ ____

4 P kIll InLIIIn-LILIIIIIIIIII 1111 /t I Ij It I1*

I

4

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 4E0 vol i CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

LLECTR!cII! : : r PERFORMANCE E06009-A-B003 CLEVELAND. OH 10 44117 U.S.A.

APP.BY DATE 10/26/87 CURVES ISSUE DATE 10/26/87

Pile fl79214

.

S

S

REL s.o.4MAF38651 RPM 875 S.F. 1 .0 ROTOR 414777-70CE FRAME 404T VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST S.0. TYPICAL DATA NP 50 -. AMPS 68 CODE LETTER F TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEFC STATOR RES.@ 25°C .199 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 595341 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

1H #-V :okO EEA jbT cdv'b koTdJ

File D79215

I

S

REL s.o.4MAF38651 RPM 875 S.F. 1.0 ROTOR- 414777-70-CE FRAME 404T VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST S.0. TYPICAL DATA HP 50 -. AMPS 68 CODE LETTER F TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEFC STATOR-RES.G 25°C . 199 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H EIS 595341 OHMS (DETWEEN LINES)

- p i4VdLTi H 44H-k' P--i

InI[JLODjNERTIA FEFIJECTEDTO MOTOR=32 H1 lLs-FT2 L -1

-I- - .,. - .__._j. _____ _____ -4 --.'-

_'i!_1YiL.L tSr I i,:1-.t4i-rft---, -j L i.:L II 0' a'

J±1LiitII TIi_ILKtIIIIIIE tot 41 L

I

4 4.,....,... J-. I

I

II 411" . "-Pti"U- L

1

- - --- ----.- ---- 0 1Th-1...i - 1_.._1 ° I°

J

I J

'* I

- ::t_t:-t::r----::: I - S :!:11::1__:t::Tt::z.tr1t±.:i

0: . :. 0.1: : ...... - : ;_ --- p -p'.::-r::tW :: -- C I t_±it

i 4- ±±z: HFtTH- EEWti

H- 1 .

- 1__L/__J_ soh.t: I; __-..'

- :t- -P £1____ ___

iii( r.tC\JH * I -

Er :LI1- ti ::P: :f -. -. --- --

- fliI_LII IIIIIIT o :Jot!.,:

-I ::J H -

- 4__ - I

H )ll to :::::r:rj P P::1L. 1OQ. 4/ 4

1. . .

C'J ___!.i1_.t: :1: j;____;_1__

-4 ____t±J ___

-*--H4 r Lr C I

+ir -I-it-- 1

Q::- -1 tTi tti I -:----:

V l_j_2jjiL2:Q1S4iI__28 -3246--4Ot4 4: 4 8- :hf1..t.:ptt;;r $1fl--sL;: H :11 4EtjINSEC0NSt : : :...m;ts:;:::.::S ... :;:4: ...... s:..1 ...... H.. ................................. :::r.rj .... :Itm.:i:: .1.p.:: m:r4*

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 4fl VOl i CONNECTION, IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH TIlE RATED VOLTAGE.

LLECTR!cP D.

N. BYRD

PERFORMANCE E06009-A-8003 CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A. DATE 10/26/87 CURVES ISSUE DATE 10/26/87

r; In fl79211

.1

0

ID

N

A-C MOTOR CONNECTION DIAGRAM

STANDARD 3 LEAD DELTkCONNECTED

TI

T3 T2

LI L2 L3

(NP 1575-BA)

CUSTOMER RELIANCE CUSTOMER. OROR NO ____________ 5.0. NO. - RELlANE

ii

ELECTRIC __ ii CONNECTION 416820-25

CLEYELARO, OHIO 444(7 DIAGRAM ssuc oalt OCT. 30. 1S6

RELIANCE ELECTRIC 0 DATA TRANSMITTA

R E V I S E a AND CERTIFICATIOF CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. 5.0. NO.

REFER TO THIS NUMBER CP773004 04/'D1/8

IN ALL CORRESPONDENC FLAKT CANADA LTD 03MAF38651 1400 MERIVALE RD (K2C 3P9) OTTAWA ONT CAN DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION IS:

D FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE: _____________________________ Return of opproval prints by the above date is required to assure scheduled shipment, delay in return and/or revision ol approval prints may require shipmens reschedule. Return opproved D/S to dolo soutce, SAME AS "SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN

FANCO-FORSYTH FINAL, APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATION.

SHIP 216 JUN IA AVENUE 0 PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED. To: WINSTON-SALEM NC 271 07 REVISED, SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.

0 SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: ACM DATEZ U CK BY DATE

SOURCE RELIANCE ELECTRIC CO. COLLINS IND. DRIVE ATHENS, CA 30613 DATE PRINTED: 07/06/89

ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR GEN 0/5' OR 3 OF 4 SUBWAY FANS: 2371LB FT 2 604989-193

QTY. FRAME 150 HP SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M.

3 445T 1.15 PB 1200 PH/HZ/VOLTS-WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB,/INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR

3/60 /460 CONT TENV-AOX 40 /H / GEN.C/D: 1575-BA (25)

EARINGS MOUNTING & METHOD OF RAILS OR BASE MODEL NUMBER REDUCER

BALL DRIVEF., DRCT ORAUXD/S:

ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN, BRAKE OR

REV AUX. D/S

RE- REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR DUCER RPM PH/Hz/VOLTS/HP a____________________

BRAKE TYP SIZE RATING DUTY P.O.

DATA FT/tB

D-CMOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: _________________________________________ AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR ATA FOR FIELD CHARACTERISTICS PER CURVE: SELECTION OF STARTER HEATERS:

CON- Ft_F2, AMPS CODE:F LOCKED AMPS: ______________ TROt

_________MAX. _____________

Fit_F??, MAX. AMPS _______________

______________RPM ________________ RPM F.L. CURRENT: j_Zt4 i AMPS.

F .F4, MAX. AMPS ________________ __________________ RPM

ADDITIONAL MOTOR OR GEN DATA: FR CONST RCD

SPCL.

IN- SPECIAL MARKS: SCROT/LA METRO RAIL

lION

k SPECIAL FEATURES: MISC. REFLECTED LOAD INERTIA 2371 LB-FT 2; (15U) DEC C AMB, ONE DATA HOUR;. CLASS F TEMPERATURE RISE; 757. VOLTAGE STARTING; UTY 6M

10 OHM WDC COPPER RTD'S WITH MIX C/BOX; 120V SPACE HEATER WITH SEPARATE C/BOX;PROVISION FOR VIBRATION DETECTER,QTY ONE 1/4-20 TAPPED HOLE AT EACH BRGI HORIZONTAL PLANE;A/F CREASE LUBS-40,000 HR L-1O;CAPABLE OF ACCEL FAN TO RATED SPD MAX 25 SEC; CAPBL OF ACCEL TO RATED SPD IN OPP DIRCT IN MAX 45 SEC AFTER ENERGZ FOR REYR ROTATION viz SECONDS DELAY BETWN POWER INTERR P.. RE-APPLCTN OF PUR FOR REV ROTATN;CAP OF OPER FOR 1

HR AT 300 DEC F (148 DEC C);CAPBL OF 300 COMPL REV CYCL WITH 10 SECOND DELAY BETWN CYCL (OVER LIFETIME EXPECT);48" LEAD LENGTH FOR ALL LEADS; CAST IRON C/B FOR SEP MOUNTING; GROUND PRO') IN C/BOX; 2 IDENTICAL N/PCI ON MTR, I FOR FAN HOUSING); I MTR TO RECV PRE-PRODTH TEST PER SPEC PG 15865-40/41 OTHER **CONTINUED ON PAGE 2*-*

REL.IANCEfl ELECTRICND DATA TRANSMITTAL

AND CERTIFICATION PAGE 7 CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. SO. NO.

REFER TO THIS NUMBER IN ALL CORRESPONDENCE

03MAF30651

DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION IS:

o FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE:

Return of approval prim! by he above date .s required to assure scheduled shipment, delay in return and/or revision of approval prints may require shipment reschedule. Return opproved 0/S to data source. SAME AS "SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN


SHIP 0 PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED. TO: 4 REVISED, SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.

o SEE REMARKS,

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: AK DATE?. O 'S9 CK BY DATE

SOURCE

MOTOR ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR

GEN. D/S:

GEN. QTY. FRAME SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX DATA 0/S

PH/Hz/VOLTS-WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR GEN. C/D:


ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR AUX. 0/S

RE. REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR RPM PH/Hz/VOLTS/HP

BRAKE BRAKE TYPE SIZE RATING DUTY P.O.

DATA FT,tB

D-C MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR DATA FOR FIELD CHARACTERISTICS PER CURVE: SELECTION OF STARTER HEATERS:

FtF2 AMPS ______________ RPM CODE:_______ LOCKED AMPS: _________MAX.

Fti_F22, MAX. AMPS _______________ ________________ RPM F.L. CURRENT: AMPS.

F3 _F4 MAX. AMPS ______________ _______________ RPM

MOTORS RECEIVE ROUTINE TEST. WITH 1/2-13 TAPPED HOLE N END SPCL. OF SHAFT; WITH C/BASE ADAPTERS: ONE FOR FRAME, ONE FO C/BOX

STAL. CERTIFIED DRAWINGS AND DATA TION 10 D/T D/S W/fl t/M P/L PERF

CURVES THERMAL LIMIT AT 35 DEC MISC. C AND 149 DEC C CERT OF' COMPL DATA

TO SOLD TO ATTN M. TURNER I EA TO 99801) 05244 & 84772

a

UTY MASTER ALTERNATING CURRENT MOIC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION

ENCLOSURE TOTALLY ENCLOSED COOLING: NON-VENTILATED MOUNTING' FOOT

kFN- FN-

H

3/L4 T- FOR SPACE HEATERS

fl(AME5 44b1 IMNU 44ST ASOVE NEMA RATINGS AUXILIARY CONDUIT BOXES

PROVISIONS FOR VIBRATION DETECTORS FLAKT CANADA

LX N RB

Evi

0 - RA tL. r 3/L WT

DIR. I-..--- A N-N - FOR WINDING

ci r° I- virw kA

ARE IN

A 0(21 2E 0 H J K 0 P 1 1(7) BA LX

11.00 10.00 1.12 .81 3.25 3.25 24.25 25.25 4.25 --- 7.50 11.12 15.50 IILI7T 21.00 11.00 18.00 1.12 .81 3.25 3.25 214.25 25.25 4.25 5.00 7.50 12.88 (5.50 4'49T 21.00 11.00 18.00 [.12 .81 3.25 3.25 214.25 25.25 '4.25 5.00 7.50 15.38 5.50 II)

FRAME C as a

BACK END SHAFT 40 KEY 50. KEY

I,..........FRONT END SHAFT AND KEY SQ. KEY

141.

(LOS), 2F N N-N U131 V LGTH. FN FN-FW FUI3( FV LOTH. 41451 39.56 8.25 19.00 (6.50 0.914 8.50 3.375 6.25 6.80 .075 6.31 5.88 2.375 5.52 4.25 .525 11410

'41471 143.06 (0.00 22.50 20.00 8.914 8.50 3.375 8.25 6.88 .875 5.31 5.88 2.375 5.52 14.25 .525 730 '41491 '48.06 (2.50 27.50 25.00 6.914 8.50 3.375 0.25 6.60 .875 6.31 5.00 2.375 5.52 1)25 .625 2100 (I)

FRAME

çji BOX

AR (MI(S)

- AS(S) AC(61 AF

'41451

REFER

TO

NOTE

(141(51

22.75 17.50 7.00 1414515 22.75 17.50 7.00 '4'471 22.75 17.50 7.00 14147T5 22.75 17.50 7.00 '41491 22.75 17.50 7(X)

22.75 17.50 7.00 Ill

III SPECIAL DIMEI0NS ON THIS LINE (21 0 VARIES .O0. .06 131 U 4 fU VARY .000. -.001 ('XI NEATHERPR0 CONDUIT 80X SL?PLIED ONLY SIEN SPECIFIED

IS) AA VARIES WITH FULL LOAD V5 PER TABLE ABOVE.

161 DIMENSIONS 5)G* ARE FOR POTECICO MOTORS.

FOR TENY M0TS A0r23.37, ACrI0.12 171 £4145 FRAME t5 ONE ETEBOLT CL OF FRAME

MAXIFt4M FULL REF. OM..Y

LOAD AMPERES AAI5I CONDUIT Box

201 4 76870-8 335 5 76870-0 600 6 75870-A

C0OJIT BOX LOCATED ON OPPOSITE SIDE WHEN F-2. H-I, N_LI. N-S. N-7. OR C-I MOUNTING IS SPECIFIED. STANDARD

OoUa_E SHAFT SUPPLIED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED. (F MOUNTING

CLEARANCE OETAILS ARE REQUIRED CX5ULT FACTORY.

MAX[I1JM PERMISSIBLE SHAFT RUNOUT 44IEN MEASURED AT END

OF STANDARD SHAFT EXTENSION IS .003 T.I.R.

FRAME- ____________________ TYPE-___________ CERTIFIED FOR- _________________________________________________

ORDER- ________________ ITEM- ________ HP- ___________ RPM- __________ PH- ___________ HZ- __________VOLTS-

RELIANCE SALES ORDER- __________________________________ PROVEO BY- DATE

RELIANCEP ljocetL.T.ERH lOX. DJTHENS II

DIMENSION 604989193 ELECTRIC .fi .PONTZER SHEET ISSUE DATE: NOVEIEER CLEVELAND. OHIO 4141 17 U.S.A. ID-G)-68

C/A 301177

I

REL.

5.0-; FRAME HP TYPE

PHASE! HERTZ RPM VOLTS

3MAF38651 4451 150 P 3/60 1185 460

AMPS DUTY AMB0C/

INSUL. S.F. NEMA DESIGN

CODE LETTER ENCL.

174. CONT 40/H 1.15 B F TENV-AOX

E/S ROTOR TEST S.0.

TEST I

I DATE STATOR RES.@25°C

OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

599545 418143-76-YE 3MAF3865101 06-20-89 .03850

PERFORMANCE

LOAD HP AMPERES RPM POWER FACTOR EFFICIENCY

NO LOAD 0 48.6 1200 4.53 0

1/4 37.8 64.7 1196 58.5 93.3

2/4 75.6 95.7 1191 77.5 95.2

3/4 112 131 1186 84.0 95.2

4/4 149 171 1182 86.1 94.7

5/4 186 214 1177 86.6 94.0

6/4 222 260 1170 85.8 93.0

SPEED TORQUE

RPM- TORQUE

% FULL LOAD TORQUE

LB.-FT. AMPERES

LOCKED ROTOR 0 161 1066 1008

PULL UP 220 155 1032 990

BREAKDOWN 1119 249 1655 605

FULL LOAD 1182 100 664 171

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460. VOLT CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE

REMARKS; TEST DATA INPUT: NL KW-1.76 LR KVA830 FL KW117.7 ROTOR INERTIA IS 69 LB. FT. SQ.

RELIANCEP lICK.

ELECTRIC U II

CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.ADAT

hR. BY 8.L.WILKES BY .M.BYRD II

APP. BY D.M BYRD A-C MOTOR sK353973

PERFORMANCE DATA ISSUE DATE 06/29/89

File #76326 S

I ; !

- - - -__

"JtIi[l !I -i!i I

__________r,tjp File #76328 S

I

.

It !I:!Ifl 1t4$YEVfl&$el.tPfl

tkflPNtPt__

I Ia mu pa uwmumueunu

I

T±:t---cL±.----:.-- t-.-----:t:±;t'n _L

--H- - -

- r,

-t - - r - - Tfl

--t-

I--InId-:+;-f r--1TL-ht h rT.TTT; F'fi t[r -t *o.

0-- E&E: ET±_iFEFE4

-- - t4E t± 4ii4i:±E:JJ±}i. !b_! -ï

"-t--Al H*f--H4-Hf---+ -; '- -if fl If -I .tr:

T -, 4 - t

I- ::-.. - - 0--S p -- -- ---F- +--- - ---F- -a-- - -I--- --r

- --N- r- -, -. r -"-- - -- -- }HiII} LEi-' 4

E. T E +y Tm ETtT Tm 2)0;_.3)0 :4)Op_50t6Qlfl -280; 9)O-.1)O__11OCflOC

SPJ ED iINtft Ic fl jn- -

- I

....._ F -..i-- -

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 4tt V YET CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

ES

JAPP.$Y PERFORMANCE CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A DATE D6/29/89 CURVES ISSUE DATE 06/29/89

File #76328 S

'U z " z

w S 0 let

I

1:!

RELIANCE ELECTRIC 0 DATA TRANSMITTA

R E V I $ E 0 AND CERTIFICATIOI CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. 5.0. NO.

INAUCORREONDENc FLAKT CANADA LTD 02MAF38651 1400 MERIVALE RD (K2C 3P9) OTTAWA OWl CAN DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION IS:

0 FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE: __________________________ Return of approval prints by iho above date is required to assure scheduled shipment, delay in return and/or revision of approvol prints may require shipment reschedule. Return approved D/S to data source. SAME AS 'SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN

FAMCOFORSYTH $ FINAL, APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATION.

SHIP 216 JUN IA AVENUE 0 PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED, TO: WINSTONSALEM NC 27107 REVISED, SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED,

0 SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: ACK

DATE Z V 5 i CX BY DATE

SOURCE RELIANCE ELECTRIC CO. COLLINS IND. DRIVE ATHENS, GA 30613 , DATE PRINTED: 06/30/89

'ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR

OR 2 OF 4 SUBWAY FANS: 2371LB FT2 .

GEN D/S 604989-193

TY, FRAME 200 HP SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX 0/5

5 449T 1.15 PB 1200 PH/HZ/VOLTS-WINDING OUT? ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR

3/60 /460 COWl TEN VAOX 40 /H / GEN. C/D:

1575BA (25) BEARINGS MOUNTING & METHOD OF RAILS OR BASE MODEL NUMBER REDUCER

BALL DRIVE

Fl DRCT , OR AUX D/S:

ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR

REV AUX. D/S

RE. REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR D RPM PH/Hz/VOLTS/HP

B £ BRAKE TYPE SIZE RATING DUTY P.O. DATAFTAB D'C MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR

DATA FOR FIELD CHARACTERISTICS PER CURVE: _____________________________________________________ SELECTION OF STARTER HEATERS:

CON Ft__F2, AMPS ______________ RPM CODE: C LOCKED AMPS: TROL

_________MAX. _____________ MAX. AMPS _______________ ________________ RPM

n3n FL. CURRENT: _S.t.°' AMPS.

F3 F4 MAX. AMPS ________________ __________________ RPM

ADDITIONAL MOTOR OR GEN DATA: LD LOC 5Th

SPCL. FR CONST RCD IN.

2' SPECIAL MARKS: TION SCRDT/LA METRO RAIL FEAT. AND M. SPECIAL FEATURES: DATA TEAOXT 460/3/60; FAN APPLTN 1.15SF; REFLECTED LOAD INERTIA

2371LBFT2;CLASS H INSUL; (150) DEC C AMB, 1 HOUR; CLASS F TEMP RISE 75Z VOLT STRT; WINDING 10 OHM COPPER RID'S 2/PH PLUS AUX C/BOX, SPC Nfl 120V PLUS SEP C/BOX PROV FOR VIBRATN DETECTER QTY (1) 1/4-20 TAPPED HOLE AT EA BRC HORIZNTL PLANE A/F GREASE LUBE-40,000HR L10 CAPB OF ACC FAN TO RATED SPEED MAX 25 SEC CAPS OF ACCEL RATED SPD IN OPP DIRCTN IN MAX 45 SEC AFTER ENERC FOR REV RORATN-15 SEC DELAY BETWN PWR INTERR & REAPPLCTN OW PWR FOR REV ROTATN CAPBL OF OPER FOR 1 HR AT 300 DEC F (148 DEC C), 300 COMPL REV CYCLES WITH 10 SEC DELAY BEIWN CYCLES(OVER LIFTIME EXPECT) 48" LEAD LGNTH FOR ALL LEADS, CAST IRON C/BOX FOR SEP MOUNTING, CRND PROV IN C/B, 2 IDENT N/P 1 ON MTR, I FOR FAN HOUSING, I MTR TO RECV **CONTINUED ON PACE 2**

RELIANCE ELECTRIC 0 DATA TRANSMITTAl

AND CERTIFICATIOb PArs 2 CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. ISO. NO.

REFER TO THIS NUMBER

IN ALL I a 02MAF313651

DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMIrrAL AND CERTIFICATION IS:

0 FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE:

Return of approval prints by he above date is required so assure scheduled shipment, delay in return and/ar revision of approval prints may require shipment reschedule. Return approved D/S to data source. SAME AS 'SOLD TO' UNLESS SHOWN


SHIP 0 PREUMINARY. ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED. TO:

REVISED. SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.

o SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: DATE7' 0 5 '9 CK BY DATE

SOURCE

ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR DEN. D/S:

DEN. 0Th'. FRAME SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX DATA 0/S

PH/HZ/VOLTS.WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR DEN. C/D:


ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR AUX. D/S

RE- REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR DU RPM PH/Hz/VOLTS/HP D__________________________________________________________________________________________________

BR E BRAKE TYPE SIZE RATING DUTY P.O. DATAFTA.B D-C MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR


CON F1-F2 nAPS CODE:_______ LOCKED AMPS: ________MAX. ____________ _____________RPM MAX. AMPS _______________ ________________ RPM FL. CURRENT: - . AMPS.

F3 -F4 MAX. AMPS _____________ ______________RPM

SPCL. IN.

STAt- LA-

TION FEAT, AND

MISC. DATA

o. w

PRE-PRODCTN TEST PER ATTCD SPEC PG 15865-40/41 TO HAVE ROUTINE TESL WITH 1/2-13 TAPPED HOLE SHAFTI WITH TWO ADAPTER PLATES: ONE FOR FRAME,

CERTIFIED DRAWINGS AND DATA: 10 D/T fl/S W/D I/ti P/L PERE CIJRV THERMAL LIMIT AT 35 & 148 DEC C CERT OF COMPL TO 'SOLD TO ATTN H. TURNER AND 99801,84772 & 05244

ALL QT!IER MIR IN END iF

ONE FOl C/BOX

.

.

S

REL.

S.0. FRAME HP TYPE

PHASE/ HERTZ

RM VOLTS

2MAF38651 449T 200 P 3/60 1185 460

AMPS DUTY AMB°C/

INSUL. S.F. NEMA DESIGN

CODE LETTER

ENCL.

226. C0NT 40/H 1.15 B G TENV-AOX

E/S ROTOR TEST S.0.

TEST DATE

STATOR RES.@25°C OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

401035 418143-76-WE 2MAF38651G1 06-20-89 .02860

PERFORMANCE

LOAD HP AMPERES RPM POWER FACTOR EFFICIENCY

NO LOAD 0 61.2 1200 3.60 0

114 50.8 83.1 1197 60.4 94.7

2/4 102 125 1193 79.3 96.0

3/4 151 173 1190 84.9 95.8

4/4 200 226 1186 87.1 95.2

5/4 249 283 1181 87.3 94.4

6/4 298 343 1177 86.9 93.5

SPEED TORQUE

RPM TORQUE

% FULL LOAD TORQUE

LB.-FT. AMPERES

LOCKED ROTOR - 0 142 1258 1431

PULL UP 196 124 1101 1328

BREAKDOWN 11 37 259 2292 800

FULL LOAD 1186 100 }

886 226

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460. VOLT CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE

REMARKSS TEST DATA INPUT: NL KW-1.78 LR KVA-1140 FL KW156.7 ROTOR INERTIA- 78 LB. FT. SQ.

RELIANCEfl '

ELECTRICID IIAPP.

CLEVELAND. OHIO 44117 U.S.APATE

__ §:V1r

OZ.BY BY________ b/8/B9

j

A-C MOTOR SK35397-4 PERFORMANCE

DATA ISSUE DATE 06/28/89

FIle #76326 S

.

(S

.

;EL s.o.2MAF38651 RPM 1185 S.F. 1.15 ROTOR 418143-76WE FRAME 449T VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST 8.0. 2MAF3865161 200 AMPS 226. CODE LETTER G TEST DATE 06-20-89

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TENVAOXTATOR RES.I 25°C .02860 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 401035 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

'H k, JjY ii4 Ftjk4IS.7 :1 . .1 :

- ::.pptth IFrl44RR T F

1 _

IE2VA

-- (J -.-(g .-.-.-.- ..-.- ---r------- -.---f- ..-,-.-. r"rr------ -.-.-.-._- 1

H- :1 -

H::- -TE.LE: ETh.tLE E: Jint HIL .uii _____ 5PQQj2Q±2 9?Q_jQi1oq__i.pç_ ± =

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 4t0 ___SEDLKPMit78l6_t8tPr)t

V)LT CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

S97;4 PERFORMANCE

CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A DATE 06/28/89 CURVES ISSUE DATE 06/28/89

File #16326 S

S

5

.

M!

Ifl P

rrS rr! P !I! PflII flfl1an -

-m L F I

I L_J± *-4 h*H+F± LJJ IE4i4 t+ ±I r+-- -- =0= t2:

_ = =

__fl_ ±.j' = = ± =

r-Fi, -= -= - -= - -=

H it- T1 t1t: -- ----'4r-'' ----F- -4--...-.-- -.-4_4._-.-.---

- - =- -- - = 0-

z- 1,-- r-"z-- -rE -

-j;. I:t-: ± - r+-+ tft± ft n±-n ±±t i± -±' zr n

E+ AMPERES SHOWN f4Et V 1 CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AHPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

C.L.WILKES sK353974 IIIL4NRI!I! JP.BY PERFORMANCE CLEVELAND OHIO 44117 U - $ - A DATE 06/28189 IJRVES ISSUE DATE 06/28/89

File #76326 S

r

fl

E7630D N

RELIANCE ELECTRIC U 24701 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117

Date of Test !?.QY! ..................

Manufacturer's

FLAKT CANADA LIMITED order No. ..9?M4.F.$6 ......... 1.01. 1400 MERIVALE ROAD OTTAWA ONTARIO CANADA Purchaser's

K2C 3p9 Order Mo ..cP.17.a-O .................

REFORT OF ROUTINE TESTS For Induction Motor

Nameplate Data

Reted HP

I Service Factor

I Rated Speed RPM

I

Phase I Frequency I Hz

I

I Volts

I

I Miperes

200.0 1.15 j1185 I

60 460 226.00

Type I

Frame (°C Temp Rise By ) ('C Mnbient Temp &j

Resistance i (Insulation Class Time

Rating Design Letter

J code Letter For I Locked kVA!hp

P 00449T 115 40/H CONT B 3

Test Characteristics

Serial Mo.

No Load Locked Rotor Wound Rotor Open-

Circul Voltag

Stator WI nd In High I

Resistance Poten-! Between tial L Termlnalj,,,,

Ten let- Voltage Ohms ratur Volts

Fre- quency

Hz Speed r/min

Mi- peres

Kilo- wettr Volts

Fr.- quency

Hz Mi- pores

Kilo- watts'

G- 1 462 60 1200 62.4 462 60 1438 ---- 2500 .028927.8 3- 2 460 60 1200 61. 459 60 1335 2500 .027027.0

If measured. optionali Note.:

Data on teat from .YJ3J. ......................... motor. I ThIs or Duplicate

Approved by .................................. Date .:-.?r.q9 .........

File C01074- 96993 1 2

I

A-C MOTOR

CONNECTION DIAGRAM STANDARD 3 LEAD DELTA CONNECTS

Ta Ti

(NJ'. 1575-CA)

OJSTGME R OfiCER NO. _____________

REZJANCE &:j ÔCNNEC11ON- nscn"c ccjwaant 0 DIAGRAM I a.zvzL.4t1n. cnt tzfl u..Ae catt........2 -1

S

I.

REUAUcE

416820-251 ue cAn Artn. 7. 'In

RELIANCE ELECTRIC U R £ V I $ £ D DATA TRANSMITTAl

AND CERTIFICATION. CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. 5.0. NO.

REFER TO THIS NUMBER rp "2"IiQ6 L IN ALL CORRESPONOENCI a 0! nr : I IL i'1 I nHAo' LID

LD -i

0 ME:r j:VALL: RD ( K2c: 3P9 DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION Is: OTTAWA ONT CAN o FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE:

Rerurn of approval prints by the above dare is required to assure scheduled shipment, delay in relurn and/or revision of approval prints may require shipment reschedule Relurn approved D/S a data source. SAME AS 'SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN

111i'-'lE:O "-FOR SYTI-I K FINAL, APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATION.

SHIP 216 JuNTA AVENUE 0 PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED, TO: i'iSTON-- SALEM NC 271(17 g REVISED, SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.

o SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: AC K DATE E 1 9 19 CK BY ___________________________ DATE

SOURCE RELIANCE E1_ECTP ic; cc:

c::OL.LINS 1MB, DRIVE liii IS I / j(l61 Z I'ATL I 'IPI I (' / -

ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR

OR I iP I f"u15 .Z'IL, T2 GEN 0/5'

's0) GEN. QTY. FRAME 25 Cl Ill" SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX DATA D/S 1' El 1)11

PH/HZ/VOLTS-WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR

/60 CONT TE:NV-AOX 10 /Ii / GEN C/D'

575. .i:A 15) BEARINGS MOUNTING & METHOD OF RAILS OR BASE MODEL NUMBER REDUCER

DRIVE nfl ?' OR AUX D/S:

'ri.. L. :. L. IS t,, I

ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D.0 FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR AUX. D/S

RE' REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR RPM PH/Hz/VOLTS/Hp

BRAKE BRAKE TYPE SIZE RATING DUTY P.O. DATAFL-tB 0-C MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR

DATA :

FOR FIELD CHARACTERISTICS PER CURVE: SELECTION OF STARTER HEATERS:

C0N F1F2 MAX. AMPS RPM CODE:G AMPS: _____________ ,LQKED F11F22 MAX. AMPS ________________ RPM FL. CURRENT: , AMPS.

? F4 MAX, AP5 __________________ ___________________ RPM

nDDI"FIO?-).iL, 'II i'C)R C:IP c;:.:4 :0''i'A

CLINcr RCI)

SPCL, IN- SPECIAL. MARI<S

SCL:DT/L.A ME1R C) RAIL. TION

SPECIAL. FEA"IURES MISC. REFLEC1'ED LOAD INERTIA 227'! LB--ElI 1 SoDI::C C AMB ,l HR CL F DATA TEMP RISE 75% VOl..,T ST RT WINDING II) OHM COPPER RTDS 2/PH +

AUX C/BOX SR C HTR I IOV PLLIS SEP C/BOX PR OV FOR VIER DETECT ONE 1/4 ,0 1 APPEL) Hull Al LA BRC HOR JZ PLANI A/I (JREASI

LUBE--4Q ,000 HR LID CAPB OF ACC FAN RATEI) SPD MAX 25 SEC; CAPB ACC RATED SPI) Ol P DIRECTNMAX 45 SEC AF'l'ER ENERC FOR REV RUIATN 15 SE ( DLI AY Pt TWN PWR J NI ERR & RE AI'ItLC IN 01 PWR FUR

REV RO1'ATN; CAPBL OF OPER 1 HR AT 300 DEC F(148 DEC C) 300 ('MN. RI V CY( I WI IH 10 SN DELAY 81. TWN LYCLE UVI R L[l ETIMI

EXPECT) 40" LEAD LCTH FOR ALL LEADS CAST IRON C/B FOR SE.P

MOUNTING, CRND PRUV 114 C/B, 2 J DI NI N/P 1 UN M CR I I' OR FAN HOUSING -i Ml'RT 0 RECV PREPRODC1'N TES1' PER AT1'CD SPEC PAGE:

15865-4 0/41 ALL O'rHER MTRS=ROUTINE TEST THREADED C/BOX ADAP PLAI cs tO ñi LOW 1 HRLADED F' 1PE 10 OF L151 D TO LONI4ECT MAIN C/U -X--X-CONTINUED ON PACE 2'X"X'

RELIANCE ELECTRIC H DATA TRANSMITTAL

PACEE 2 AND CERTIFICATION

CUSTOMER ORDER NO. DATE REQ. NO. 5.0. NO. REFER TO THIS NUMBER

IN All. CORRESPONDENCI 01 MAFE35nI

DATA PROVIDED WITH THIS TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION IS: TO:

LI FOR CUSTOMER APPROVAL BY DATE: __________________________ Reiurn of approval prints by the above date is required to assure scheduled shipment, delay in return and/or revision of approval prints may require shipment reschedule Return approved 0/S to data source SAME AS "SOLD TO" UNLESS SHOWN

FINAL. APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATION.

SHIP LI PRELIMINARY, ENGINEERING IS COMPLETED.

TO; REVISED, SUPERSEDES DATA PREVIOUSLY ISSUED.

o SEE REMARKS.

DATA TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION ISSUED BY: ACK DATE 5 1 9 '29 CK BY DATE

SOURCE

ITEM USED FOR USERS PLANT MOTOR OR MOTOR GEN. D/S:

GEN. QTY. FRAME SERV. FA TYPE R.P.M. C BOX DATA 0/S

PH/HZ/VOLTS-WINDING DUTY ENCLOSURE AMB./INSL. PWR. CODE MOTOR OR GEN. C/D:


ROTAT FROM OPP. DR. END D-C FIELD EXCITATION DOUBLE SHAFT EXTEN. BRAKE OR AUX. 0/S

REDUCER STYLE CLASS FRAME RATIO OUTPUT ASSEMBLY BLOWER MOTOR RPM PH/Hz/VOLTS/HP

BRAKE BRAKE TYPt SIZE RATING DUTY P.O. DATAFTAB 0-C MOTOR ARMATURE CURRENT: AMPS A-C MOTOR INFORMATION FOR


CoN' F1-F2 AMPS ______________ RPM CODE:_______ LOCKED AMPS: _________MAX.

F1 F22, MAX. AMPS _______________ ________________ RPM F.L. CURRENT: _______________ AMPS.

F3 -F4 MAX. PJ.%PS _______________ RPM

TO FRAME: WITH 1 /2--13 lAPPED I-IDLE IN END OF SHA FT SPCL.

IN- CERTIFIED DRAWINGS AND DATA 10 D/T 1)/S bUD P/L I/H PERE

TION CIJRVES THERMAL LIM]T AT 35 &

148 DEC C, CERT OF COMPL SOLD MISC. DATA

w

TO ATTN H. TURNER "1 EA 05244, 84772 & 99801

CD

DUTY MASTER ALTERNATING CURRENT Moic SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION

ENCLOSURE' TOTALLY ENCLOSED COOLING: NON-VENTILATED MOUNTING: FOOT

FRAMES 445T THRU 449T ABOVE NEMA RATINGS CONDUIT BOXES

PROVISIONS FOR VIBRATION DETECTORS FLAKT CANADA

5/16-16 TAl' 1 DRIVE END

IWO

I

C

3/14 NPT FOR WINDING

A- RIDS

-

JIf.ic:\__

flIrcWSIflNS APF IN TNrHFS

5/IS-ta TAP S.P.M. 4110

AC ON DRIVE END SEAR IWO

TAPPED HOLE 1.25 DEEP

448" LONG

LEAi1

J

'-H DIR.

FRt A 0(24 2E C H J K 0 P 1 115) BA LX PX; 41451 21.00 11.00 18.00 1.12 .61 3.25 3.25 214.25 25.25 LL25 --- 7.50 11.12 15.50 141471 24.00 41.00 18.00 1.12 .81 3.25 3.25 214.25 25.25 L$.25 5.00 7.50 12.68 15.50 I

'4491 21.00 14.00 48.00 1.12 .81 3.25 3.25 214.25 25.25 14.25 5.00 7.50 15.38 15.50 II)

FRAME C 65 8

BACK END SHAFT AND KEY SO. KEY

FRONT END SHAFT AND KEY I SQ.

I

KEY

WI. (Lash 2F N N-H U13 V LOTH. EN EN-EN FUI3I FV LGTH.

41451 39.56 8.25 19.00 16.50 8.9'l 8.50 3.375 8.25 6.88 .875 5.31 5.88 2.375 5.62 '4.25 .625 1410 '41471 '43.06 10.00 22.50- 20.00 6.514 8.50 3.375 6.25 6.88 .875 6.31 5.88 2.375 5.62 '4.25 1-625 1730 '41491 '48.06 12.50 27.50 25.00 8.914 8.50 3.375 8.25 6.88 .875 6.31 5.88 2.375 5.62 14.25 1.625 2100

FRAME AAI'lI AC Al. AM AX flAX

141151 '4 114.38 7.00 35.00 20.00 2-4/2 2-1/2 '414515 4 114.36 7.00 45.00 30.00 2-1/2 2-4/2 U'47T 5 44.38 7.00 45.00 30.00 3 3

'414715 5 I4.36 7.00 15.00 30.00 3 3 41491 S 14.38 7.00 5.00 10.00 3 3

I4'49T5 5 144.38 7.00 15.00 10.00 3 3

III

III SPECIAL DIMENSIONS OH THIS LINE 2) 0 VARIES .00. -.06

131 u -Eu- vy .000. -.001 '41 WEATHERPROOF CONDUIT Box SLrLIEO ONLY It-tN SPECIFIED

151 14145 FRAME I-%5 ONE ETEBOLT CL OF FRAME

COUII1 80X LOCATED ON OPPOSITE SIDE WHEN F-2, N-I. N-11, 4-S. N-I. OR C-I MOUNTING IS SPECIFIED. STANDARD

OOLeLE SHAFT 5UFPLIEO ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED. IF MOUNTING

CLEARANCE DETAILS ARE REQUIRED CONSULT FACTORY.

IIAXIFU1 PERMIS5IE SHAFT RUNOUT WHEN MEASURED AT END

OF STANDARD SHAFT EXTENSION ES .003 1.1 .R.

FRAME- ____________________ TYPE-__________ CERTIFIED FOR- ___________________________________________________________

OROERr _________________ ITEM- ________ Ff- ___________ RPM- __________ PH- ___________ HZ- __________VOLTS-_____________

RELIANCE SALES ORDER- ARPROVEO 81- DATE

REL!ANCEP 1 IR. ev DJTIfWS II

Ck. L.TJ0NIERjI DIMENSION 604989-206 ELECTRIC J.H.PNIZER SHEET ISSUE APRIL '4-24-89

OATEi 21. 1989 CLEVELAND. OHIO 1414117 U.S.A.

dR 027

REL. s.o.1MAF38651 FRAME 449T HP 250 . TYPE P PHASEIHERTZ 3/60

.

7

RPM 1187 S.F. 1.15 ROTOR 418143-76ME VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST S.O. TYPICAL DATA AMPS 284 CODE LETTER G TEST DATE

purv CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.@ 25°C .0166 AMB°C/INSUL 40/N E/S 401088 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

I AMPERES SHOWN FOR "°" VOLT CONNECTION. OF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE I

I AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE. I

I

RELIANCEP DR. BY P. H. BYRD

J. P. TSAO II A-C MOTOR II E07709-A-BOO1

I

I ELECTRIC U CK. BY

J. TSAO PERFORMANCE I CLEVELAND. OH 10 44117 U.S. A

APP. BY P.

.PIDATE 1/16/57 CURVES ISSUE DATE 1 / 1 IZ I

Fl le G79296

S

REL. s.o.1MAF38551 FRAME 449T HP 250 TYPE P PHASE/HERTZ 3/60

-. t-

RPM 1187 S.F. 1.15 ROTOR 418143-76ME VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST s.c. TYPICAL DATA AMPS 284 CODE LETTER G TEST DATE

DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.I 25°C .0166 AMBOC/INSUL 40/H E/S 401088 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

==

Pi si- :tI U _ I! _______ ____________

I AMPERES SHOWN FOR 'tOLl VOLT CONNECTION. CF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE I AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

I REL!ANCEP IIDR. BY 0. H. BYRD

II A-C MOTOR lICK. BY J. P. TSAO PERFORMANCE E07709-A-BOO1 ELECTRIC U IAPP. BY J. P. TSAO II

I CLEVELAND, OH!O 44117 U.S.A.I1DATE _ 1116/B7 V

CURVES ISSUE DATE 1/14/87

File G79297

AEL. s.o.1MAF38651 RPM 1187 S.F. 1 .15 ROTOR 418143-76ME FRAME 449T VOLTS 460 NEMA DESIGN B TEST S.O. TYP I CAL DATA HP 250 AMPS 284 CODE LETTER G TEST DATE

. TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.@ 25°C .0166 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 401088 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

logo_________________ 9

8 j _:

EELEEbAD :=enrfl :7 x__ c FOROILOA ) AND cç4 _____ _____ _____

lIT :tTyTt::IIm± :Tc:T:nL;I: I

I LOCKEDROT)RI H H

lr

-- U 2w0, ::4o I6QQL:! 1IOQj .i.4QQ :iol

1 __1__I__ii__;__._i__!_r_i_I____r__________I___:_!i_ii: ___

THERMAL LIMIT CURVE

REMARKS: 114 LB. FT. SQ. IS ROTOR WR SQ.

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460 VOLT CONNECTION. OF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

RELIANCE DR. BY 0. M. BYRD

Jg AC MOTOR E07709 A BOOl PERFORMANCE ELECTRIC u : :

CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A. DATE 1/16/87 CURVES ISSUE DATE 1/14/87

File G79295

.

S

.

REL s.O.1MAF381351 RPM 1187 S.F. 1 .15 ROTOR- 418143-76ME FRAME 449T voiTs 450 MEMA DESIGN B TEST 5.0. TYP I CAL DATA HP 250 -. AMPS 284 CODE LETTER G TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.& 25°C .0166 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°C/INSUL 40/H E/S 401088 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

èH j4 FT SQ: .1 0 I -H ,' -i -

HJIH7HTI - I - - I

[:,'' :: --- 1 t1H.

0: :.. : 11 LJZ_ i:

I

____ ____ I

I

__o3 ----- I I -

t

__c_ _.o_ i__._L_i_:_. . .. .

:o. 3

-

_r_JL i____LA__ ZOD to:0

1'' -

--- I

-1 ____ Z'

____ ____ I'

I ----i-- 1. - -II

I -t .1.0 <? _____ __ __-

:1 -

- I

-H

E 1:' E :H

O 4080 120 i6O 29Q: 2.40280 320- 360J4O0:hJ40 L I OH.

I

HoRsEPowER.L: ....] ..

:

I

'-. fl (III

: I

{ __ ______-'_-

I t '-o ::oT

H HNHL I-- __

-J t.0

I

----:-y-- v:T .T:r ::,-rO:.: 0 . :: .

I

[

-

.li1_...O_ t____ ;O_ .

-----: _______ -

_______ -

_______ --

- ---- I: -----------1----------

- L t___ H. I

L -I- :

I I

1.1

O___1OOJ2QO30Oj4OO 1 I -- .1..j 1 -i I .-t. -

500 600 17p0 800j9QO 1OQQ 1100 12004 jiti __li I

......... .- .--.- ..4i ....................... ..- ---- ..I..4+I... .--I ............. -- I- ---------- +--It--- -

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460 VOLT CONNECTION, IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

111 IAPP.BYJ.P. o PERFORMANCE E07709ABOO1 CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 IJ.S.A.UDATE I/lb/BY CUrvtzS ISSUE DATE 1/14/87

File 079290

a

.

File G79291 /

C

.

S

f IKuaa&?141uL14't

1

EIEI__ i;---

urauuuuuu uiuuuruunuuuuunrnuu__ IdEs uuuuuuuuuufi'

,nunun __

MflhiiIS..nH___ =nuunS.

a_::aa _ mnnn.a:ninrn a a __fluE__--El__flfl

__Eu__ UIEIWAuEPEEEuEEu__fl--flSflE fl"jEflEfiuEflfl__ t==flEEfl_-fl Eflfl IiIlru!fiEiitfliflflR ______ ______-fl

File G79294

.

¶1L1_.:!; ifl:r'' :ltbtSlL4' A:-.j:s. latyill uuist

(a.flE mminir__ ____

U

-: &AnEafl-_nnnnn __ nunuwnnnn__nnmiin MWIUIWIIWIIHNIU nnnunnmn_ W1SWJUNULflflflRE__

I -fifififi Ut N ____ flflflENfl-s

;a'L.Jpysc1p.(.Jui*IlnJIai!;Ipxn I w3:IupI:t

File G79293

[1

REL so.1MAF33651 RPM 1187 S.F. 1 .15 ROTOR. 418143-76ME FRAME 449T VOLTS 460 1EMA DESIGN B TEST SO. TYP I CAL DATA HP 250 -- AMPS 284. CODE LETTER G TEST DATE

TYPE P DUTY CONT ENCLOSURE TEAO STATOR RES.@ 25°C .0166 PHASE/HERTZ 3/60 AMB°O/INSUL 40/H E/S 401088 OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

I... -.

LOAD ACCELERA1ION CURVE AT 60 ...'

VOLTSt _____ - - LOADJLYFE_ _EAN LOAD ____ _____________ _____ L,. -

= 23?i dB FT 2 1 1

LOAD INERTIA EFLECTED TOMOTOR ---SI S 114 LS FT SQ IS ROTOR WR SQ

j I I -h I

- C

___I I

,1 3 F

-3.

t0.. 0-- 0

H I

F .

I

:- : - :: I ::

(\J -

-- i -

I

I

L .

i :

_ r

iO -.0-- .::: -,

0. I -

_2SFJ. C -F

_L ____ I

I

:- -F

b.. o ID..

r-H :::I -L 1

---fl--r -:

---- Ft

3

H

c.J -I I.. I

£

0.)- 1

5 I -I- it -- - 11

.1., 'b.i-. _- -

0 0 - 0 0 I F

F III F I

I I

.

.----- . I,., H F 1-i1J-

-- 0 -----HH I

o. ,o ::

IijiTT ____- Ii Fl

0 F f Ft

NO:'- H ___ ___ ___ -1 S

Z:. ID - .H

. H -I-- .

o0 0 :- ..L . . P -- Q j F

I F .

w0 <'- -V.- -t I

I

5,3 F

: ----tT--H---- I

3

0 -; F_ ;- I_ij.

;. F ]

I.-.

__ .1::: i

__ __ -.1

I- :

F

__Hi I I! I____ F

JI±LJ:i. : Ii .1

±± t H -H

2

TE INISCN0S- 811 iiH1' AMPERES SHOWN FOR 450 Vol T CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. THE AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE.

J% E07709AB001

: t PERFORMANCE CLEVELAND, 01-110 44117 U.S.AY-DATE _ 1/16)8? CURVES ISSUE DATE 1/14/87

File G79290

.

.

REL. PHASE/ 5.0.

FRAME HP TYPE HERTZ RPM VOLTS

1MAF38651 449T 250 P 3/60 1187 460

1 AMB°C/ NEMA CODE AMPS DUTY

INSUL. S.F. DESIGN LETTER ENCL.

284 CONT 40/H I

1.15 B G TEAO

I TEST TEST STATOR RES.@25°C E/S ROTOR

S.0. DATE OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)

401088 418143-76ME .0166

PERFORMANCE

70 70 LOAD HP AMPERES RPM POWER FACTOR EFFICIENCY

NO LOAD 0 93.8 1200 3.85 0

1/4 62.6 116 1197 54.1 93.5

2/4 125 162 1194 75.3 95.6

3/4 187 220 1190 83.1 95.8

4/4 250 284 1187 86.1 95.5

5/4 312 354 1183 86.9 95.0

SPEED TORQUE

TORQUE TORQUE RPM

70 FULL LOAD LB.-FT. AMPERES

LOCKED ROTOR 0 150 1655 1825

PULL UP 250 138 1520 1780

BREAKDOWN 1148 236 2610 993

FULL LOAD I

1187 100 1105 284

AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460. VOLT CONNECTION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAILABLE, THE

AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE

REMARKS: TYP I CAL DATA 114 LB. FT. SQ. IS ROTOR WR SQ.

RELIANCE DR. BY_D.M.BYRD A-C MOTOR CK. BY J.P. 1SAO E07709-A--B001 ELECTRIc/Jo APP. BY...L p

TSAOH PERFORMANCE CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A.DATE __ 11 lb/B! __ DATA ISSUE DATE 1/14/87

File G79290

IA-CMOTOR

CONNECTION DIAGRAM r i

STANDARDS LEAD DELTACONNECTED

T3 12

(N.P. 1575-BA)

. nEuANcE

asroscn_______________________ CROERNO._____________ s.o.no.

4

RSZJANCE ouewciicu;- 416820-25 £4CTC CSM$n(Y 0 - te A rn A a j r.sCfl es a a LJLt4.Lnr1nL -

I

Gia1ç

.

SECTION: FOUR REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 PAGE: 1 OF 1


SECTION FOUR

UNDERPLATFORM FAN BLADE ACTUATORS

HONEYWELL TECHNICAL DATA

0

Honeywell

Actionator Motors Models M640, M740, M940

Function The Actionator motors position dampers, butterfly valves, slip stem valves, or any device requiring rotary or linear motion. -

Optional auxiliary equipment can be used to provide position feedback or supply power to other devices. Refer to Table 1.

The MS4OA, B, and U motors are used with either a two-position controller with maintained contacts, or a floating controller. Each motor has a crankarm with adjustable throw and position.

The M740A and B motors will accept a

4-20 mA signal from a proportional controller. These motors will position the final control device at any point between lull open or full closed, as determined by the controller signal.

The M74tJ motor Hard Manual feature allows the customer to override the motor position to fully open or fully close the valve or damper when required.

The M940A and B Actionator Motors provide position proportional control of valves and other devices.

-c

S

4

Figure 1Model M640A and 0, M940A Actionator Motors

Figure 3Model M640B, M940B Actionator Motors

61 -86-03-06 5/87 Page 1 of 8

Specification

The MS4QB, 7408, 9408 motors can be used to operate slip-stem valves of the direct acting, reverse acting or three- way types.using suitable linkage.-

The MG4OD mbtor provides unidirectional travel with adjustable stops, factory-set at.180°.

The M940 models may be used with the external electronic motor positioner model R7195. Reter to document number 81-99-25-02.

Figure 2Model 740A Actionator Molor

Figure 4M640 Molor cutaway View of Internal Paris

industrial Controls Division, 1100 Virginia Drive, Fort Washington, PA 19034 Printed In u.S.A. . © copyright 1987 - Honeywell Inc.

Specification 61-86-03-06 Page2 -:

Description Refer to Figures 1-4. A sealed, die-cast aluminum case provides excellent dura- bility. The motor shaft is sealed with an "0" ring made of oil-resistant Buna-N.l It is splash-proof and can be hosed down during a cleaning operation if the drain holes are plugged. These motors meet U.L. and C.S.A. type 4 enclosure ratings, when both drain holes are plugged.

Easily accessible switches and adjustments simplify installation and fieldad- justment. Cam position is easily changed by inserting a screwdriver into one of many slots on the cam and ap- plying slight bias.force. Figure 4 shows the simplicity.of cam adjustment.

An internal disc brake stops and holds the load in any position. If power is.removed from the motor, the brake will maintain the motor position until power is restored.

An adjustable crankarm is included with each motor for connecting the motor shaft to a ball joint and push rod.

The lifter assembly included on M6408, M7406 and M9406 motors has an ad- jtjstable eccentric and an internal strain relief spring to provide strain relief at both ends of the stroke.

The motors are available with timing and torque ratings shown in Table 1.

Options Auxiliary Switches and Slidewires for M640 Actionator Motors Auxiliary switches and slidewires provide additional switching functions for M640Amotdrs that have a complete wire harness. Refer to Table 2 for models marked with an asterisk (*)

With the addition of an auxiliary slidewire, any M640A motor can be converted to an M940A. Auxiliary switches) and slidewires cannot be added to other motors without changing the ter-, minal board. Auxiliary sWitchs and slidewires can be combined to provide:

from one to five auxiliary switches one balancing slidewire with up to four auxiliary switches one balancing slidewire with one retransmitting slidewire and up to. three auxiliary switches

The following assembly numbers con- tam the auxiliary functions shown. Each assembly contains all the necessary hardware including cams, wipers, spacers, screws, and a wrench.

TABLE 1 - Timings and Torque Ratings Available

Assembl' 7640MA One auxiliary switcht Assembly 7640MB - Two auxiliary switches* Assembly 7640MC One 135-ohm slidewire* Assembly 7640MD .- One 1000-ohm stidewire* Assembly 7640ME - One 500-ohm slidewire* 1101 26A - Crankarm with adjustable throw and position 24400144-001 Adaptor kit to - mount R7195 to M9401M640

*order special hub assembly (part number 1 32986C) with two wipers to mount two slidewires in the same motor. tOrder an extra spacer (part number 132985) and two 4-40 NC screws., 1-5/8 inches long (part number 80248BB), to mount live auxiliary switches in the same motor.

Accessories Valves Valve bodies and l,nkage must be ordered separately. Dampers Damper crank, push rod, and ball joint connected to the motor crankarm operate damper in combination with a slip- stem valve.

Motor Shaft Tlmlng° Motor Shaft Torque Lifter Assembly Stem Forcet

lb seconds for 180° rotation at 90% -at 100% at 90% at 100% (In seconds for 150° rotation) rated voltage rated voltage rated voltage rated.voltage

60Hz 50Hz lb-in Nmt lb-in Nmt lb Nm. lb Nm k

7.5 (6.25) 9(7.5) 45 5.08. 70 7.85 100 444.8 140 622.7 15(12.5) 18(15) 90 10.2 140 15.8 200 889.6 280 - 1245.4 SO (25) 36(30) 180 20.3 280 31.6 - 300 - 1334:4 300 1334.4 60(50) 72(60) 300 33.9 300 33.0 300 1334.4 300 1334.4 120(100) 144(120) 300 33.9 300 33.9 300 1334.4 300 1334.4

*Based on 1800 rotation without a load at rated voltage, proportional style has 150° tstem force ratings determined with no load on motor shaft tNewton-Metre.

C

0-i

cy

Specification 61-86-03-06

Page 3

Specifications --

Operating Conditions

Operating Temperature 29 to + 65°C (-20 to + 150°F)

Power Consumption M640, M940: 23 watts M740: 40 VA

Performance -

Maximum Load Perpen- 90.7Kg (200 Ib) dicular to Motor Shaft -

Motor Shaft Rotation M640A: Adjustable from 10 to 350°, reversible M740A, M940A: Adjustable from 10 to 150°, reversible M6408, M7408, M9408: Adjustable stroke from 0.64 to 3.81 cm (0.2510 1.5 inche1s), reversible M6400: Adjustable position, 180° stroke, unidirectional -

Auxiliary Switch Rating 7.4 maximum resistive; 120 or 240 Vac (on each switch); 1/3 Hp at 120 or 240 Vac. -

1/2 amp at 120 Vdc; 1/4 amp at 240 Vdc -

Design

Input Range 4-20 mA (factory adjusted) (deadband adjusted to 1 °/o)

(MT4OA, B only) Guaranteed fully closed: 4.0 mA Guaranteed start to open: 4.3 mA Guaranteed fully open: 20.0 mA Guaranteed start to close: 19.7 mA .

Input Impedance 75 ohms Floating (M740A,B only) .

Adjustments Zero adjustment: 0.8 mA to 16.8 mA .

(M740A, B only) Span adjustment: 2.0 mA to 20.0 mA Deadband adjustment: 1°/o tob%

Repositions Deadband setting Repositions (M740A, B only) 1

0/ 100 . . .

5% 20 . , 1

Slidewire Resistance 135 or 1000 ohms

Motor Shaft Mounting 12.7mm lông by 12.7mm square (1/2 inch long by 1/2inch square) Surface Refer to Figures SandS.

.

Dimensions Refer to Figures Sand 6. .._ --

Weight MS4OA 11.95 lbs. (54 kg) . -- ,-

M640B 19.Olbs (8.6kg) .

M740A 14.3 lbs. (6.5 kg) tvl74OB 21.3 lbs. 9.7 kg)

. - -

M940A 12.4 lbs. (5.6 kg) , ,.

M940B 19.4lbs. (6.8kg)

Accessories (Standard) 1. Crank arm for mountingon square end of motor shaft with a starting angle adjustable in 22-1/2° steps and with a ball joint radius adjustable from 39.7mm (1.6 inches) to 68.2 mm (2.7 inches)

2. Plug for unused conduit opening in the event thatonly one of the two opening is used.

Approval Bodies Underwriters Laboratories: File E84572, Guide.XAPX -.

Canadian Standards Association: File Number LR 47125.

All 120 and 240 volt models are U.L. and C.S.A. certified for type 4 enciourës. To comply, motor are jüSlied with.both drain holes seaied with self-tapping screws. The lowest level drain screw may beremoved, if vehting or draining is desired; but U.L. and C.S.A. enclosure stahdards are not maintained when drain holes are left open.

Specification 81 .86O3.Q6 Page 4

TABLE 2 - M640, M740, M940 Actionator Motors M640 Modeis!M740 Models Model Timing AuxilIary Number Voltage (Seconds) Equipment M640A 1006 120V 7.5 -- M640A1121* M640A 1014 240V 7.5 -- M640A 1022 120V 15 -- M640A 1139*

M640A 1030 240V 15 M640A 1196*

M640A 1048 120V 15 2 SPOT M640A 1204* 1 SPOT

M640A 1055 120V 30 -- M640A 1147* M640A 1246 120V 30 2SPDT M640A 1063 120V 30 1 SPDT

MB4OA 1071 240V 30 -- M640A1170* M640A 1089 120V- . 60 M640A 1154 -- . - .

M640A 1212* 120V 60 StrokeSetat9o° M640A 1097 240V -''. 60 M640A 1188* -. M640A 1105 120V 120 -- M640A 1162* . -

M640A 1113 240V 120 -- M640A 1238* 1 20V 36 Fungus Treated M640A 1253** 120V 15 . 2 SPOT M640A 1261 120V 7.5 2 SPOT M640A 1279 220V 60

M640B 1005 120V 15 -- M6408 1013 120V 30 -- M640B 1054*

M640B 1070* 240V 30 -- M6408 M640B

1021 1062*

120V 60

M640B M64081088*

1039 240V 60 --- M6408 M6400

1047 1003

120V 120V

120 15

M6400 1011 120V 15 2 SPOT in Tandem M640D 1029 120V 30 -- M740A 1004 120V ' 15 . -- .: -

M740A 1012 120V 30 -- -

M740A 1038 120V 60 -- -

M740A 1053 120V 120 . -- -

.M740A 1020 120V 30 2 SPOT

M740A 1046 120V . 60 2 SPOT

M740A 1061 120V 60 One 1359 Retransmitting slidewire

M740A 1079 120V 15 2 SPOT

M740A 1087 120V' 30 3 SPOT

M740A 1095 220V 60 2 SPOT

M740A 1103 120V 60 - 2 SPOT, One 10002 Retransmitting Slidewire M740A 1111 120V 60 One 10009 Retransmitting Slidewire M7406 1003 120V 60 _.- -

M740B 1011 120V 30 -- M7408 1029 ' 120V 15- -- -

M7406 1031' 120V 7.5 . . 2 SPOT ,-

M7408 1045 120V 15 2 SPOT

M7406 1052 120V 30 2SPOT M7408 1060,, 120V- 60, 2SPOT M74061;1078 . - 120V 120 2 SPOT . .

M7406 1086 -120V' 30 . £1 One 10002 Retransmitting Stidewire

Specification 61 -86-03-06

Page 5

TABLE 2 - M640, M740, M940 ActionatorMotors (continued)

M940 Models

Mode! Number Voitage

Timing (Seconds)

Auxiiiary Equipment

M940A M940A

1000 1018

120V 240V

15 15

-- --

M940A MG4OA M940A

1026 1034 1042

I20V 240V 220V

30 30 30

-- -- M940A M940A

1059 1158

120V 120V

30 -- 30

-

2 SPOT

-! 1 SPDT

M940A M940A M940A

1067 1075 1083

120V 240V 220V

60 60 -

60

-- -'

M940A 1091 120V 60 One 1000Q Baianée Stidewire

M940A M940A

1109 1117

120V 220V

120 120

-- M940A M940A

1125 1166

120V 120V

60 120 -

One 1352 Retransmitting Slidewire

M940A 1133 120V - 60 1SPDT

M940A 1182 120V 60 Stroke Set at 90°

M940A M940A

1174 1190

120V 120V

-120 60

One 1352 Retransmitting Slidewire and 1 SPDT

M940A 1141 120V 120 2SPDT

M940A 1216 220V - 60 2 SPOT One 10002 Retransmitting Shdewire

M940A 1208 220V 60 2 SPOT, One 1352 Retransmitting Slidewire

M940A1224 120V -

120 1 SPDT One 10002 Retransmitting Shdewire

M940A 1232 120V 30 3 SPOT

M940A 1240 120V 60 2SPDT

M940A 125Y 220V 60 2SPDT

M940A 1265 120V 15 2 SPOT One 1352 Retransmitting Slidewire

M940A 1273 120V 30 2 SPDT One 1352 Reiransmitting Slidewire

M9408 1009 120V 15 -- M940B 1058 120V 15 One 1352 Retransmitting Shdewire and One 10002 Balance

Sidewire

M940B 1066 120V 60 2 SPOT One 10002 Balance Slioewire

M9408 1074 120V 60 2 SPOT

M940B 1017 120V 30 -- M9408 1025 120V 60 -- M940B 1033 220V 60 -- MQ4OB 1041 120V 60 One 1352

Retransmitting Siidewire

M9406 1082 220V 60 -One 1352 Retransmitting Shdewire

M9408 1090 120 60 2 SPOT, One 10002 Retransmitting Slidewire

Wired for field addition of auxiliary switches, balancing and retransmitting slidewire. Auxiiiary switch cams are momentary make at the switch point rather than continuous make thrdugh the remeining motor stroke

Specification 61 '86.03-06 Page 6

millimetres Dimensions:

inches

Conduit holes 3/4-14 NPT

______________ 11.8 265

6.6 /1/ I

fl49 bA r1.37 I 79

Hiir / 47 j. 34

1.3 ,_JDrain hole

with screw

11 T 0.81'L -ji1t;-' 2.3

16 Motorshaft 73 50.8 2.7

29s2view Vat5. Mounting holes (8) 1/4-20 123

'189 Drain hole 7.4 with screw

-.

Bottom view Thomen:on 164 M640,M94oDirnension

-

850-489

025 2.6 2 1.6

Mm. -4- Max Crankarm Offset -

S

Figure 5Motor dimensions - M640A, M740A, M940A

0

c)

Specification 61-86-03-06

Page 7

millimetres Dimensions:

inches

Conduit holes 369

168 3/4-14 NPT 14.5 335 -jj-----/ ______

1.37[ 70

I 79 47 Drain hole -2.75t 242 * i.a ii with screw 27

S 2ii7 on

-16 Motor shaft 735gb 1.11 sq. across

ats 2.9 2.0

123 Side view

Drain hole 1.0 Hex ________ ________ 1?! with screw Mounting holes (6) 7.4 50.6

End view '16

---1/4-20

Please Note: J -o-e- Allow 4 inches of

= r- Bottom view

4.0 I

removed p

Li_.Lr.LL-.1 -

7I1&20, 314 in. 0.25 2.8 2 2.25 deep

L1X -j-- Mm. -q- Max Crankarm Offset

Figure 6Motor dimensions M640B, M740B, MG4OB

1

Specification 61 -860306 Page 8

Ordering Information When ordering, specify: -

Complete Model Number (Refer to Table 1) Options if desired: a. Assembly number of auxiliary

switches and slidewires for M640 motors. (Select from listing under 'Options".)

b. Slidewire resistance for M940 motor.

Other option accessories

Drder from

Honeywefi 1885 Douglas Drive North Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422

(In Canada - Honeywell Limited 155 Gordon Baker Road Willowdale Ontario M2H 3N7)

-9

For more information, contact the nearest Honeywell sales office or Honeywell, Process Control Division, 1100 Virginia Drive, Fort Washington, PA 19034.

Specifications are subject to change without notice

-,.

6

b

.

C

SECTION: FIVE REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 PAGE: 1 OF 1


SECTION FIVE

VIBRATION MONITORING AND

BEARING DAMAGE DETECTION SYSTEMS

- PMC/BETA TECHNICAL DATA

- SPM TECHNICAL DATA

PMC/BETA LIrAImcO pA.stNJEflSF-tl

.

4 Tech Circle, Natick, Massachusetts 01760 Tel: (617) 237-6920 Fax: (508) 651-9762

INSTALLATION AND OPERATING MANUAL

MODEL 440S-R/4505-R VIBRALOG

AW 000082 t4ARCH 1984

MODEL 44OS-R/45OSR

INDEX

Section 1.0 General Description

1.1 Introduction 1.2 Machinery Protection 1.3 Sumary of Capabilities 1.4 Panel Controls 1.5 Specifications

Section 2.0 Mechanical Installation

2.1 Mechanical

2.1.1 Orientation 2.1.2 Mounting Surface 2.1.3 Temperature Considerations 2.1.4 Cable/Wire 2.1.5 Sealings Outline Drawings

Section 3.0 Electrical Installation

3.1 Wiring to the Vibration Switch

3.1.1

3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 Wiring

AC Power Shut-Down Circuit Remote Reset Lockout Option 4-20 mA Output Diagrams

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 440S-R/450S-g

3.2 Functional Description and Installation Considerations

3.2.1 Alarm or Shutdown 3.2.2 Wiring for N.O. or N.C. 3.2.3 Remote Reset/Latch 3.2.4 Lockout Option 3.2.5 4-20 mA Output

3.3 Special Considerations

3.3.1 Light Loads 3.3.2 0. C. Applications

Section 4.0 Control Settings

4.1 Setting Trip Points

4.2 Setting of Time Delay 4.3 Test Mode 4.4 Alarm and Shutdown LED's

Section 5.0 System Block Diagram

AN 811 Mounting PMC/BETA Electronic Vibration Switch

.

.

INSTRUCTION AND INStALLATION

VIBRATION SWITCH

MODEL 440S-R/450S-R

1.0 General Description

1.1 Introduction

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 440S-R/4505-R

The Models 440S-R/450S-R contain one trip limit for alarm or shutdown. The trip is set in inches per second (velocity model) or rnils (displacement model). In addition a 4-20 mA output proportional to vibration level is provided.

The 440 and 450 performance, wiring and specifications are identical except for the enclosure. The 440 meets NEMA 3, 4 and 12. The 450 meets these and in addition, certain explosion proof specifications.

1.2 Protection of Rotating and Reciprocating Machinery

a) A system is required which is responsive to faults which:

1) present themselves as low frequency vibrations vibrations such as imbalance, misalignment, sleeve bearings, broken tie down bolts, etc. and

S

2) faults which present themselves as higher frequency vibrations such as defective ball or roller bearings, gear mesh, blade pass frequencies, and in the case of reciprocating machinery, detonation and broken parts.

Velocity is the optimum parameter for both high and low frequencies, since it is equally sensitive to both. Acceleration (as with mechanical switches) is over

sensitive to the high frequencies and very insensitive to the low frequencies.

On machines operating at very low RPM (100 - 200 RPM),

displacement may also be suitable.

b) Time delay is absolutely essential in any usuable vibration monitor. Virtually all machines will exhibit high vibration

for several seconds during startup. If time delay is not

provided, the operator must turn up the trip point to get

thru startup. The resultant setting will be too high to

1.3

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 440S-R/45OS-R

provide protection during normal running. This is one reason there are so many cases where machines with mechanical type vibration switches have been seriously damaged and the mechanical switches have not tripped. Time delay is included in the Solid State Model 440.

Summary of Capabilities

4 discussion of the 440/450 system and its control is as follows: (please refer to paragraph 1.4)

a) Trip is based on vibration severity (velocity). The sensor is built in (unless the separate 160 sensor option has been purchased) and is a piezoelectric crystal with built-in amplifier to reduce noise sensitivity. The output signal is electronically integrated to measure and trip on velocity. (Electronically converted to displacement on displacement models),

b) Calibrated set point controls permit adjusting set points to known values of vibration level. Shutdown set point range is in velocity. Alarm set point is calibrated 10% to 90% of shutdown set point.

c) 4-20 mA output provides continuous monitoring capability

on a milliarnmeter or a programable controller for data logging or alarm. The 4 mA will be present even when there is no vibration, thus demonstrating the unit is

functioning. The 4-20 mA output is normalized to the shutdown set point. Therefore, the output can be directly calibrated as a percent of set point.

d) One switch closure is provided. This is a triac and is a

dry contact in the sense that it is isolated from the input power. The triac is settable for open on alarm or close on a 1 arm.

LJ

r L

e) Built-in adjustable time delay is standard. This prevents false tripping on high startup vibrations and also from non- repetitive transient events. The standard range of adjust- ability is 2-15 seconds.

f) Self test and calibrate A light adjacent to the set point control comes on the instant the measured vibration level exceeds the set point. The unit

can be periodically calibrated on line, by turning the set point control down until the light comes on. This setting is

then compared with the vibration measured with a portable vibration meter, thus providing a calibration check of the unit. If this setting is maintained, trip will occur after the duration

of the time delay. a g) The 440 Series is designed with thick film hybrid circuits which''

are more rugged than the conventional IC and discrete circuitry.

The resulting unit is also smaller in size.

L 4 PANa CONTROLS

Calibrated

set point controls enable bperator to set specific velocity trip points -.,,

0W1 SOWN

/ SEC.

Light comes on imediately when vibration exceed set point (alarm or shutdown will trip after 3 second time delay). i

Adjustable time delay of 2-15 seconds. Factory set at 3 seconds. -

L__ Test position sets in minimum set point so that any vibration will, cause trip condi-

tion. Light will come on irrinediately, and trip will occur after duration of the time

delay, proving that the complete system is operational. If test position is maintained for less than the duration of the time delay, trip will not occur, thus permitting system test without shutdown.

VDE approved terminal strip accepts #12 wire. Screw adjustable clamping yoke rather than screw terminal permits assy, vibration proof connection. All hardware is captive.

-..

luoSorni 1 II a S S a a - -

triac is independently field able to open on alarm (N.C.) lose on alarm (N.O.).

1.5 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications for the appropriate models are given below.

Model No. 440S 440S-R 440D 4400-A

No 01 Trips ONE: for alarm or shutdown. Set in in/sec (velocity model) or TWO: One for alarm and one for shutdown. Shutdown set in mils (displacement model). in/sec (velocity model) or mits (displacement model). Alarm set

as percent of shutdown. Analog Output t 10% accuracy over 4.20 ± 10% accuracy over 4-20 for Remote mA DC range. 4 mA is 0 mA DC range. 4 mA is 0 Indication vibration: 14 mA is set vibration; 14 mA is set

N/A point; 20 mA is 160% of set N/A point: 20 mA is 160% of set 'point, point. Termination load resist- Termination load resistance, less than 450 ohms ance. less than 450 ohms.

Velocity Set Point 0.110 1.5 in/sec or 0.2 to3 in/sec peak. Metric ranges: 3 to 40mm/sec or 6 to 80mm/sec peak (Select one)

Displacement Model ito 15 mils eriC to 150 mils peak to peak. Metric ranges: 3Opm to 400Mm or 300Mm to 4mm peak to peak (Select one)

Frequency Range 2 tO 1000 Mi (12010 50.000 RPM) Time Delay Field adjustable 2-15 sec. Factory set for 3 sec unless specified otherwise Alarm or Shutdown Sofid state relay (triac). One in 4405, 440S-R: Two in 4400, 440D.R, Output(s) Insulated (dry) contact

Each triac field settable for close on alarm (NO.) or open on alarm (NC.) 5 A continuous, 1004 for 10 msec. Max. oft.state leakage current: 1 mA Mm holding current: 20 mA typical Max voltage across SS relay: 14QAC (2BWAC on 23W input units)

Remote Reset Connection between terminals 5 and 6 latches triac output in alarm slate after set point is exceeded. Opening The connection will reset the output to non-alarm state.

Set Point Accuracy ± 10% of setting with repeatability of ± 2%. Circuitry utilizes RMS detector

Vibration Sensitive Axis Perpendicular to base. 1,/nit can be mounted in any orientation without affecting setting

Temp. LImits 20°F to + 140°F ( 30°C to +80°C) including internal transducer. - 65°F to + 255°F ( - 55°C to + 125°C) for oplional external transducer

Humidity 1% tO 100% (non-condensing) Input Power 100-130 %64C 50/60Hz standard. 200-260 VAC 50/60 1-11 optional. DC input po*.r optional. 4408.3 Watt. 4400,4 Watt

Enclosure Rugged, water-tight, dust-tight, cast aluminum. Meets NEMA 3. 4. and 12 standards. Optional explosion-proof enclosures available.

Weight 3.5 lbs (1.6 Kg)

Mounting ¼" hardware. 3 mounting bosses Terminals All terminals will accept #12 AWG wire in clamping type yoke without need for termination hardware. ALL hardware is captive.

StIf Test Test positionort set pomntconträl and lightemitting diode provide functional test 0? trip Circuitry, timedelayand triac closure. Also permits on-line catibration of switch.

Circuitry Proprietary hybrid circuitry throughout for minimum size and niaximum reliability in vibration environment.

Remote Transducer The standard 440 includes a built-in transducer. When packaged in an optional separate housing, the transducer is designated Model Option 160. The 160 is 1$ inch diameter by 3 inches high. lithe remote transducer option is desired, it should be ordered at the time the 440

is ordered. To add a 160 transducer option at a later time, consult factory.

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 44OS-R/450S-R

2.0 Installation

2.1 Mechanical -Installation Please see outline drawings provided at the end of section 2.1

2.1.1 Orientation

The sensitive vibration"measuring" axis is perpendicular to the base of the unit (vibration switch or transducer). Always mount the unit such that the desired vibration of the equipment being monitored will occur along this axis.

2.1.2 Mounting Surface

Choose or fabricate a solid (rigid) surface (on the equipment being monitored) to mount the vibration switch or transducer to.

This will ensure transferal of the desired vibration to the vibration transducer, while not introducing spurious vibrations.

In addition, the surface presented to the base of the unit should be flat. Fasten using sturdy hardware, at all places provided.

2.1.3 Temperature Considerations

The switch is designed to dissipate internal heat by conduction through its base. Hence it is quite important to keep the mounting surface below the switch max temperature limit of 140° (60°c). If

the equipment being monitored is going to exceed this limit, consideration should be given to either using one of the remote 160 transducers, or thermally isolating the switch.

To insure accurate switch performance, a warm-up time of 5

minutes is recomended.

2.1.4 Cable/Wiring

The method chosen to electrically connect to the switch or transducer should be mechanically flexible, to eliminate the measurement of vibration of material not of interest (piping, etc.), and provide a moisture barrier as well.

Although sealtight and other flexible conduit have been used successfully, in areas of extreme humidity or moisture it is

recommended that an 'SO" type cable together with a suitable raintight CGB fitting be used.

2.1.5 Sealing

In 440 installations where temperature and humidity conditions vary around the dew point, it is important that the cover plate be

evenly and firmly fastened down with the four screws provided.

Although the switch enclosures meet NEMA standards for water

tightness, it will do no good if proper sealing of both the cover

and wiring entrances are not followed. Please remember that a

hollow pipe through which wires may enter a switch may also conduct

moisture as well.

N

MOUNTING HOLE FORJ'4 CIA. BOLT tSmmOIA. SHOLES TYP

4.250 108mm

I Oj no I I

is.,.. PMC/BETAco.wauio

s.s?

n

.350" J J. 8.9mm SiTes

S

1 can0

1 4. X

505.6 mm

t 9.5mm

REV. DESCRIPTION FE TAlC DI*CNSIGVS

TE

5*4 Ag, $et Terminal blon F.,

çSttF t o Optional Features

\ Ss.dnSivfl t(s0fbMt

0'' G,u.ndmg

'L.,

Tniad

H I L to '.75..

44.5mm 0

(_o Ti' 1TOP VIEW COVER REMOVED

1 2.5 6t

ES lea

Ii

LPT

INCHES Dimtaücna she, Ms inches and mIllImeter, MILLIMETERS

PM C / B ETA CORPORATION .4 Tsch CifcIe, Natick, Mass. 01760 U.S.A.

MATERIAL

NEXT ASSEMBLY

USED ON

FOR

rrn.s OUTLINE DRAWING MODEL 4405/4405-A

l0-- 83

'I

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

Xx: * .01 lEts,

SHEET /

DRAWING NUMBER

:1.4233564

S

S

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 440S-R/4505-R

3.0 Electrical Installation

3.1 Wiring to the Vibration Switch The following paragraphs refer to the wiring diagrams at the end of section 3.1

3.1.1 AC Power (Terminals 1 & 2)

Connect a grounding wire to the grounding lug provided the switch. This is important for safety as well as noise.

Power only with the AC voltage level indicated on the cover label. Orientation of AC power to terminals 1 and 2

important.

3.1.2 Shut-down Circuit (Terminals 3 & 4)

in

inner is not

The internal single pole solid state switch, between terminals 3 and 4, is designed to be wired in series with the external shut-down circuit i.e.: motor starter, relay, contactor, etc. Maximum ratings are found in paragraph 3.2.1. Also see section 3.2.2.

3.1.3 Remote Reset (Terminals 5 & 6)

Shielded wiring is recommended. To avoid creating ground loops, the N.C. remote switch contacts should be isolated i.e.: not electrically connected to other circuits or grounds. See section 3.2.3 for further information.

3.1.4 Lockout (Optional) (Terminals 6 & &)

If this option has been purchased, terminal 7 will be labelled "Lockout". Shielded wiring is recommended. To avoid the possibility of ground loops, the remote 1'4.O. lockout switch contacts should be electrically isolated from other external circuitry or grounds. See section 3.2.4 for further information.

3.1.5 4 - 20 mA Analog Output (Terminal 11 & 12)

To avoid the possibility of ground loops, the 4-20 mA remote meter terminals should be electrically isolated from external grounds.

Shielded wire is recomended to protect against damage due to long wire runs and the possiblility of high induced voltage spikes from

storms, etc. See section 3.2.5.

3.2 Functional Description and Installation Considerations

3.2.1 Alarm or Shutdown

Maximum ratings for the solid state relay used for alarm or

shutdown are as follows:

Continuous current Surge & overload (Duty cycle less than 1%)

1 second 16 millisecond

1 millisecond Maximum voltage

Maximum off state leakage Isolation

I-lid JL/¼JL)Lfl.

MARCH 1982 MODEL 4405-R/450s-R

5 amperes

25 amperes 50 amperes

125 amperes 140 VAC (115V Model) 280 VAC (230V Model)

1 mA 2500 VAC mm

As you can see from the above specs, these are medium power rated devices and are quite useful in controlling relays, contactors and most motor starters directly. Maximum noise invnunity is obtained when used in the open on alarm (N.C.) mode.

3.2.2 Open/Close on Alarm

The alarm or shutdown triac is independently field settable for N.0; (close on alarm) or N.C. (open on alarm). The switch is accessible with a screwdriver thru holes in the side panel

Open on alarm is recommended in installations where triac lines are likely to be noisy, i.e.: large transient voltage spikes due to unsuppressed relay, solenoid, or other inductive loads.

3.2.3 Remote Reset/Latch

The following paragraphs refer to the wiring diagrams and also paragraph 3.1.3.

3.2.3.1 Auto Reset Mode

In this mode, alarm and shutdown switches are automatically reset to the non-alarm condition when the vibration level falls below the set point.

(As shipped, no connection between terminals S and 6).

3.2.3.2 Latch Mode

In this mode, alarm and shutdown switches remain 'latched"

in alarm (shutdown) condition when the vibration level exceeds

the set point for the duration of the time delay. The unit is in this condition when terminal 5 is connected to terminal 6.

3.2.3.3 Remote Reset Mode

When wired in this mode the alarm or shutdown switches latch in "trip" but can be reset to "non-alarm" mode by momentarily interrupting the connection from terminal 5 to 6. This can be

accomplished with a normally closed momentary switch. The switch

contacts should be isolated from other circuits, potentials, or grounds.

NOTE: If external DC power is used for the alarm or shutdown circuits, reset is accomplished in a different manner; see section 3.3.2 below.

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 440S-R/450S-R

3.2.4 Lockout (Optional)

When this option has been purchased terminal 7 will be labeled

"lockout". With this option, the shutdown and/or alarm triacs will not be permitted to actuate so long as terminal 7 is held to ground.

Please not that this option is not normally required in order to avoid nuisance trips on startup, Since the built-in time delay will provide this protection. See paragraph 4.2. below.

3.2.5 4 - 20 mA Output

MA. OUT

.

Terminal 12 is labelled "analog' with return (loop) to terminal 11.

This loop provides a 4-20 mA output current proportional to vibration. 4 mA = 0 vibration, 14 mA occurs at whatever shutdown set point has been

set, 20 mA at 160% of shutdown set point. This is shown on the

following graph.

I8

16

SLOPE * 1 MAt 10% S.R

100 leo


3.3 Special Considerations

3.3.1 Light Loads

The solid state relays used in the standard 440 series are a special high transient immunity, medium power type. Off state leakage is 1 mA max and should not create any problems, even when interfaced with a load as light as a programmable controller.

Minimum load required to keep the triac on however is a 20 mA typical and 50 mA max, due to "holding current" specifications. If

the load is less than this, a resistor may have to be placed in parallel with the load. i.e.: for 115VAC light load (20 mA or less) a 2K-OHM 10 watt power resistor is recomended.

3.3.2 D.C. Loads

Although most applications use AC input power and AC on the 5.5. relay outputs (alarm and shutdown) these triacs may be used in DC applications providing minimum loading requirements are met. See

section 3.3.1 above;

When DC is used, a triac will automatically latch in "on condition after trip, thus only 'close onalarm' (N.0.) can be used. Also, to

reset, an external N.C. reset switch must be wired in series with the load. In this case the usual reset terminals 5 & 6 referred to in

paragraph 3.1.3 are not used.

To avoid large voltage drops on DC operation, the triac should be

connected as follows:

Term 3 NEC 4 POS

.

S

tff f t.ockoøit

pp Ouoe.i rt fLat

EatsnS ff SIdon E'p± S

Paws

A.C. Paws

{

WIfitNO DIAO*AM$

r ioiiruaoa ;;iooic iiO:mn I - - - ___________ I

II' I I

I I I Ii - II

a a. a. n

LOCKOUT

1 COMMON

isHin! DOWN

2 sput

__ Or:a II I

conon 11 -R--4 = vtwan $ - Lnm Mete

ANALO 12-41---- 4-20'MA

LL112SL_J -:; La.

MOlt A..pNsu oS It r.4s 1 eOA frasSw option Is p.. asd. -' -I MODEL 440$-fl or 4608-fl

-

MODEL lISA

. XDUCER

xouct*

XDUCER

COMMON 11

C% iGit I-) V '- GBM. It

M siavi: wN. }9!._NL cat__{ flO Si,

I; ILK. Ca. 1 II I

II I

II

S

1 -v DeWY

flORAL

LC0M0M

scott 140*

5t:i!L Y I IIJ * NOTE: [his cnnection shou1 not be made in typical motor driven machinery

- appiLcations where magnetic fields and circulatLng currents are typical sources of noise pickup. Where large static charges such as from

ignition systems are Likely completing this connection is recommended.

MOTE: Applies only Ii remote 1001 Wastcsr oPtion Is pechts.d.

MODEL 440S-R or 450$-fl

---------------------- .1

1 MODEL lOOt

SHiELD

4 COMMON

3 (-)v

!K3v SIGNAL

.11

* Non: mis cassettes r..s w -en s a en,

) p.

C p.

AW 000082 MARCH 1984 MODEL 4405-R/450s-R

4.0 CONTROL SETTINGS

4.1 Setting Trip Points

The Models 44OS-R and 450S-R provides one trip: one for alarm or for shutdowns

The alarm or shutdown is set directly in inches/seconds (velocity models) or mils (displacement models).

Since the set point control has a calibrated scale (unlike mechanical switches where you cannot tell what the trip point setting is), known trip points can be set in. The proper set point varies with the type machine. The following will assist you in determining the proper set point.

1. The Warning Level Guide shown below indicates recommended starting points for vibration warning levels - defined as levels at which abnormal wear is occuring. Vibration analysis is recommended at this level. Different warning levels are given for different types of machinery.

2. These ranges are typical. Each machine will have its won personality, depending on how much it is loaded, the

particular installation, and the tolerances of the machine itself. Thus, you must make the final judgment for your equipment.

3. Trend information is frequently as meaningful as absolute levels. Thus, an alternate method is to determine the existing vibratior level (this is easily accomplished using a vibration meter such as the PMC 101 or 201) and setting the trigger between 25% and 50% above this The 440 itself can be used to determine the

exist ration level. See paragraph 4.4 below.

4. If the existing level is near or above the upper end of the range noted in the Warning Guide, vibration analysis with an instrument such as the PMC 208 should be performed as soon as possible and corrective action taken. (Write for Vibration Identification Guide contained in AN 803).

AW 000082 MARCH 1982 MODEL 440S-R/450s-R

4.2 Setting of Time Delay

An important feature of PMC/BETA switches is the built-in time delay. This prevents triggering of the alarm or shutdown functions from transient increases in vibration levels. It also avoids shutdown due to transitory vibrations occuring during start-up.

Almost all machines experience a few seconds of high vibration during

start-up before reaching operating speed. When no time delay function is included (as with mechanical switches), this start-up vibration causes a

trip. Frequently, the operator turns the trip setting up until he can get

through start-up. The resultant trip level is too high to afford protection at the machine's operating speed.

The time delay is adjustable. It will have been set at the factory for three (3) seconds unless your order spetified otherwise.

The time a vibration must be above set-point before trip occurs is

adjustable from 2 to 15 seconds.

To readjust the time delay, turn the shutdown set point (or alarm set point for alarm time delay) knob CCW until the LED illuminates. The time from this point to triac actuation is the time delay. Change the time delay

via screwdriver adj., clockwise to increase time delay (one complete turn

is approximately 0.5 seconds). Then recheck and readjust until the desired time delay is achieved.

4.3 Test Mode

The test position on the set point ontrol is used to test the switch

functions without the need for vibration. When the shutdown knob is turned

to test, the shutdown LED should immediately illuminate, the 4-20 mA should

exceed 20 mA, followed after the delay time by actuation of the shutdown triac. If the set point knob is returned to a normal setting before the duration

of the time delay has been exceeded, the LED will come on but the actuation of the triac can be avoided.

4.4 Alarm and Shutdown Light Emitting Diodes

Since the LED activate instantaneously (before time delay), it can be

used to check the machine's actual vibration level, i.e.: slowly decrease

shutdown set point by turning the set point knob counter-clockwise until the

shutdown LED illuminates. Note this setting and return the knob to a higher

setting (before time delay runs out). This is the actual vibration level

present.

S


5.0 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

Vibration is sensed by an internal transducer module consisting of a crystal assembly and integral charge amplifier. Thus, the electrical output of the transducer is a well buffered (low impedance) signal directly proportional to acceleration (G) of the switch.

This signal goes to a custom hybrid circuit, where, depending on the model , it may pass through one or more stages of signal conditioning to yield an A.C. signal now proportional to velocity (or displacement, in displacement models). This signal in turn is routed through an amplifier, the gain of which is controlled by the "shutdown set point".

Next, the signal is processed through a true RMS to DC stage and compared against a preset internal voltage reference. If the signal level is higher than reference, the shutdown LED is illuminated.

If the voltage level stays above the reference for the duration of the time delay arid output trip occurs and the shutdown solid state relay will trip. (Change state).

-'-I".-". I I .tl a...- $n

Gil-fl

ii, , nj

WSLII*TIO* I. .ci.oc,tv

ç Cii UIT CZ'IT

ii

i.. ----- - I. I-_a- I

I -I'." lt 'a I ti'"'

Iit L

I-nm

PMC/SETA cospcsmvw 4 Tack Clial4, Nallck.Satp.O1PIO ILlS. j..i

flhiS

Cs. S -- I

a. i1L0c

. 8233631 OMWM

0

.

.

PMC/BETA Corporation

Application Note Sifl

MOUNTING PMC/BETA ELECTRONIC VIBRATION SWITCHES

WHERE TO MOUNT THE SWITCH

It is desirable to mount the PMC electronic switch (or transducers for remote

monitoring systems) on the bearing housing, since the forces on the rotating

member (unbalance, misalignments, bearing wear, aerodynamics, etc.) reach the

outside world through the bearings.

Most bearing housings are curved so it is necessary to attach a bracket with a flat surface for mounting the switch. If the machine has bolted end plates on

the bearings or horizontally, snlit bearing housinps, these bolts can be used

to attach the bracket.

When bolt holes are not available or are not suitable, an alternative way is to

weld an angle iron bracket similar to that in the sketch, but oriented so as to

straddle the bearing housing similar to:

Vibration Switch

Weld or Bolt

Bearing Housing

The best approach is to mount a gusseted bracket:

Vibration Switch

isset

Gussets

For most applications 3/8 inch material (oreferably steel) t.'ill be suitable.

SENSITIVE AXIS

Please note that the electronid vibration switch can be mounted in any orientation

without a change in sensitivity. It senses vibration in a direction perpendicular

to its mounting surface.

Sensitive Axis

Vibration Sensitive Axis

CiiOtnLNG MOUNTING DIRECTION The vibration switch can be mounted in the vertical or horizontal direction (or anything in betweem).

Vibration Switch if

Vibration Switch

The best way to choose the mounting direction is to measure the vibration level in both directions with a vibration meter (such as the PMC Model 101 or 2OlA) and choose the direction with the highest level. Thiswill usually be horizontal, since the machine structure is usually less rigid horizontally than vertically.

HOW MANY MONITOR POINTS PER MACHINE

Anywhere from one to four switches are used per machine (depending on how critical the machine is to the process or how expensive it is), one on each end of the motor and one on each end of the compressor, fan, pump or whatever is being driven. If

there is a gear box in between, one may be used here also.

It is quite common to use only one switch. In this case, it is best to mount on or near the driven bearing. For example, if you have a motor and large fan with a bearing on each end of the fan, the fan bearing on the motor side would be the driven bearing. It will usually see the highest forces and have the highest vibration level.

.

MOUNTING AT OTHER LOCATION

It is not always possible to mount on the bearing. The unit can then be mounted on the bearing pedestal or on a structural member nearby. Again, it is desirable to survey the machine with a vibration meter. If the level at the intended location is about the same (within 25 or 502) it probably will be satisfactory. Of course, the trip setting would be reduced if the vibration level at the mounting location is smaller than at the bearing. (See Application Note 803 for information on recommended trigger levels).

PMC/BETA 4 Tech Circle, Natick, Massachusetts 01760 131 Norlhpoint Dr. Houston, Texas 77060

(617) 237-6920 Telex 94-8435 (713) 820-2224 Tetex 94-8435

E1

TRA4O Series Transducers The TRA4O Series permanently installed transducers are designed to be used where the measuring point is inaccessi- ble for manual measurements or where automatic measurement such as on a continuous monitoring system is required. They are connected to measuring terminals by coaxial cable. Their sealed, stainless steel construction make them suitable for a wide range of environmental conditions.

Specifications Measuring Range; 20dB5 to + 10OdB5 Design; Sealed, corrosion resistant ASTM 303 stainless

steel construction External Pressure: 100 psig Temperature Range: 20°F to 250°F Tightening Torque: 8-1 1 foot-pounds Connector: SPM designed sealed CON-02 for 90093-L for

RAVOLIN cable. NOTE: "L" = desired length in feet.

SPatent Pending

ASSOCIATED AGENTS Industrial & Testing Instruments

P.O. Box 7220 Greensboro, NC 27407 (919) 292-6508

cap Nut Hex Base Conicat Seat

0JA 2W L

F

Figure 1

TRANSDUCER THREAD SIZE (d) LENGTH (L) UNDER

HEX BASE

TRA-42 '/iC.IRUNC inch

TRA-44 6Ac-leuNc 4'Aeincti

TRA-46 sic-l8uNc 7/io inch

TRA-48 s/1e.leuNc ii 'Adnch

Mounting ot Transducer Mount the transducer and torque the ½ inch hexagonal base to between 8 and 11 foot-pounds. When installing TRA-44 through TRA-48 transducers, it is important that they have no metallic contact with their surroundings other than at the

A thread and seat surfaces. Transducer extensions must be - sealed with rubber/silicone or similar dampening material where applicable. See Figure 4.

The transducer is connected to a measuring terminal by RAYOLIN (SPM No. 90093-L) coaxial cable. Special SPM design connector CON-02 for RAYOLIN cable must be used at the transducer. This connector provides internal sealing capability to 100 psig external pressure for a wide range of environments. Please refer to SPM Publication No. TRA-04 for instructions on how to mount these connectors. For cable lengths between 13 and a maximum length of 330 feet, a transducer matching unit (TMU) is required between the transducer and the measuring terminal. The TMU must be mounted no more than 13 feet from the transducer. Consult pertinent SPM product literature for various system suggestions.

NOTE: Minimum disturbance of the cable connection to TRA4O Series transducers ensures sealing integrity. It is recommended that the connector not be routinely disassem- bled.

Figure 4

ASSOCIATED AGENTS Industrial & Testing Instruments

P.O. Box 7220 Greensboro, NC 27407 (919) 292.6508

.

/2" dia, mm.

Dampening Material

Vi dia. mm.

¼.

[email protected]., MULNIb Industrial & Testing Instruments

P.O. Box 7220 Greensboro, NC 27407 Systern 32

5 PISE1® (919) 292-6508

Bearing Damage Detector 32PL

The detector is a complete measuring unit with adjustable alarm level, to be used with System 32. The alarm is triggered when the signals from the shock pulse transducer exceed the

alarm level at least once every 10 seconds. The alarm is reset

by a short interruption of the current supply (performed in the

alarm unit).

The alarm level is chosen with respect to the shaft diameter

(d) and speed (n) ol the monitored bearing. The diagram below Comprises recommended alarm levels in dBsv.

Adjusting alarm level

32 PL has a measuring range of 20-75 dBsv. The alarm level

is adjustable in 12 steps of 5dB. The desired level is selected by moving the pin plug in the tag strip inside the box. By replacing the front cover the detector is sealed for use in

IndustrIal environment.

Technical data

Measuring range: 20-15 dB5y

Housing: Laquered aluminium, "IP" rating 65

Temperature range: -20° to +100° C

Current supply: 24 V from alarm unit 32 CL

Length of transducer

cable: Max. 4 m

Supply cable: Single conductor, max.50n

ISO

138

(_)

4±.. -H-

iWkWrE!fl v aw±i 0- IWrAUiA ia vii Wt

4q k/4

dBsv

4 da b-''''' '' ' ''

øi

SPM Instrument PB. Box 4. S-152 01 Stringnäs. Sweden. Tel. + 4615213420. Telex 17250, Telefax + 4615215075

7IS IS7%4I T.chnal .l. ii sobjci ioctvç. s.,ho..i rtca. © Cooyi.ghl 5PM 1%?. P,wu,a fl S..a.3.n

t

Huvudkatalog C

.t

C

.t

General Catalogue Hauptkatalog

70564 ABC 9876 ©Copyright SPM 1986 Printed in Sweden

lnnehâllsförteckning

System 43 for manuell mötning

Mätinstrument .................................... 3

StOtpulsgivare med prob, Ultraljudmikrofon ................................. 4

Givare for mätadapter, Mätadapter, Verktyg ............................. 5

StOtpulsgivare fOr mätnipplar .................. 6

Mätnipplar .......................................... 7

StOtpulsgivare fOr

fast installation .................................... 8

TillbehOr fOr fast installation .................... 9

Matkablar med monterade kontakter ............................ 10

Kopplingsexempel, installation i

svâr rniljO ........................................... 12

Instrument godkanda fOr

mOtning i kolgruvor .............................. 14

Instrument godkända fOr

anvandning i explosiv miljO .................... 15

TillbehOr ............................................ 16

List of contents

System 43 for manual measurement

Measuring instrument 3

Shock pulse transducer with probe, Ultrasonic microphone .......................... 4

Transducer for measuring stud, Measuring stud. Installation tools ............. 5

Shock pulse transducer for adapters ......... 6

Adapters............................................

Shock pulse transducer for permanent installation ........................... 8

Accessories for permanent installation ....... 9

Measuring cables with fitted connectors ................................. 10

Examples of connecting, installation in

severe environments ............................ 12

Instruments approved for coal mines ......................................... 14

Instruments approved for potentially explosive environment ........... 15

Accessories ....................................... 16

System 32 fOr kontinuerlig System 32 for continuous

Overwakning ............................................... 17 monitoring ................................................ 17

S

FOrsänkningsverktyg fOr mätnipplar och stOtpulsgivare ............................... 38

Verktyg fOr Atdragning av matnipplar och givare ........................... 39

Koaxialkablar ..................................... 40

Kontakter till mätkablar ......................... 41

Verktyg fOr montering av kablar och kontakter .................................... 42

Tachometer TAO-tO ............................ 43

Elektroniskt Stetoskop ELS -12 ............... 44

LäcksOkare LDE-1O ............................. 45

Vibrameter VIe-b ............................... 46

Vibration Monitor VlB-20 ..................... 47

Motor Checker EMC-10 ........................ 48

Bearing Analyzer BEA-52 ..................... 49

SPM-representanter ........................... 51

Countersinking tools for adapters and shock pulse transducers ................. 38

Torquing tools for adapters and transducers ................................. 38

Coaxial cables ................................... 40

Connectors for measuring cables ........... 41

Tools for fitting cables

and connectors ................................. 42

Tachometer TAC-lO ........................... 43

Electronic Stethoscope ELS-12 ............. 44

Leak Detector LDE-1O ......................... 45

Vibrameter VIe-iD ............................. 46

Vibration Monitor Vl8-20 .................... 47

Motor Checker EMC-1O ....................... 48

Bearing Analyzer BEA-52 .................... 49

SPM-representatives .......................... 51

Inhaltsverzeichnis

System 43 für manuelle Messung

Messgerät........................................... 3

Stossimpulsaufnehmer mit Tastsonde, Ultraschallmikrofon .............................. 4

Aufnehmer für Messbolzen,

Messbolzen. lnstallationswerkzeug ........... 5

Stossimpulsaufnehmer für Messnippel ...... 6

Messnippel ......................................... 7

Stossimpulsaufnehmer für feste Installation ................................... 8

ZubehOr für feste Installation ................... 9

Messkabeln mit montierten Steckern 10

Kopplungsbeispiele, Installation in

schwieriger Umgebung 12

Messgerate zugelassen für den Einsatz in Kohlebergwerken 14

Messgeräte zugelassen für den

Einsatz im Ex-Bereich .......................... 15

ZubehOr............................................ 16

System 32 für die kontinuierliche Uberwachung............................................ 17

Senkwerkzeug für Messnippel und Stossimpulsaufnehmer ................... 38

Werkzeug für das Festziehen von Messnippeln und Aufnehmern ................ 39

Koaxial- Kabel .................................... 40

Stecker für Messkabel .......................... 41

Werkzeug für die Ferligung von Kabeln und Steckern ............................ 42

Tachometer TAC-lO ............................ 43

Elektronisches Stethoskop ELS -12 .......... 44

Leckdetektor LDE-10 ........................... 45

VibrameterVlB-lo ............................... 46

Vibration Monitor VIB-20 ...................... 47

Motor Checker EMC-10 ........................ 48

WOlzlageranalysator BEA-52 ................. 49

5PM -Vertreter .................................. 51

Ran till konstruktions- och specifikations- Technical data are subject to change without lrrtümer und Konstruktionsänderungen vorbe-

ändringar fOrbehAlles. notice. halten.

2

t 0

C

1

S.

C

c'

C

c

System 32 for kontinuerlig overvakning

Innehâllsforteckning

Kontinuerlig overvakning av rullningslagers drittskondition, introduktion ....................................... 18

Larmcentraler serie 32CL50,

funktionsbeskrivning ............................ 19

Larmcentraler serie 32CL50 ................... 20

Tillbehör for Larmcentraler serie 32CL50 ................... 23

Larmcentral 32CL2 .............................. 25

Lagerskadedetektor 328 ....................... 26

Lagerskadedetektor 32P,

Anpassningsenhet for stOtpulsgivare ..................................... 27

StOtpulsgivare .................................... 28

Kontinuerlig Overvakning av

rullningslagers driftskondition i isolerade lagerhus ............................... 29

Lagerskadedetektor 328 med

jordansiutning .................................... 30

Lagerskadedetektor 32B Si och32BS2 ........................................ 31

Larmbox........................................... 32

Servicehjãlpmedel ............................... 33

Kontinuerlig vibrationsOvervakning .......................... 34

VibratiOnsdetektor 32W och 32V ............. 35

Givare fOr

vibrationsOvervakning .......................... 36

I nstallat ionsmaterial. Matningskablar .................................. 37

System 32 for continuous monitoring

List of contents

Continuous condition monitoring of ball and roller bearings, introduction ........................................ 18

Alarm units series 32CL50, description of function .......................... 19

Alarm units series 32CL50 ...................... 20

Accessories for Alarm units series 32CL50 ...................... 23

Alarm unit 32CL2 ................................. 25

Bearing damage detector 328 ................. 26

Bearing damage detector 32P,

Matching unit for shock pulse transducer .......................... 27

Shock pulse transducers ........................ 28

Continuous condition monitoring of ball and roller bearings in

electrically isolated bearing housings ......... 28

Bearing damage detector 328 with ground connection ............................... 30

Bearing damage detector 328 Si and32BS2......................................... 31

Alarmbox ........................................... 32

Service aids ........................................ 33

Continuous vibration monitoring ......................................... 34

Vibration detector 32W and 32V .............. 35

Transducer for vibration monitoring ............................. 36

Installation material, Supply cables ..................................... 37

System 32 für die kontinuierliche Uberwachung

I nhaltsverzeichnis

Fortlaufende ZustandsUberwachung von Wälzlagern, Einfuhrung ......................................... 18

Alarmzentralen Serie 32C L50,

Funktionsbeschreibung 19

Alarmzentralen Serie 32CL50 .................. 20

ZubehOr zu

Alarmzentralen Serie 32CL50 .................. 23

Alarmzentrale 32CL2 ............................. 25

Lagerschadendetektor 32B ..................... 26

Lagerschadendetektor 32P,

Anpassungseinheit für Stossimpulsaufnehmer .......................... 27

Stossimpulsaufnehmer ......................... 28

Fortlaufende Zustandsüberwachung von Wälzlagern in

isolierten Lagergehäusen ....................... 29

Lagerschadendetektor 328 mit Erdungsanschluss ................................ 30

Lagerschadendetektor 328 Si und32952 ......................................... 31

Alarmbox ........................................... 32

$ervice'Hilfsmiftel ............................... 33

Kontinuierliche $chwingungsuberwachung .................... 34

Schwingungsdetektor 32W und 32V ......... 35

Aufnehrner für Schwingungsüberwachung .................... 36

lnstallationsmaterial. Speisekabel ........................................ 37

17

System 32 System 32 System 32

Kontinuerlig övervakning av rullningslagers driftskondition

Continuous condition monitoring of bait and roller bearings

Fortlaufende Zustandsüberwachung von Wãlziagern

e

\ \TcTc LJtkc

\' .11

V. kanhinuerlig ôvervakning av rullningslager med 5PM System 32 monteras en Stotpuls- givare (A) och en Lagerskadedetektor (B) far varje lager. Detektorerna ansluts till en

gemensam larmcentral (C).

Do tryckvâgor (stôtpulser), sam alstras av skador i ott lager under drift, omvandlas i givaren till elekt,iska signaler. Dessa signaler lads till

detektom via en kort koaxialkabel. Mar signalerna fran givaren ôverskrider detektorns arm-

niva minst en gang var tionde sekund utlöses larmet.

Larmcentralen matar detektorerna med 24V - over enkelledare med strambterfdring genom maskingods och skyddsjord. Larmcentralen

känner larmet scm en Okning av detektorns stramfOrbrukning, dãrvid finds rnotsvarande signallampa. Samtidigt sluts en relakontakt far styrning av yttre larm, automatiskt maskinstopp

etc.

lB

r S For continuous monitoring of ball and roller

bearings with 5PM System 32 a Shack pulse

transducer (A) and a Bearing damage detector

(B) is mounted for each bearing. The detectors

are connected to a common Alarm unit (C).

The pressure waves (shock pulses) generated

by defects in a running bearing are trans. formed into electrical signals in the transducer.

These signals are transmitted to the detector by a short coaxial cable. When the signals from the transducer exceed the alarm level of the detector at least once every 10 seconds the alarm is

triggered.

The alarm unit supplies the detectors with 24V AC through single conductor cables with current return through machinery and ground. The alarm unit senses the alarm as an increase in

the current consumption of the detector,

thereby lighting the corresponding signal lamp.

At the same time a relay is activated which can

control remote warning, automatic machine stop, etc.

N N

N

Für die fortlaufende Uberwachung von Wälz-

lagern mit dem SPM System 32 wird em

Stossimpulsaufnehmer IA) md em Lager.

schadendetektor (B) für jedes Lager montiert. Die Detektoren werden an eine gemeinsame

Alarmzentrale (C) angeschlossen.

Die Druckwellen (Stossimpulsel, die durch Schaden in einem lager wahrend des Betriebes entstehen, warden im Autnehmer in elektrische Signale umgewandelt. Diese Signale werderi über em kurzes Koaxialkabel zum Detektor geleitet. Wenn die Signale vom Aufnehmer die Alarmschwelle des Detektors mindestens jade zehnte Sekunde Uberschreiten, wird die Alarm. funktion ausgelôst.

Die Alarmzentrale speist die Detektoren mit 24V uber einadrige Kabel mit Stromrucktüh- rung durch Maschinenstativ und Schutzerde. Die Alarmzentrale erkennt den Alarm als eine

Steigerung des Stromverbrauchs des Detektors und schaltet die entsprechende Signallampe em.

Gleichzeitig wird em Relaiskontakt für die Steuerung des Alarms gesehlossen, wodurch automatisches Abstellen der Maschmne etc. gesteuert werden kann.

S

.'

I

-!

C

SC:

C

System 32 System 32 System 32 Larmcentraler sane 32CL50 Alarm units series 32C150 Alarmzentralen Sane 32CL50 Funktionsbeskrivning Description of function Eunktionsbeschreibung

LISA 3 L

I E F 0 B A C (1 11

110/22OV24Vnj 8 ö 50-60Hz max: 220V M 5 5 5

SOyA B B B

A A A

C Larmfunktion Signallampan II) och centrallarmlampan 12)

tänds. Samtidigt aktiveras reläutgângen (3) och detektorsimulatorn (4). Detektorsimulatorn mojliggär sammankoppling av Iarmcentraler till

stOne system. Larm àterstalls genom intryck- fling av signallampan Ii). Larmande detektor kan kopplas bort Iran centrallarm med en bryl- pinfle (5).

Felindikaring Elektronikenheten (61 Overvakar den elektriska funktionen. Vid tel utlóses centrallarmet och

felets art visas med lamporna: (7) Lamptel,

(8) Avbrotl och 191 Kortslutning. Felande kanal

tokaliseras med en brylpinne (5). Genom in-

satining av brytpinnen i den felande kanalen avbryts larmet.

Funktions k ontrol I Vid intryckning av centrallarmlampan (2) skall

lamporna 12), (71.18) och (9) tandas.

Alarm function When alarm is triggered, signal lamp (1) and

master alarm lamp (2) will light up. relay 13) will operate and detector simulator (4) will activate. The detector simulator enables connection of alarm units to larger systems. The alarm is reset

by pushing the signal lamp (1). Detector giving alarm can be disconnected from master alarm by

a disconnecting plug (5).

Fault indication The electronic unit (6) monitors the electrical function. In case of fault the master alarm is triggered and type of fault is shown by the lamps: (71 Lamp fault, (8) Discontinuity and

(SI Short circuit. Faulty channel is localized with a disconnecting plug (SI. When the plug is

inserted in the faulty channel the alarm ceases.

Functional test Pushing master alarm lamp (2) should cause lamps 121,171,181 and 19) to light up.

Alarmfunktion Die Signallampe (1) und die Zentralalarmiampe (2) warden eingeschaitet. Gleichzeitig warden Relaisaus9ang 131 und Detektorsimulator (41

aktiviert. Oar Detektorsimulator errnoglicht die

Zusammenkopplung von Alarmzentralen zu

einem grOsseren System. Durch EindrQcken dat Signallampe (1) wird der Alarm zurUckgestellt. Der alarmierende Detektor kann mit amen, Unterbrechungsstift (5) vom Zentralalarm abgeschaltet warden.

Fehleranzoige Die Elektronikeinheit 161 Uberwacht die elektrischen Funktionen. Bei Fehler wird der Zentral- alarm ausgelOst und die Fehlerursache mit den Lampen angezeigt: (7) Lampenfehler, (8) Unter- brechung und (9) Kurzschluss. Fehlender Kanal wird mit ainem Unterbrechungsstitt (SI loka- lisiert. Durch Einstecken des Unterbrechungs- stiftes in den fehlerhaften Kanal wird der Alarrr abgeschaltet.

Funktionsko ntrolle Bei EindrUcken der Zentralalarmlampe (2) sollen die Lampen (2). (7), (8) und (91 aufleuchten.

19

System 32 Larmcentraler serie 32CL50

sntralerna kan utrustas med bi a svensk,

engeisk eller tysk manaverinstruktion. Centra'

lerna fln levereras I tvà olika versioner antingen

far anslulning liii 110 V. 50 60Hz oIler fOr

anslutr'ing till 220 V.50-60Hz.

Larmcentraler av serie 32CL50 kan beställas

antingcn fãrdig monterade och kopplade i olika

skãp for vãggmontage eller Sam kornpletta larm-

paneler fOr montering i befintliga skâp. I

standardleveransen ingãr signallampor, bryt' pinnar samt en elte, tvâ monteringsskenor med

pâsatt kopplingsplintar fOr nátkabel, reláväxling

och larmkanaler. Plintarna ãr anslutria med

kabelstam fri längd 0,5 ml till centralens elektro-

nikenhet och till signallamporna.

Larmcefltraler med skâp tevereras med genom-

fOringar fOr inkommande kablar. Larmcentraler

utan skáp kan levereras med 4 konsoler fOr

vágg - eller skapmontage.

Vid beställning av Iarmcentral anges önskat antal kanaler (N) scm skall vara farsedda med

signallampOr oth anslutna till kopplings-

p tarria. Exempel: larmcentra) ¶Or 15 kanaler

;tällningsnummer XXXXX 15.

11567

System 32 Alarm units series 32CL50

The alarm units are available with operating instructions in English, German or Swedish. among others. The alarm units are available in two different versions, either for connection to 110 V.50 60Hz or to 220 V, 50-60 Hz.

Alarm units series 32CL50 can be ordered with or without cabinets for wall mounting. In both cases the delivery includes signal lamps, disconnecting plugs, internal wiring, and one or two mounting rails with terminal blocks for power

leads, alarm channels and connections to the main relay. The cable assembly connecting block terminals and alarm unit has a free length of 0.5 m.

Alarm units with cabinets will be delivered with bulkhead unions for incoming cables. Alarm units without cabinets can be ordered with 4 brackets for wall or cabinet mounting.

When ordering, please state the desired number of channels (N) which are to be

equipped with signal lamps and connected to the terminals. Example: an alarm unit for 15 channels has ordering number XXXXX- 15.

Larrncnnual för max 6 kanaler 11567 HOije

20

System 32 Alarmzentralen Serie 32CL50

Die Alarmzentralen kOnnen mit Bedienungs- anweisungen in u.a. deutscher, englischer oder schwedischer Sprache vorsehen werden. Die Alarmzentralen kOnnen in zwei verschiedenen

AuslUhrungen geliefert werden: entweder für Anschluss an 110 V. 50 60Hz oder für Anschluss an 220 V. 50-60 Hz.

Die Alarmzentralen der Serie 32CL50 kOnnen mit oder ohne Geháuse für Wandmontage geliefert werden. Die Lieferung umfassi in beiden Fallen

die Signallampen, Unterbrechungsstifte, die

interne Verdrahtung sowie eine oder zwei Morttageschienen mit Mschlussklernmen für Netzanschluss, Relaisschaltung und Alarm' kanäle. Der Kabelbaum zwischen Anschluss-

klemmen und Zentraleinheit bzw. Signallampen

hat eine freie Lange von 0,5 m.

Alarmzentralen in Gehäusen werden mit Kabel-

durchführungen für die Zuleitungen geliefert. Zentralen ohne Gehäuse kOnnen mit 4 Befes-

tigungswinkeln für Schrank- und Wandmon- tage bestellt werden.

Bei Bestellung bitte Ausbaustufe (NI angeben,

d.h. die gewUnschte Anzahl verdrahteter und

mit Lampen versehener Kanãle. Beispiel: eine

Zentrate für 15 Kanále hat die Bestellnummer xxxxx- 15.

ThTi1

L240 (9½")

0) 4

4

'9)

Alarm unit to! max. 6 channels Alarmzentrale für max. 6 Kanjle i) 11567 Cabinet 11561 Gehiuse

[r

C

c


Larmcentraler serie 32CL50 Alarm units series 32CL50 Alarmzentralen Serie 32C1$O

11558

- - I - 482,519

Larmcentral for max 20 kanaler Alarm unit for max. 20 channels Alarmzentrale für max. 20 Kanale

11558 Konsoler 11558 Mounting brackets 11558 Befestigungswinkeln

11558

Svensk English oeutC 482,5 (19')

Larmcentral for max 30 kanaler Alarm unit for max. 30 channels Alarmzentrale für max. 30 Kanale


11558

e

-

Svenslc English lIh 482,5 (19") .1

Larmcentral fOr max 40 kanaler Alarm unit for max. 40 channels Alarmzentrale für max. 40 Kanäle

11558 Konsoler 11558 Mounting brackets 11558 Befestigungswlnkeln

System 32 System 32 Larmcentraler serie 32CL50 Alarm units series 32CL50

System 32

Alarmzentralen Serie 32CL50

,558

1

Svensk English Deutsch I

DV 11118N 111119N 11120N L 4825(19")

Larmcentral for max 50 kanaler Alarm unit for max. 50 channels Alarmzentrale für max. 50 Kanäle


T4IIfl . II H

Svensk English Deutsch

UOV 11166-N 11167-N 11168-N 360 150 220V 10798-N 11164-N 11165-N

Larmcentral for max 10 kanaler, installerad i Alarm unit for max. 10 channels, in cabinet Alarmzentrale für max. 10 Kanite, installiert skâp med glasad frontlucka with glassed front cover in GehOuse mit eingeglaster Tür

Deutsch

C C

1T:1

720

Larmcentral for max 50 kanaler. installerad i Alarm unit for max. 50 channels, in cabinet Alarmzentrale für max. 50 Kanale. installiert skOp med glasad frontlucka with glassed front cover in Gehause mit eingeglaster Tür

I

0.d 01

4)

t)

4)

I

System 32 System 32 System 32 Tillbehör for Accessories for Zubehor zu Larmcentraler 32 Ct.5O Alarm units 32 CL5O Alarmzentralen 32 CISC

Co 90029

90026

90054

1:1

k: '4-

11262

1:14

a I:

I

I; a . c,.H -. U

'3..

- -- a'

,-' a. 11263

114

11264

CN .4

:

I::

S.,

C

1:8

90026 Signallampa 90026 Signal lamp 90026 Si9nallampe Gladlampa fOr signallamphâllare pa Iarmcentra- Bulb for signal lamp socket On alarm units Glühbirne für Signallampenhalter an Alarmzen-

, ler serie 32CL50.

Uttorande : tslaSonlampa

series 32CL50.

Da.ign : TIaphon. lamp

tralen der Serie 32CL50.

Ausfühnjng : t.l.fonlamp. Spinning : 12V Voltage ¶2V Spennung 12V SUomfbrbrukning: SOmA Curr.nt consumption: SOmA Stromyntauch: eOn.A

90029 lndikoringslarnpa 90029 Indication lamp 90029 Meldelampe GlOdlampa for felindikeringsfunktionen pa arm- Bulb for the fault monitoring function on Glühbirne für die Fehlermeldefunktion an Alarm- centraler serie 32CL50. alarm units series S2CLSO. zentralen der Serie 32CL50.

C

uttorand. Minietyrlampa Spinning : iSV

SttomtOrbrukning: mA

90054 Lampurdragare

11262 Fläns med kabelgenomforingar Flänsen är avsedd fOr inkommande kabelanslutningar till larmcentral i skâp fOr max 10 kanaler. Flänsen bar tre kabelgenomfOringar.

11263 Flänsar med kabelgenomforingar Tvâ flansar med vardera tvâ kabelgenomfOringar avsedda fOr inkommande kabelanslutningar till larmcentral i skAp fOr max 50 kanaler.

11264 Fläns med yttre larmlampa Larmlampan är avsedd for anslutning till central- Iarm-ulgângen.

D..ign : Minietur. lamp

Voltage : ISV

cun.n, consumption: mA

90054 Lamp remover

11262 Flange cover with bulkhead unions The flange cover is designed for incoming cable

connections to alarm unit in cabinet, max. 10

channels. The flan9e cover has three bulkhead unions.

11263 Flange covers with bulkhead unions Two flange covers with two bulkhead unions each, designed for incoming cable connections to alarm unit in cabinet, max. 50 channels.

11264 Flange cover with external alarm lamp The alarm lamp is designed for connection to the master alarm output.

Auafühzunq : Mlnlaturlarnp. Spannung : ISV

Stromnrbrauch: mA

90054 Lampenzieher

11262 Flansch mit KabeldurchfUhrungen Der Flansch st für die Einführung der Kabel- anschlüsse in die Alarmzentrale mit Gehäusa für max. 10 Kanale vorgesehen. Der Flanscb hat drei Kabeldurchführungen.

11263 Flansche mit KabeldurchfUhrungen Zwei Flansche mit je zwei Kabeldurchführunger für die Einführung der Kabelanschlüsse in dit Alarmzentrale mit Gehäuse, für max. 50 Kanäle.

11264 Flansch mitäusserer Alarmlampe Die Alarmlampe st für den Anschluss an den

Relaisausgang vorgesehen.

System 32 Tillbehör for Larmcentraler serie 32CL50

*70

System 32 Accessories for Alarm units series 32CL50

12265

System 32 ZubehOr zu Alarmzentraleri Serie 32CL50

3 Max22OV,

E

a

12265

32CL50 LNt 11470 Larmavkodare L ,vkodare ger individuell relävdxling for

a larmkanaler I centraler serie 32CL50.

Detta mbjliggOr aktivering av separat yttre larm

eller direkt maskinstopp far viktiga mätpunkter. Vidare kan flera larmavkodarutgângar serie

och/eller parallellkopplas far prioritering av

speciella larmkombinationer.

Larmavkodarens relautgâng aktiveras endast

genom Iarm Iran delektorn. Eventuella tel i

installationen kan inte orsaka reläväxling i larm-

avkodaren -

Larmavkodare fasts pa monteringsskenan fOr

kopplingsplintarna och matas med 24 V fran centralen.

Vid beställning av central med inmonterade

larmavkodare anges Onslcat antal och numren pa

kanalerna till vilka larmavkodare skall kopplas.

LarmfOrdrbjare 12265 Lagerskadeovervakning med System 32 och

detektorn 32 B efler 32 p kan, i vissa appli-

kationer, vara stOrd av mekaniska stotar Sam

representativa br lagerkonditionen.

..Ordrojarens funktion är ati fOrhindra

registreringen av sâdana storande stotar som en arm i larrncentralen.

24

11470 Alarm decoder Alarm decoders provide relay connections for

individual alarm channels in alarm units series

32CL50. They can activate an external warning

device or automatic machine stop for important measuring points. Several alarm decoders can

be connected in series and/or parallell to give

priority to certain alarm combinations.

The relay output ot the decoder is activated

only by an alarm from the delector, Possible

electrical faults in the installation will not trigger the decoder.

The alarm decoders are clipped onto the mounting rail for the terminal blocks. They are

supplied with 24 V AC from the alarm unit.

When ordering alarm units with installed alarm

decoders, please slate the numbers of the channels to which they are to be connected.

Alarm delay unIt 12265 Bearing Damage Supervision with System 32 and the detectors 32 B or 32 P can be

disturbed, during certain operating routines, by mechanical shocks which are not representative of the bearing condition.

The purpose of A.D.U. 12265 is just to prevent such an occasional disturbance from being registrated as an alarm by the Alarm Unit,

11470 Alarm - Dekoder Der Alarm- Dekoder ermOglicht individuelle Relaisschaltung für einen einzelnen Alarmkanal. Für wiçhtige Messpunkte kann über den

Alarm- Dekoder die Schnellabschaltung der

Maschine oder eine äussere Warnvorrichtung ausgelOst werden. Weiterhin konnen mehrere

Dekoder zu Ubergeordneten Alarmkreisen in

UND/ODER- Funktionen miteinander verknUptt we rden -

Der Relaisausgang des Dekoders wird nor durch Alarm vom Detektor aktiviert. Fehler in der

Anlage kOnnen das Dekoder-Relais nicht zum Ansprechen bringen.

Der Dekoder wird auf die Montageschiene für die Anschlussklemmen aufgesteckt und von der

Zentrale mit 24 V- gespeist.

Bei Bestellung einer Zentrale mit eingebauten Alarm- Dekodern bitte gewünschte Anzahl angeben sowie die Nummern der Alarmkanäle, an welche die Dekoder angeschlossen werden

sollen.

Logische StSruntordrUckung 12265 Die kontinuierliche Uberwachung mit System 32

kann bei bestimmten Anwendungen durch nicht lagerbedingte Stôrpegel Fehlalarme auslOsen.

Die logisohe Störunterdruckung 12265 ver-

meidet sporadisch auttretende Meldungen.

)) .4

DI

'9

System 32

Larmcentral 32CL2

Larmcentral 32CL2 har anslutningsmajlighet for max 2 detektorer. Centralen är kapsiad i en

tryckgjuten lattmetallkâpa och kan monteras direkt pé maskinen. Larmcentralen kan utrustas med bi a svensk, engelsk eller tysk manbver- instruktion. Centralerna kan levereras i tvâ olika arsioner anlingen für anslutning till 110 V.

50-60 Hz eller far anslutning till 220 V,

50-60 Hz.

5

110/220 V

50-60 Hz

7

System 32

Alarm unit 32CL2

Alarm unit 32CL2 is suitable for max. 2 detectors. The alarm unit is enclosed in a die cast

light metal cabinet and can be mounted directly on the machine. Tho alarm unit can be supplied

with operating instructions in English, German

or Swedish. among others. The alarm units are

available in two different versions, either for connection to 110 V. 50-60 Hz or to 220 V.

50-60 Hz.

System 32 Alarmzentrate 32CL2

An die Alarmzentrale 32CL2 kOnnen max. Detektoren angeschlossen werden. Die Zen trale ist in em gegossenes Leichtmetallgehaus eingekapselt und kann direkt an der Maschin befestigt werden. Die Alarmzentrale kann mi:

Bedienungsanweisung in u.a. deutscher, eng lischer oder schwedischer Sprache verseher

werden. Die Alarmzentralen können in zwe

verschiedenen AusfUhrungen geliefert werden: entweder für Anschluss an 110 V. 50-60 H

oder für Anschluss an 220 V.50-60 Hz.

Larmfunktion Ljusdioden 9-10) tands och relãkontakten (3- 41 sluts. Larm âterstalls genom kortvarig in-

tryckning av àterställningsknappen 11).

Alarm function The light diode 19-10) lights up and the relay

13-41 closes. Alarm is reset by pressing the

reset button 11).

Alarrnfunktion Die Leuchtdioden (9-101 leuchten auf und di

Relaiskontakte (3-4) schliessen. Der Alarn wird durch kurzes Drücken auf den RUckstelL

knopf (11) abgestellt.

11OV 10998 55

220V 10991 10992 10993 1:3

Larmcentral32Cl2 Alarm unit 32CL2 Alarmzentrale 32C12

System 32 System 32 Lagerskadedetektor 32B Bearing damage detector 32B

10489 1:4

Lagerskadedetektor 32B

Detektorn är en kompletl mitapparat med fast fôrprogrammerad larmnivâ. Larm utläses nâr

signalerna fran statpulsgivaren övertkrider larm-

nivãn minst en gang var tionde sekijnd. Larmet

âterstãlls genom kortvarigt avbrott av strom- fOrsOrjningen (utfOres i Iarmcentralen).

Utfbr.nd. : H.rm.tiflt Thmp.r.turo.nrld.: 20 tin 4 lrC So-drnfor.arjning 24 V- tin larmc.ntal Cl kabelna tingd: Max 4 m

akabel : Enk.11.d.r.

Larmnivàn bestäms med ledning av det Over-

vakade rullningslagrets axeldiameter (dl och varvtal (n). Diagrammet nedan omfattar samtliga standard-larmnivâer i d8 samt motsvarande bestãllningsnummer.

System 32

Lagerschadendetektor 32B

(2x) 0 42 __.$p__2x)062

Bearing damage detector 32B

The detector is a complete measuring unit

with fixed preprogrammed alarm level. Alarm

is triggered when the signals from the shock

pulse transducer exceed the alarm level at

least once every 10 seconds. The alarm is reset

by a short interruption of the current supply

performed in the alarm unit).

D..ign S.eI.d Taniperatura rang. : r to iooc Cun.ntxupp*y : 24VACtrom&armunit Langft. of tranaducar cable: Max. 4 m

Supply cat. Singl. conductor

The alarm level is chosen with respect to the

shaft diameter (dl and speed (n) of the

monitored bearing. The diagram below com-

prises all standard alarm levels in dBSV and the corresponding ordering number.

F'? mm dE5 I

Id 1000

560

320

180

100

56

32

18

10

6 g 6 S (Pram. 00oo00000000 000000 0000

10489 HAllare Hâllaren används fOr montering av Lagerskade-

,ktor 328.

Matningskabeln mâste vera fOrsedd med

Tätningshylsa 10473.

26

10489 Bracket The bracket is used for mounting of Bearing

damage detector 328.

Lagerschadendetektor 32B

Der Detektor st em komplettes Messgerät mit

fest vorprogrammierter Alarmschwelle. Der

Alarm wird ausgelast, wenn die Signale vom

Stossimpulsaufnehmer die Alarmschwelle mm-

destens jede zehnte Sekunde uberschreiten. Der Alarm wird durch kurzzeitige Unterbrechung der Stromversorgung zuruckgestellt (geschieht in der Alarmzentrale).

*AaafOlvung 14.rm.tch T..np..atarb.r.lch : -r bit +irC Stonwsnor9ung : 24 V -. von Alarnu.nnla A.jfn.hin.,kab&.Llng.: Max. 4 m

Speiaekabel : Eln.drlgn (abel

Die Alarmschwelle wird inter Berucksichtigung von Wellendurchmesser (dl und Drehzahl (ni des zu überwachenden Wälziagers bestimmt. Das Diagramm umfasst samtliche Standard-

Alarmschwellen in dBsv und deren entspre-

chende Bestellnummer.

10489 Hatter Der Halter st für die Befestigung des Lager-

schadendetektors 328 vorgesehen.

NB I The supply cable must be equipped with Achtung I Das Speisekabel muss mit Dichtungs- Sealing cover 10473. hülse 10473 versieht sein.

$0

'a

Sc

System 32

Lagerskadedetektor 32P Anpassningsenhet for stOtpu)sgiva re

10789 1:4

10789 Lagerskadedetektor 32P

Detektorn är utrustad med orTikopplare far stegvis instâlibar Iarmniva, 12 steg am 5dB. I

bvrigt har detektorn samma funktion sam Lager-

skadedetektor 328.

Métomrlde dssv 20 till 75 Utf orende Kapsfat temperaturornrSde: -20° till 70°C

Fuktighel : Met 75% rel Stromforsorjning 24 V- hen larmcentral Givarkabelns lanQd: Max 4 m

Matningakebel Enkelledare

L'Lwt.

10489 1:4

10476 Anpassningsentlet far stötpulsgivare Anpassningsenheten är avsedd att ersatta

Lagerskadedetektor 328 vid manuell mätning pa

installerade givare när stotpulsmãtaren ej kan

anslutas direkt till givarkabeln. Dimensioner, ut-

farande och temperaturomrâde är lika som fOr

328. Anpassninqsenheten ansluts till stbtpuls rnãtaren via separat mãtkabet. Se fig.

System 32

Bearing damage detector 32P Matching unit for shock pulse transducer

System 32

Lagerschadendetektor 32P Anpassungseinheit für Stossirnpulsaufnehmer

S x aS

\ r

C

C

- . f;-ir- t. -. 115

j35 210

10789 Bearing damage detector 32P

The detector is equipped with a switch for step-

by-step adjustable alarm level, 12 steps of 5dB. Otherwise, the detector has the same function as Bearing damage detector 32B.

Measuring range : dBsv 20 to 75

Design : Encapsulated

Ternp.ra lure range : -20° to 4 70°C Humidity : Max. 75% ref.

currant supply : 24 V Ac from alarm unit length of transducer cable: Max. 4 m

suoply cable : Single conductor

10789 Lagerschadendetektor 32P be, Detektor ist mit einem Umschalter für das stufenweise Finstellen der Atarmschwelle ausge- rustet, 12 Stufen von ie 5dB. Im übrigen hat der Detektor die gleiche Funktion wie der Lagerschadendetekco, 328.

Messbereich Austuhrung Tern peratur bereich reuchtigkeit Stromversorgung Autnehmerkabel . tinge Speise k a be

A°)A

dBSV 20 bit 75 Gekapsell -20 bit 70°c Max- 75% relativ 24 V - von Alarmrenlrala Max.4 Linadriges Kabel

10476 Matching unit for shock pulse transducer The matching unit is intended to replace Bearing

damage detector 32B when manual measure-

ments on installed transducers are to be

performed and the shock pulse meter cannot

be connected directly to the transducer cable.

Dimensions, design and temperature range are

the same as for 328. The matching unit is

connected to the shock pulse meter by a

separate measuring cable. See fig.

10476 Anpassungseinhelt für Stossimpulsautnebmer Die Anpassungseinheit soil den Lagerschaden-

detektor 328 bei der manuellen Messung ar instaHerten Aufnehrnern ersetzen, wenn da5

Stossimpuls-Messgeràt nicht direkt an dat

Messkabel zum Aufnehmer angeschlosser

werden kann. Abmessungen, Ausfuhrung unc

Temperaturbereich wie für 328. Die Anpas-

sungseinheit wird mit einem separaten Mess

kabel an das Stossimpuls-Messgerät ange

schlossen. $iehe Abb.

7.

System 32

Stötpulsgivare

C

System 32 Shock pulse transducers

40 I. 17

M8 1JNC5/16" M10 UNC3/8

17 mm 40000 40100 ioe mm 40006 40106 40206 40306 19$ mm 40007 40107 40207 40307 284 mm 40008 40108

( 40208 40308

Stötpulsgivaro I standard utf órande Givarna installeras pa lagerhusen och ansluts till lagerskadedetektorerna via korta koaxialkablar (max 4 meter).

Malomrkde Mas 100 dBsv uxforana Evakuerat. hermatiskt Yttie övtrtryck Mxxi MPa 10 bail Temperaturomráde 30° till - 150°C Axdragnirgxmornenx: 1015 Nm Anxlutning INC

Verktyg fOr korrekt fOrsankning av monterings- visa; pa sidan 38.

Standard shock pulse transducers The transducers are installed into the bearing

housings and are connected to the bearing

damage detectors by short coaxial cables (max.

4 meters).

Meesuin range Met. 100 dBsv Design Evacuated, sealed

Extarn ci ov.rpr.xsur e: Max. I MPa 110 barl

Ian,peraxure range 30° to + 150°C

Torque limit 10.15 Nm

connector INC

Tools for correct countersinking of mounting holes are described on page 38.

L L17 MS UNC 5/iC M 10 UNC 3/8° M 12 UNC 1/2°

20mm 41011 41111 41221 41321 41431 41531 30mm 41012 41112 41222 41322 41432 41532 40mm 41013 41113 41223 41323 41433 41533 50mm 41014 41114 41224 41324 41434 41534 60mm 41015 41115 41225 41325 41435 41535

Stôtpulsgivare I bultutforande Givarno am avsedda an ersarta befintlig fast-

bult fOr lagerhus och skall monteras mot plan-

bearbetad och obehandlad yta. Underlags-

brickor far ej användas. Givarna ansluts till

Iagerskadedetektorerna via korta koaxialkablar

(max 4 meter).

Max I® dBsv

tomrAd. Sran4. Evaku.rat. h.rlfl.dakt

óv*mtrvck Max 1 MPa 110 SrI I.mp.rflur,m.jd. - 30 di' I50C AIdr.gning.mom.nt: 10.1$ Nm (MGI

Lhxtridahhl 0 1.5 mm Analutning INC

Kablar och kontakter, se sid 40 oth 41

28

Shock pulse transducers in bolt design The transducers are intended to replace existing mounting bolts for bearing housings and should

be mounted against a flat face milled and un-

treated surface. Washers must not be used.

The transducers are connected to the bearing

damage detectors by short coaxial Cables

(max. 4 meters).

Maccuring rang. Design Extarnal ovarprexaume

I.mp.ratur. range Torqu, limit Hol, for locking wire Con n.cxor

Max. 100 dBsv Evacuated, naIad Max. 1 MPc 110 bail X°to .1505c 10-IS Nm IMBI

1.5mm dix. INC

Cables and connectors, see page 40 and 41

System 32

Stossimpulsautnebmer

C Lb 0) C. E.

Lb

&' ,/ .i ,.

/'/ /-%\ /.\ Stossimpulsautnebmer in StandardrnssfUhrung Die Aufnehmer werden am Lagergehäuse in-

stalliert und uber kurie Koaxialkabel (max. 4 ml an die Lagerschadendetektoren angeschlossen.

Masxbereich Max. 100 dBsv Ausführung Evakuja a hemmelitch Auxxarer uberdruck Max. 1 MP5IIO bail Tempematurberaich 30° bit 150°C

Mat. Anzugsmomant: 1015 Nm

Kabeisrecke, INC

Werkzeug für fachgemechte Versenkung dem

Montagebohrungen wird auf Seite 38 be-

schrieben.

Stossimpuisaufnehmem in Bolzenausfuhrung Die Aufnehmer sollen befindliche Befesti- gungsbolzen an Lagergehausen ersetzen und sollen gegen ebenflãchig bearbeitete und metal-

lisch reine OberflãChen montiert werden. Unter- lagscheiben durfen nicht verwendet werden.

Die Aufnehmer werden mit kurzen Koaxial-

kabeln (max. 4 ml an die LagersChadendetek-

toren angeschlossen.

Measbereich Max. IX dBsv AuafUhrung £vekul.rx. h.rm,dech Aueaerem Ubei'drxsck Max. 1 MPa (10 SrI Tamp.rawrb.reich r Na +

Max. Anwgemomant 10.15 Nm MGI

Bolsnsng für slcherungadraht: 0 1,5 mm Kabelaxacker INC

Kabeln und Steckern, siehe Seite 40 und 41,

Ic)

'I)

I)

tt \

U '/)

IC

(C

System 32 Kontinuerlig övervakning av rullningslagers driftskondition i

isolerade lagerhus

I vissa maskiner I ex elektriska motorer fore- ligger det risk aft elektrisk strOm leds genom rullningslagren och fOrorsakar skador. Denna risk fOrebyggs genom isolering av lagerhusen.

FOr an inte bryta denna isolering monteras en

isolerad StOtpulsgivare IA) och en Lagerskade-

detektor med jordanslutning (B) fOr varje isolerat lager. Detektorerna ansluts till en gemensam Larmcentral (C).

11233-L Isolerad stOtpuls9ivare fOr fast installation 6ivaren har en fast ansluten mätkabel av PVC. typ. Vid beställning anges Onskad kabellangd

IL) i meter Imax 4 meterl.

Mitomrlda Max lXessv UtfOranda Evekuerat. harmetlakt aamt Isalarat

frin hunt Ytt. ov.rt'yck Max I MPa (10 ban

T.mp.neturomnhda W dli .rc i.olation.r.aiatSfla Mini MOvid mail kV Aldragnirigamom.nt: 20 Nm

Anslutning iNc med tAtnlngahylaa

System 32

Continuous condition monitoring of ball and roller bearings in electrically isolated bearing housings

Elektrisk isolering Electrical isolation Elektrische Isolierung

In certain applications, for example electrical motors, there is a risk that detects in ball and

roller bearings can be caused by current flow through the bearing. This is prevented by

electrically isolating the bearing housing.

In order to maintain this isolation, an isolated

Shock pulse transducer (A) and a Bearing

damage detector with ground connection IB)

are installed for each isolated bearing. The

detectors are connected to a common Alarm unit (C).

11233-1 Isolated shock pulse transducer for permanent installation This transducer has a permanently connected measuring cable of PVC-type. When ordering. please specify desired cable length (LI in meters

max. 4 meters).

Macturing rang. Max- 100 dSsy Design Evacuated, ..al.d and Isolated

from housing. Eatarnal ov.rpr.asur.: Max. 1 MPa 110 SrI Tamprature rang. 20 to + insulation resistant. Mm. I MO at max. 1kv rorqu.limil a3Nm conn.ctor TNC with aaaling coy.,

Verktyg fOr korrekt fOrsänkning av monterings- Tools for correct countersinking of mounting MI visas pa sidan 38. holes are listed on page 38.

System 32

Fortlaufende ZustandsUberwachung von Wälzlagern in isolierten Lagergehausen

Bei einigen Maschinen, z.B. Elektromotoren, besteht die Getahr, dass alektrischer Strom durch die Wälzlager fliesst und dadurch Schaden verursacht. Dieser Gefahr wird durch Isolierung der Lagergehãuse vorgebeugt.

Urn diese Isolierung aufrechtzuerhalten, wird em isolierter Stossimpulsaufnehmer (A) und em

Lagerschadendetektor mit Erdungsanschluss (B) für jedes isolierte Lager montiert. Die Detektoren werden an elne gemeinsarne Alarmzentrale (C) angeschlossen.

11233-1.

11233-1 Isolierter Stossimpulsaufnehmer für feste Installation Der Aufnehmer hat em test angeschlossenes Messkabel vom Typ PVC. Bei Bestellung bitte gewUnschte Kabellnge (LI in Metern (max. 4 ml angeben.

M..ab.,&ch Max. 1% dBsv AusfOhning Evskui.rt. hermetlach und vorn

GaMut. iaoli.rt, Aua..ran (Jb.rdruck Max. 1 PAPa 10 ban

T.mp.rnrb.r.lch 30 bit +rC laol.tlonawid.t.land: Mm, 1 MOb.' max- 1 kV Max. Anzugamom.nt 20 Nm Kab.latackar INC mit Dichtungshüis.

Werkzeug für tachgerechte Einsenkung der Montagebohrungen wind auf Seite 38 be-

schrieben.

System 32

Lagerskadedetektor 32B med jordanslutning

32 B

10489 1:4

Lagerskadedetektor 326 med jordanslutning I_agerskadedetektorns jordanslutning IA) ansluts

till detektorhâllaren med en fästskruv, Detektorn

används vid kontinuerlig bvervakning av

rullningslager i isolerade lagerhus. Detektorn

är en komplett mätapparat med fast färprogram- merad larmnivâ. Larm utlöses när signalerna fran stotpulsgivaren averskrider Iarmnivan minst en

gang var tionde sekund. Larmet ãtersthlls genom kortvarigt avbrott av stromfbrsorjningen (utföres I tarmcentralenl.

,snde : H.qm.tiskt T.mp.r.turomtid.: -Zr till 1XC Stzamfbrtorjning : 24 v - frin larrnc.ntral Givwktblnslin9d: Msx4m Mstningsktb.l : Enkelladar.

Larmnivãn bestäms med iedning av det aver-

vakade rultningslagrets axeldiameter Cd) och

varvtal In). Diagrammet nedan omfattar samt-

liga standard-larmnivâer i dB samt motsvarande bestältningsnummer.

System 32

Bearing damage detector 32B with ground connection

System 32

Lagerschadendetektor 32B mit Erdungsanschluss

____22___ (2x)04Z _._6Q. ,(2x)06,2

Bearing damage detector 326 with ground connection The bearing damage detectors ground connect-

ion IA) is connected to the bracket with a

mounting screw. The detector is used for continuous monitoring of ball and roller bearings

in isolated bearing housings. The detector is a

complete measuring unit with fixed preprogram-

med alarm level. Alarm is triggered when the

signal from the shock pulse transducer exceeds

the alarm level at least once every 10 seconds.

The alarm is reset by a short interruption of the

current supply (performed in the alarm unit).

Onign Sald 1.mp.r.ttir. rang. : -fl to iao°c curr.nt supply : 24 V AC from alarm unit Lsngth of trensducr cable: Max. 4 m

Supply cable : SingS conductor

The alarm level is chosen with respect to the

shaft diameter Id) and speed In) of the moni-

tored bearing. The diagram below comprises all

standard alarm levels in dBsv and the corres-

ponding ordering numbers.

mm dBsv

\\\\, \\

00000000 ______ 000O

89 Hâllare nallaren används fOr montering av Lagerskade-

detektor 32B med jordanslutning.

OBS! Matningskabeln maste vara tOrsedd med

Tätningshylsa 10473.

I

10489 Bracket The bracket is used for mounting of Bearing

damage detector 328 with ground connection.

NB The supply cable must be equipped with Sealing Cover 10473.

Lagarschadendetektor 326 mit Erdungsanschluss Der Erdungsanschluss (Al des Lagerschaden-

detektors wird an dem Detektorhalter mit einer

Befestigungsschraube angeschlossen. Der De-

tektor wird bei der fortlaufenden Uberwachung von Walzlagern in isolierten Lagergehausen

verwencet. Der Detektor ist em komplettes Messgerat mit fest vorprogrammierter Alarm- schwelle. Der Alarm wird ausgelOst, wenn die Signale vom Stossimpulsaufnehmer die Alarm- schwelle mindestens jede zehnte Sekunde über-

schreiten. Der Alarm wird durch kurizeitige Unterbrechung der Stromversorgung zurück-

gestellt (geschieht in der Alarmzentrale).

Austuhning : Hetmatlach t.mp.rsturb.r.ich : -Zr bit +100°C

Svomvrso.-gung : 24V- von At.rmz.nu.t* Aufn.hm.rk.b.l-L&ng.: Mn. 4 m

Spais&tabl : Elndrig.s K.b*l

Die Alarmschwelle wird unter BerUcksichtigung von Wellendurchmesser Id) und Drehzahl In)

des zu Uberwachenden Walzlagers bestimmt.

Das Diagramm umfasst samtliche Standard-

Alarmschwellen in dBSv und die entsprech- enden Bestellnummern.

10489 Halter Der Halter in für die Betestigung des Lager-

schadendetektors 326 mit Erdungsanschluss

vorgesehen.

Achtung) Das Speisekabel muss mit Dichtungs- hUlse 10473 versieht sein.

I)

t)

0)

I)

S..

O

C


Lagerskadedetektor Bearing damage detector Lagerschadendetektor 32 B Si och 32 B $2 32 B Si and 32 B S2 32 B Si und 32 B S2

32BS1 32BS2

10489 10489

Lagerskadedetektor 32 Si Denna detektor används nOr lOngden pa koaxialkabeln mellan stotpulsgivare och detektor Or mer On 4 m. Genom ati installera en anpassningsenhet (IMU-lo) kan kabel- lOngden uppgâ till max 100 m. Detektorn monteras med hallare 10489 och ansluts med koaxialkabel till anpassningsenheten. Utforande, funktion och temperaturomrâde for denna lagerskadedetektor Or sorn for detektor 32 B utom att 32651 saknar in- gãngsfilter.

Diagrammet nedan omfattar samtliga standard-larninivaer i dB5.b, samt motsvarande best011ningsnunlmer.

Lagerskadedetektor 32852 Denna detektor Or avsedd for mOtningar pa lager i isolerade lagerhus och anvOnds nOr

kabellongden mellan den isolerade stOtpuls- givaren 11233- L och lagerskadedetektorn Or mer On 4 m. Genom att installera en

anpassningsenhet (TMU-10) kan kabel- lOngden uppgâ lill rna* lOOm. Detektorns jordanslutning kopplas till detektorhallare 10489 med en fOslskruv, Detektorn ansluts med koaxialkabel till anpassningsenheten. UtfOrande, funktion och temperaturomrâde for denna deleklor Or om for lagerskadedetektor 32 B med jordanslutning. 32 BS2 saknar ingângsfilter.

Diagrammet nedan omfattar samtliga standard-larmnivâer i dB, samt motsvarande best011ningsnumniei.

Bearing Damage Detector 32 BS1 This detector is used when the length of the cable between shock pulse transducer and detector exceeds 4 m. By installing a

Transducer Matching Unit (TMU-10) the cable length can be extended to max. 100 m. The detector is mounted with bracket 10469 and connected by coaxial cable to the transducer matching unit. Design, function and temperature range are the same as for detector 32 B, exept that the 32 BS1 has no input filter.

The diagram below comprises all standard alarm levels in dBsv and the corresponding ordering numbers.

Bearing Damage Detector 32 BS2 This detector is used for monitoring bearings in isolated bearing housings when the connecting cable between the isolated transducer 11233-L is longer than 4m. By

installation of Transducer Matching Unit (TMU-10) the cable length can be extended to max. loom, The detector's ground connection is fastened to bracket 10469 with a mounting screw and the detector is

connected to the transducer matching unit by a coaxial cable. Design, function and temperature range are the same as for detector 328 with ground connection, except that the 32 BS2 has no input filter.

The diagram below comprises all standard alarm levels in dB5 and the corresponding ordering numbers.

tsi -0 trafl

0000 000000 00000000 0000

560-

320' 150' 100'

56'

32' 18'

In- _______ _______

Lagerschadendetektor 32 BS1 Dieser Detektor wird benotigt, wenn das Koaxialkabel zwischen Sto6impulsaufnehmer und Detektor lOnger als 4 m sein muss. Durch den Einbau einer Anpassungseinheit (TMU-1O) kann das Kabel bis auf max. 100 m verlangert werden. Der Detektor wird an Detektorhalter 10489 befestigt und mit elnem Koaxialkabel an die Anpassunysein- heit angeschlossen. AusfUhrung, Abmess- ungen und Temperaturbereich wie für 32 B. 32 651 hat kein Eingangs filter.

Das Diagramm umfaflt samtliche Standard- Alarmschwellen in dB5 und die entspre- chenden Bestellnummern.

Lagerschadendelektor 32 BS2 Dieser Detektor wird für Messungen an Lagern in isolierten Lagergehausen benbtigt, wenn das Koaxialkabel zwischen dem isolierten StoBimpulsaulnehmer und Detektor longer als 4 m sein muss. Durch den Einbau einer Anpassungseinheit (TMU-10) kann das Kabel bis auf max. lOOm verlOngert werden. Der Erdungsanschlufl des Detektors wird an Detektorhalter 10489 mit einer Befesti- gungsschraube angeschlossen. Detektor und Anpassungseinheit werden mit einem Koax- ialkabel verbunden. AusfUhrung, Abmess- ungen und Temperaturbereich wie für Detek- tor 32 B mit ErdungsanschluB. 32652 hat kein Eingangsfilter.

Das Diagramm unlaBt sOmtliche Standard- Alarmscnweilen in dBsv und die entspre- chenden Bestellnummern.

dB5y

tVsflWtfl%1kfl

IliSiti 00 000 Ooog 0000 0000

32 B S2


Larrnbox Atarmbox A(armbox

ff1115 1l 11478 11463

t. nm

1147S Larmbox Larmboxen är ett kompiett bvervaknings- system far tvA rullningslager. Mtutrust- ningen är uppbyggd av standardkomponenter fran SPM System 32. Larmcentralen &CL2 och detektorerna 32 B är fabriks-

)terade i en gemensam apparatlada. mboxen utrustas individuelit fOr varje

masKintyp. Den kan snabbt 0th enkelt anslutas till nat och till de pa agerhusen monterade givarna.

For aft larmboxen skall kunna utrustas korrekt anges vid beställning ailtid maskin- fabrikat 0th typbeteckning.

11463 Portabel Larmbox Den portabla larmboxen ar ett Overvak- ningssystem fOr tvâ rullningslager, speciellt avse%t fOr maskiner sorn kräver sarskild kOntroll under kortare tid. Matutruatningen bestk a', standardkomponenter frAn 3PM System 32, dvs Iarmcentral 32CL2 for wâ kanaler samt NA lagerskadedetektorer, fardigt monterade 0th kopplade i en stank- tat apparatlAda.

Bestallningsnummer 11463 betecknar appa- ratlAda med nätkabel, kontakter, larmlampa och interna kablar. Vid bestöllning av komplett larmbox anges dessutom beställ- ningsnumren fOr faljande utrustniflg:

Larmcentral 32CL2, se sid 25.

.tektorer, Se skI 26 och 27.

3te, se sid 28.

Matkablar, sesid 10.

Vlbratlonsbvervakning Larniboxen kan även anvandas fOr vibra- tioflsOvervakning. Se vidare sid 34.

32

11478 Al8rmbox The Alarmbox is a fixed monitoring system for two ball or roller bearings. The equipment consists of standard parts from SPM

System 32, which are selected by us for your individual machine. Alarm Unit 32CL2 and detectors 32 B are fitted in a common protective casing. Simply connect the alarmbox to the electricity supply and to the

transducers on the bearing housing.

When ordering the alarmbox, machine specifications such as make and type code should be stated in order to adjust the equipment to the special use.

11463 Portable Alarmbox The portable Alarmbox is a monitoring System for two rolling bearings. It can be set up quickly wherever there is a need (or constant machine surveillance. The measuring equipment consists of standard pans from 3PM System 32, i.e.

Alarm Unit 32CL2 for two channels and two bearing damage detectors, mounted and connected in a splash-proof casing.

The ordering number 11463 is for the alarmbox casing with warning lamp, power cord and plug, and the internal wiring. To order complete alarmbox, please select required parts from the following equip- ments:

Alarm Unit 32CL2, see page 25. Detectors, see page 26 and 27.

Transducers, see page 28. Measuring cables, see page 10.

Vibration monitorIng Equipped with vibration transducers and detectors the alarmbox can also be used for vibration monitoring. Se page 34.

11478 Alarmbox Die Alarmbox st eine feste Uberwachungs- anlage für zwei Walalager. Die Anlage besteht aus bewahrten Komponenten des System 32. Lagerschadendetektoren 32 B

und Alarmzentrale 32CL2 sind werkseitig in em gemeinsarnes Gehäuse eingebauf worden. Die Alarmbox wird fur eden belie- bigen Maschinentyp individuell bestUckt und kann mit wenigen Grinen an Netz und die im Lagergehause angebrachten Aufnehmer angesehiossen werden.

Damit eine korrekte Bestuckung erfolgen kann, bifte bei eestellung Typenbezeichung und Hersteller der jeweiligen Maschine angeben.

11463 Tragbare Alarmbox Die tragbare Alarmbox st em Uberwach- ungssystem für zwei Walzlager, das überall in einer Maschinenanlage eingesetzt werden kann. Die Box enthalt bewahrte Komponen- ten des System 32, d.h. eine Alarmzentrale 32CL2 für zwei Kanale und zwei Lager- schadendetektoren in einem spritzwasser- dichien Gehause, werkseitig eingebauf und verdrahtet.

Die Bestellnumrner 11463 bezeichnet das Alarmbox-Gehause mit Warnlampe, Net- stecker und internen Kabetn. Für eine kom- plette Alarmbox mUssen auBerdem die Bestell- nummern folgender Ausrustung angegeben werden:

Alarmeentrale 32CL2, siehe Seite 25.

Detektoren, siehe Seite 26 und 27.

Aufnehmer, siehe Seite 28. Messkabeln, siehe Seite 10.

SchwlngungsUberwachung Die Alarmbox kann auch für Schwingungs- überwachung verwendef werden. Siehe welter Seite 34.

ED)

U)

U;

U)

I

I

1

LI

C

IC

System 32 System 32 Servicehjälpmedel Service aids

c:: -t

10908 1:3

10908 Testgenerator CU32 Testgeneratorn àr avsedd art anvSndas vid kontrell av Iagerskadedetektor 32B. Generatorn

Sr programmerbar for samtliga standard-larm- nivâer. Testgeneratorn levereras komplett med

erforderliga kablar och instruktioner.

Dimensionr : 0zlx%mm Tsmpnttnomr*ds: 0° till +

Fukijghet : M's 75% r.l S6mffr.6rjning : flOV.50IOHz

11382 Funktionsprovare 32

Funktionsprovaren inkopplas I serie med mat-

ningskabeln till detektor i System 32. Provaren

indikerar deteklorns slrOmfOrbrukning vid tom-

gang, arm sami ev triggning. Funktionsprova-

ren är utrustad med âterstSllningsknapp fOr

lagerskadedetektor.

10908 Test generator CU32 The test generator is designed to check the function of Searing damage detector 32B. The generator can be programmed for all standard alarm levels. It is supplied with necessary cables and instructions.

Dirnsnsions Ozlx10nm T.mp.r.tur. ring.: 0° to + 'c Humidity : Mn. 75% 'ii. Curr.ni supply flO v. 50-50 Hz

11362 Function tester 32

The function tester is connected in series with the supply cable to detector in System 32. The tester indicates the currenl consumption of the detector under no load, alarm and trigger pulses if any. The function tester has a button for reset of bearing damage detector.

System 32 ServiceS Hilfsmittel

11362 1:4

10908 Testgenerater CU32 Der Testgenerator ist für die Kontrolle von Lagerschadendetektor 32B vorgesehen unci kann für sSmtliche Standard-Alarmschwellen programmiert werden. Der Generator wird komplett mit den erforderlichen Kabeln und Instruktionen geliefert.

Ab.n.ssung.n : xl30xi0mm Tmprstwtrich: 0° bls +C F.uchtlgksit : Mn. 75% nutty Sb,mv...orgung : nov. 50-50 Hz

11362 Funktionstester 32 Der Funktionslester wird in der Stromversor- gungsleitung mit einem Detektor des System 32 in Reihe geschaltet. Der Funktionstester zeig: den Stromverbrauch des Detektors bei nor- malem Betrieb, Alarm und bei event. Trigger- impulsen an. Der Funktionstester hat eine Rückstelltaste für Lagerschadendetektoren.

System 32 System 32 System 32 Kontinuerlig Continuous Kontinuierliche vibrationsövervakning vibration monitoring Schwingungsüberwachung

/ / a-so cS>c9 0 -

A LP&Q

\

vibrationsovervakning med 5PM System 32

monteras en Vibrationsgivare A) och en

Vibrationsdetektor (B) for varje mätpunkt. Detektorerna ansluts till en gernensam tarm- central (C).

Vibrationsdetektorerna behandlar signalerna

fran givarna enligt ISO rekommendation 29S4

fOr matning av maskinernas vibrationstal (vibrationstal vibratiorishastighetens etfektivvärde mom omrâdet lOtill 10001*1.

Vibrationsdetektorerna bar fOrprogrammerad larmniva motsvarande ISO rekommendationerna 2372 och 2373 fOr klassificering av maskiner och mI av larmnivâ (vibrationstal).

S

When monitoring vibration with 5PM System 32

a Vibration transducer (A) and a Vibration

detector (B) are mounted for each measuring

point. The detectors are connected to a

common Alarm unit (CI.

The vibration detectors process the transducer signals according to the ISO recommendation

54, measurement of vibration severity

vibration severity rms-value of vibration velocity in the frequency range 10 to 1 Hz).

The vibration detectors have preprogrammed alarm level corresponding to ISO recommendations 2372 and 2373, classif i- cation of machines and selection of alarm level (vibration severity).

Bei der Schwingungsüberwachung mit dem 5PM System 32 wird für lede Messtelle em

Schwingungsaufnehmer (A) und em Schwin- gungsdetektor (B) montiert. Die Detektoren werden an eine gemeinsame Alarmzentrale (C) angeschlossen.

Die Schwingungsdetektoren behandeln die Signale von den Autnehmern gemass ISO Empfehlung 54 für die Messung der Schwing- stirke an Maschinen (Schwingstärke = Effek- tivwert der Schwinggeschwindigkeit im Fre- quenzbereich 10 bis 1 Hz).

Die Schwingungsdetektoren haben vorpro- grammierteAlarmschwellen entsprechend der ISO Empfehlungen 2372 und 2373 für Kiassitikation von Maschinen und WaN von Alarmschwelle (Schwingstarke).

U)

e

System 32 System 32 System 32 Vibrationsdetektor 32 V och 32W Vibration Detector 32W and 32 V Schwingungsdetektor 32W und 32 \

32W e 11862 32V

195

S 10489

Bestãllningsnummer Vibrationstal

1 Ordering number Vibration severity

Bestelinummer Schwingstärke

1/ 11204 7mm/sRMS 1 11205 11 mm/s RMS

11206 18 mm/sRMS

1 11207 28 mm/s RMS 11208 45 mm/s AMS

C0 11862 Vibrationsdetektor32 W

32 W har tvA separata Iarmnivâer och ansluts till Na av Iarmcentralens kanaler. Level 1 kan t ex ge larm när maskinen kräver underhâll. Level 2 kan användas tar arm vid farliga vibrationer och styrning av automatisk avstangning.

C 11611.

Temps.aturomridi Polyntsr, 'P65

till + 55' C Stromf*rsorining kin lnt.csntrsl Mitomrid. L.ni 1: 5- 30 mm/i

Lsni 2: 5 - 90mm/i

'C cc

Vibrationsdetektor 32 V

Detektorn ãr en komplett màtapparat med fast fOrprogramrnerad larmnivá. Signalerna behandlas enligt ISO 2954. Larm utloses nar maskinens vibrationstal overskrider arm- nivàn. Larmet aterstIls automatiskt nar vibrationstalet underskrider larninivAn.

11862 VibratIon Detector 32W 32 W is a detector with two trigger levels. each connected to its own channel in the alarm unit. Level 1 Can be adjusted to give an alarth when maintenance is needed. Level 2 can be used to indicate danger conditions and trip a shutdown circuit.

c.sinq Polyntsr 'P65 T.mp.c.turt ring.

F

' to + 55' C Pont supply frool 19 .l.rm unit Minoring ring. : Ln.l I: 5- 30mm/s

LnI 2; 5 - 90mm/s

Vibration detector 32 V

The detector is a complete measuring unit with fixed preprogrammed alarm level. The signals are processed according to ISO 2954. Alarm is triggered when the vibration severity of the machine exceeds the alarm level. The alarm is automatically reset when the vibration severity falls below the alarm level.

11862 Schwingungsdetekter32 W 32 W hat zwei Stufen mit einstetlbaren Alarmschwellen. Jede Stufe wird an einen eigenen Kanal in der Zentrale angeschlossen. Stufe 1 kann auf "Vorwarnung" eingestellt werden. Slut e 2 dient zur Absicherung gegen plbtzlichen, getährlichen Anstie9 des Schwingungspegels und steuert die auto- matische Abschaltung.

argus. Polyni.r PIG Tsmprsturberslch 0' bit, 55' C Stromncsorgung too d.c Zsntnis MiSbrsictt Slots I: 5-30 mm/s

Slots 2; 5 - 90 mm/s

Schwingungsdetektor 32 V

Der Detektor ist em kompletter Messapparat mit test vorprogramrnierter Alarmschwelle. Die Signale werden gemäss ISO 2954 behandelt. Der Alarm wird ausgelOst, wenn die Schwingstärke der Maschine die Alarm- schwelle Uberschreitet und wird automatisch zuruckgestellt, wenn die Schwingstarke die Alarmstute wieder unterschreitet.

Utfbr.nd. il.rm.tlskt D.sign S.sl.d AtatUhrung Hsrmriich T..np.rsturomrid. 0' till. 55' C Ts.TIp.cmur. ring. O'to 55' C Tsmp.r.lutb.r.lch 0' Ni 15' C

Strbrnttnbrinlng kin lsrmcsntrsl Pont suppty from ds'm unit Stromntsorgiirig vOt' M.rmzsntr.l. Ginrksb.lns llngd Max 1,5m L.q,gth ottrsnsduar cabI. : Mat. 1.Sm Aufn.hm.rksb.lting. Mn 1,5

Mstnlngfl.b.l Enksllsdar Supply cable Singli conductor Spilsflabsl : Elnisilsltir

10489 Hbllare Hállaren används for montering av Vibra- tionsdetektor 32 V.

08$ I Matningskabeln mâste vara törsedd med

Tatningshylsa 10473.

10489 Bracket The bracket is used for mounting of Vibra- tion detector 32 V.

NB t The supply cable must be equipped with Sealing cover 10473.

10489 Halter Der Halter ist für die Sefestigung des Schwingungsdetektors 32 V vorgesehen.

Achtung Das Speisekabet muss mit Dichtungs- hUlse 10473 versieht séin.

3ff

System 32

Givare for vibrationsOvervakning

System 32 Transducer for vibration monitoring

TRV-01 LJ Vlbrationsgivare TRV-01 WV-al är en liten, robust, piezoelektrisk accelerometer. Den monteras med en M4 insexskruv genm ceritrum mot en plan och järnn yta. Koaxalkabel mellan givare och detektor flail klarnras fast vid maskinen, nara givarens utgang. Max kabellängd är 1,5 m.

Vibration Transducer TRV-01 TRV-01 is a small piezo electric accelerometer. It is mounted against a smooth, flat surtace and tastened with a M4 cap head screw through its center. The cable has to

be secured with a clamp close to the transducer body. The maximum cable length between transducer and detector is 1.5 m.

System 32 Aufnehmer für Schwingungsüberwachung

Schwlngungsaufnehmer TRV-01 TRV-01 ist em robuster. piezo-elektrischer Beschleunigungsaufnehmer. Er wird mit einer M4 lnbuss-Schraube befestigt, die von oben durch die Aufnehmermitte getuhrt wird. Die Auflageflache muG glatt und eben sein. Das Kabel wird moglichst dicht am Aufnehmer angeschellt. Die Kabellange zwischen Aufnehmer und Detektor solite nicht mehr als 1.5 m betragen.

0))

0)

Laddningskiinhighst lOpc/m/s' 15% charg. sensitivity. :10 pCImIs'± 15% Empfinduichk.it :10 pC/rn/i' .15% Tv&klnsiigh.l : Ma, 15% Transverse sensitivity : Ma'. 10% Ouststnpflndilchkali : Max. '0% Typ. kanaiigbet (Or baa strain : 0.01 m/s'h, strain Typical ban strain s.naitivity : 0,01 nfa7 strain Typ. Spannungaeinpflndutchk.if : 0.01 n/a'! strain Linllit lr.kv.momrid,

: 0 - 2 000 Mx Linsar frequency rangs : 0 - 2 000 Hz Linaarar Fr.quenzb.r.Ich : 0 - 2 000 itt Tsmp.raturornrhde

sk tsmp.rsturdritt : -30.1111 - I 50 C

:0,25 %/' C

Tatixperatura fangs Typical lampecaturs drIft

: - 31 to . 150' C

:0.25 %/' c Ten,p.raturb.r.icl Typ. Ts.np.ratursbwsichung

: - 30' bia . isa' c :0,25% /' c

a Musing Material of tha casing : Bran, naiad Malarial des Gah*ua.a : M.satng xliii loogrsm W.ight : lOOgrama Gawicht :100 Gramm

46019-1 Mitkabel. lbgbrus Fardigt monterade kablar kan bestallas.

V g ange dnskad Iangd (L) i meter (max

1,5 ml. MatningskabeIn till detektor 32V skali

vara utrustad med tatningshylsa 10473.

jrklyg Verktyg for planfrasning av antaggningSytan

i màtpunkten (TOL-lO) och atdragning av

givarens fästskruv (TOL- Ii) se sid 39.

36

46019-1 Measuring cable, low-noise Cables can be ordered ready-made. Please state the desired length (L) in meters (max.

1.5 ml. The supply cable connected to the

detector 32V mutt be equipped with sealing

cover 10473.

Tools Tools for spot-facing the contact surface at the measuring point (TOL-lO) and for torquing the transducer mounting screw (TOL-11) see page 39.

46019-1 Messkabel. rauscharm Die Kabel sind fertig konfektioniert erhalt- tich. Bitte gewUnschte Lange (L) in Metern angeben max. 1,5 m). Das Speisekabel zum Detektor 32V muss mit Dichtungshdlse 10473

versieht sein,

Werkzeuge Werkzeuge für das Planfrasen der Mel3stelle (TOL-lo) und das Anziehen der Betesti- gungsschraube (TOL- II) - siehe Seite 39.

EL

C

it

(C

bC CC


Installationsmaterjal Installation material lnstallationsmaterjal Matningskablar Supply cables Speisekabel

10 mm --

90031 -L 93048 10473 90025-L

EEC LIJcc 93048 10473

930.48 Flatstiftshylsa 1/4" Flatstiftshylsan monteras pa enkelledarkabeln

genorn kontaktpressning, vilket ger sãker

elektrisk kontakt och eliminerar behovei av lbd-

ning. Vid kontaktpressning bér Kombinations-

tang 81051 användas.

10473 Tätningshylsa Tätningshylsan ãr tillverkad i oljebestandigt

gummi och skall anvandas pA matningssidan pA

detektorerna 32B och 32V.

11183 Tatningsslang Tatningsslangen är tillverkad i svart, olje-

beständigl gurnmi; làngd 70mm.

11184-L Pansrad matningskabel Pansringen utgOres av 1/4" (6,35 mm? mjukt

kopparrbr och levereras med indragen TEFZEL

isolerad matningskabei. Pansrad kabel levereras

i sammanhangande längder om max 7,5 meter.

Vid beställning anges bnskad langd (LI i meter.

T.mp.raturomrlde: -48° till * ,src Ladararaa 12mm'

90O31L Enkelledarkabel. PVC

Vid beställning anges onskad langd IL) i meter

T.mp.r.turomr&d.: -40' do +°C Ladarar,. 0,75

90025-L Enketledarkabet, TEFZEL

Vid bestallning anges onskad langd IL) i meter

T.mp.r.turomrld.: -40' till +150°C Ladararn 1.2 mm'

10mm 100mm

11183 11184-L

93048 Tab terminal 1/4" The connector is mounted on the single conduc-

tor cable by crimping which gives safe electric

contact and eliminates the need of soldering.

When crimping, the Combination pliers 81051

should be used.

10473 Seating cover The sealing cover is made of oil resistant rubber

and should be used on the supply side of the

detectors 328 and 32V.

11183 Sealing tube The sealing tube is made of black, oil resistant

rubber; length 70mm.

11184-1 Armoured suppty cable The armour consists of 1/4' (6.35 mm? soft copper tube and is supplied with TEFZEL

insulated supply cable. Armoured cable is

available in continuous lengths of max. 7.5

meters. When ordering. please state desired

length IL) in meters.

T.mp.ratura rang.: -40° to +150°C conducior am t2 mm'

90031-1 single conductor cable, PVC When ordering, please state desired length (LI in

meters.

Tamperatura rang.: _40° to +

conductor ama : 0,75 mm'

90025-1 Single conductor cable, TEFZEL

When ordering, please state desired length (LI in

meters.

T.mp.r.tur. rang.: _40' to 150°c

conductor .r.a : 1.2mm'

93048 Flachstecker 1/4" Der Flachstecker wird durch Kontaktklemmung auf das einadrige Kabel montiert, was einen

sicheren elektrischen Kontakt ergibt und wodurch sich Laten erübrigt. Beim Montieren der

Flachstecker sollte die Kombinationszange

81051 benutzt werden.

10473 Dichtungshulse Die Dichtungshülse 1st aus ôlbestãndigem Gummi hergestellt und soIl an der Zufuhrungs seite des Detektors 32B und 32V verwendet werden.

11183 Dichtungsschtauch Der Dichtungsschlauch ist aus schwarzeni, ol bestindigem Gummi. Längel0 mm.

11184-LGepanzertes Speisekabel Die Panzerung besteht aus 1/4" (6,35 mm?

weichern Kupferrohr und wird mit eingezoge-

nem, TEFZEL isoliertem Speisekabel geliefert.

Dieses gepanzerte Kabel wird in zusammen-

hangenden Langen von max. 7,5 m geliefert. Bei Bestellung bitte ewunschte Lange IL) in

Metern angeben.

T.mp.rabjrb.r.lch: -40° bia + 150°c

Laitarqor.ch,Wtt : t.2 mm'

90031L Elnadriges Kabet, PVC

Bei Bestellung bitte gewunschte Lange IL) in

Metern angeben.

1.mp.raturb.r.ich: '-40° bia .rc L.it.rqu.rachnitt : 0.75 mm'

90025-C Einadriges Kabel, TEFZE1

Bei Bestellung bitte gewunschte Lange IL) in Metern angeben.

T.mp.raturb.r.ich: -40' bia +150°C

L.it.rqu.rachnitl : 1,2 nun'

3,

Försankningsverktyg for matnipplar oth stotpulsgivare a -

Countersinking tools for adapters and shock pulse transducers

S

it

is._ bp 5,0 mm 81030 81028 012 M 6

5,1 mm 81030 81028 012 UNC 1/4"

6,8 mm 81031 81028 012 MB

6,5 mm 81032 81028 e12 LJNC 5/16"

8,5 mm 81033 81028 e'12 M 10

8,0 mm 81034 81028 012 UNC 3/8" 10.2 mm 81035 81029 015 M 12

10,8 mm 81036 81029 015 UNC 1/2"

kombinationsverktyg Dessa verktyg används for korrekt farsankning

av monteringshâl for mätnipplar och stOtpuls'

givare i standardutförande. Verktyget besthr av

en hallare, en utbytbar fOrsãnkare och utbytbara

styrtappar. Bestallningsnummer enligt ovan.

82053 Forsankare med fast styrtapp FOrsankaren är avsedd for monteringshâl M8.

81057 Tappborr

nPborren anvands for planfOrsänkning av

nteringshâl für stbtpulsgivare I bultutfOrande.

Tappbomren monteras i HSllame 81027 oth forses

med styrtapp enligt tabellen oven.

Combination tools These tools are used for correct countersinking

of mounting holes for adapters and standard

shock pulse transducers. The tool consists of a

holder, a replaceable countersink and replace-

able pilots, Ordering numbers are shown above.

Senkwerkzeug für Messnippel und Stossimpulsaufnehmer

82053

no8 27

81057

15 =1 -.- , @20

11 Komblnatlons - Werkzeug Diese Werkzeuge werden für das fachgemechte

Versenken der Montagebohrunç für Messnippel und Stossimpulsaufnehmer in Standardausfuh- rung benutzt. Das Werkzeug besteht aus einem

Halter, einem austauschbaren Senker und aus-

tauschbaren Führungszapfen. Besteilnummer wie oben.

82053 Countersink with fixed pilot 82063 Zapfensenker The countersink is intended for mounting hole Der Senker st für die Montagebohrung M8

M8.

81067 Counterbore The counterbore is used for flat face milling of mounting holes for shock pulse transducers in

bolt design. The counlembome is mounted in

Holder 81027 together with a pilot according to the table above.

vorgesehen.

81067 Schaftfriser Der Schattfräser wird für das Planfräsen, dci Sitzungsflachen für Stossimpulsaufnehmer in

BolzenausfCjhrijng verwendet. Dci Schaftfräser

wirci in den Halter 81027 montiert und mit

einem der Führungszapfen in der Tabelle oben

kombiniert.

Dl

ti.

I))

4))

4)

[x

[X#]

t

'C)

C

Verktyg for âtdragning Torguing tools for Werkzeug für das Festziehen av mätnipplar adapters von Messnippeln och givare and transducers und Aufnehmern

81092 Momentnyckel med hylsor Für âtdragning och demontering av samtliga

typer av 5PM matnipplar och standard givare für fast installation.

Momentnyckeln är inställbar fran 5,0 Nm till

22,5 Nm, i steg om 0,5 Nm. Vald inställning kan

lâsas genom att vrida vingmuttern vid stall-

skruven at hoger.

Den lAnga 17 mm hylsan passar für bade

standard givare och mätnipplar. Hylsorna med

dimensioner 19mm och 22 mm är avsedda für matnipplar med kontramutter,

Verktyg till TRV-01 TOL-iD Tappborr, Komptett

TOL-1 1 Atdragningsverktyg TOM-la Hallarefortappborr TOM-li Tappborr,016 mm

TOM-i2 Styrtapp, 03.3mm

81092 Torque wrench with sockets For torquing and unscrewing all types of 5PM

adapters and standard transducers for perma-

nent installation.

The torque wrench is adjustable in steps of

0.5 Nm between 5.0 and 22.5 Nm, The chosen

torque can be locked by turning the screw at the

handle end to the right,

The long 17mm socket fits all standard trans-

ducers and adapters. The short sockets, 19 mm

and 22mm, are needed for adapters with lock nuts.

Tools for TRV-01 TOL-lo Counterbore, complete TOL-il Torquingtool TOM-b 1-lolderforcounterbore TOM-il Counterbore, 0 16 mm TOM-12 Pilot,03,3 mm

81092 Drehmomentschlüssel mit Nüssen Für das Festziehen und Losschrauben sämt-

licher Typen von 5PM Messnippeln und Standard- Aufnehmern für Festinstallation.

Das Anzugsmoment kan von 5 Nm bis 22,5 Nm

eingestellt werden, in Stufen von 0,5 Nm. Mit einer Rechtsdrehung der Flugelschraube am

Schlüsselende kann die gewählte Einstellung

fixiert werden.

Die lange 17 mm Nuss passt für Festaufnehmer und Messnippel in Standardausführung. Die

kurzen Nüsse, 19mm und 22mm, werden für Messnippel mit Kontermutter benatigt.

- Werkzeug fUr TRY-Ol

TOL-lO Oberflächenfraser, kompletl TOL- ii lnnen-Sechskant-SchlUssel TOM- 10 Halter für Obertlachenfraser TOM-il Oberflachenfroser, 016 mm TOM-12 FUhrungszapfen,o3,3 mm

Koaxialkablar Coaxial cables Koaxial-Kabel Kablar fér stötpulsmätning Cables for shock pulse monitoring Kabet für Stossimpulsniessung

taestallning anges onskad längd (LI i meter. When ordering, please state desired length IL.) Bei Bestellung bitte gewünschte Lingo IL) in L.dmpel: 3,5 meter kabel 90007 her bestàllnings- in meters. Example: 3.5 meters cable 97 have Metern angeben. Beispiel: 3,5 Meter Kabel numrnerg000l-3,5. ordering number 90007- 3.5. 97 hat Bestellnummer 90007-3,5.

Beställ flings nu m mer Ordering number 90005-1 90007-1 90093-1

Besteilnummer

Temperaturomrâde Temperature range 4r - +80°C -40° - + 150°C -40° + 125°C Tempeaturbereich

Boständighet mat vanliga kemikalier God God God Rtsistance to ordinary chemicals Good Good Good Beständigkeitgegengewahnlichechemikalien Gut Gut Gut

Bestandighet mat oljor God God Rosistance to oils - Good Good Besrandigkeit gegen Ole Gut Gut

Mekaniska egenskaper Goda Risk fOr kallflytning Goda Mechanical properties Good Tendency to cold flow Good Mechanische Eigenschaften Cute Gefahr von Kaltfluss Gute

93022 93091 93022+82166 93091+82166

Passande standardkontakter 93031 93105 93031+82166 93105+82166

Suitable standard connectors 93047 93113 93156 93047+82166 93113+82166

Verwendbare Standard- Stecker 93060 93117 93156 93060+ 82166 93117 + 82166 93077 93119 93077+82166 93119+82166 93090 93090.82166 I________________________________________

Beställningsnummer fOr mätkablar med monte- Ordering numbers for measuring cables with fit- Besteilnummern für Messkabel mit montierten rade kontakter, Se sidan 10. ted connectors, see page 10. Steckern, siehe Seite 10.

I

Kablar for vibrationsmätning, Cables for vibration monitoring, Kabel für Schwingungsmessung. Iãgbrus tow-noise Rauscharm

(Iestãll flings flu mmer Ordering number 90148-1 90176-1 Uestellnummer

Temperaturomrâde temperature range -40° - + 150°C -O° - +80°C Temperaturbereich

Bestindighet mot vanliga kemikalier God God Resistance to ordinary chemicals Good Good Bestindigkeit gegen gewohnliche Chemikalien Gut Gut

Bestindighet mot oljor God

Resistance to oils Good - Bestindigkeit gegen Ole Gut

Mekaniska egenskaper Risk for kalltlytning Goda Mechanical properties Tendency to cold flow Good

Mechanische Eigenschaften Gefahr von Kaltfluss Gute

Passande standardkontakter 93120 I Suitable standard connectors 93121

93022+93149 93103

93129 93060+93749 93117

Mätkabel. làgbrus, med monterade kontakter. Measuring cable, low-noise, with fitted connec- Messkabel, rauscharm, mit montierten Steckern,

s6sid36. tort seepage36. sieheseite3ô.

Afl

[1

4))

(0

(C

'C,

Kontakter till mätkablar Connectors for measuring Stecker für Messkabel cables

12530 81018 81093 93022. 93121 93031.93156 93032 93033 93035

93036 93042 93047 93056 93060 93061 93062 93067

93077,93117,93129 93090 93091 93103.93120 93105 93113 93119 93155

12530 Gummihylsa fOr montering av detektor (givarsidan) eller anpassningsenhet hâllare.

81018 INC-BNC brytskydd, kananvändas till kabel 90005 och 90176

81093 SMA brytskydd, passar kontakt 93103

82166 Neoprenhylsa,fOr kabel 90093 93022 TNC kabelkontakt, crimp 93031 TNC kabelkontakt, skruvutfOrande 93032 INC vinkelkontakt 93033 INC Overgáng

93035 INC skyddslock 93036 TNC terminalkontakt 93042 TNCOvergâng 93047 TNC kabelkontakt, crimp 93056 8NC-INCterminalkontakt 93060 BNC kabelkontaki. crimp 93061 BNC skyddslock 93062 BNC-TNC Overgang

93067 BNC-INC overgãng

93077 INC vinkelkontakt, crimp 93090 BNC terminalkontakt, crimp 93091 TNC terminalkontakt, crimp 93103 SMA kabelkontakt, crimp 93105 BNC vinkelkontakt. crimp 93113 INC terminalkontakt, crimp 93117 INC vinkelkontakt, lad/crimp 93119 BNC terminalkonlakt, crimp 93120 SMA kabelkontakt, crimp,

fOr kabel 90146

93121 INC kabelkontakt, crimp, fOr kabel 90146

93129 TNC vinkelkontakt. lad/crimp, fOr kabel 90146

93149 Kontaktstift TNC-BNCIOr kabel 90146

93155 INC vinke'kontakt med dragavlastning. Iod/skruvutfOrande

93156 TNC kabelkontakt med dragavlastning, lod/skruvuttOrande

12530 Rubber sleeve for mounting of detector (transducer side) or matching unit in bracket.

81018 TNC-BNC sleeve, fitstocables 90005 and 90176

81093 SMA sleeve. fitsto connector 93103

82166 Neoprene sleeve, for cable 90093 93022 TNC cable connector, crimp 93031 TNC cable connector, screw-type 93032 INC angle connector 93033 INC adapter 93035 INC dust cap 93036 INC terminal connector 93042 INC adapter 93047 INC cable connector, crimp 93056 BNC-TNC terminal connector 93060 BNC cable connector, crimp 93061 BNCdustcap 93062 BNC-INC adapter 93067 BNC-INC adapter 93077 INC angle connector, crimp 93090 BNC terminal connector, crimp 93091 INC terminal connector, crimp 93103 SMA cable connector, crimp 93105 SNC angle connector, crimp 93113 INC terminal connector, crimp 93117 INC angle connector, solder/crimp 93119 BNC terminal connector, crimp 93120 SMA cable connector, crimp,

for cable 90146 93121 INC cable connector, crimp,

for cable 90146 93129 TNC angle connector, solder/crimp,

or cab le 90146 93149 Contact pin INC-BNC, for

caøle 90176 93155 INC angle connector with strange

relief, solder/screw-type 93156 INC cable connector with strange

relief, solder/screw-type

12530 GummihUlse für das Festklernmen von Oetektor (Autnehmerseite) oder Anpassungseinheit im Halter.

81018 INC-BNC Knickschutztulle, für den Anschlul3 an Kabeltyp 90005 und 90176

81093 SMA Knickschutztülle, kann an Stek- ker 93103 angeschlossen werden

82166 NeoprenhUlse für Kabeltyp 90093 93022 INC Kabelkontakt, KlemmausfUhrung 93031 INC Kabelkontakt, SchraubausfQhrung 93032 INC Winkelkontakt 93033 INC Ubergang 93035 INC Schutzdeckel 93036 INC Terminalkontakt 93042 INC Ubergang 93047 INC Kabelkontakt, Klemmausführung 93056 BNC-TNC Ierminalkontakt 93060 ANC Kabelkontakt. Klemmausfuhrung 93061 BNC Schutzdeckel 93062 BNC-INC Ubergang 93067 BNC-TNC tibergang 93077 INC Winkelkontakt, Klemmausführung 93090 BNC Ierminalkontakt, KlemmausfUhrung 93091 INC Terminalkontakt, KlemmausfUhrung 93103 SMAkabelkontakt, KlemmausfUhrung 93105 BNC Winkelkontakt, KlemmaustUhrung 93113 INC Ierminalkontakt, KlemmausfUhrung

93117 INC Winkelkontakt, LOt-Klemmaus- fUh rung

93119 BNC Ierminalkontakt, Klemmaus- fUhrung

93120 SMA Kabelkontakt, Klemmausführung für Kabel 90146

93121 INC Kabelkontakt. KlemmausfUhrung für Kabel 90146

93129 INC Winkelkontakt, Lot-Klemm- ausführuflg für Kabel 90146

93149 Kontaktstift INC- BNC, für Kabel 90176

93155 INC Winkelkontakt mit Zugentlastung, LOt-Schrau bausfUhrung

93156 INC Kabelkontakt mit Zugentlastung, Lot -Schrau bausfü hrung

Verktyg for montering av Tools for fitting cables Werkzeug für die Fertigung kablar oth kontakter and connectors von Kabein und Steckern 0

JaS' ,:t iytr r

81026 Crimptlng fOr montering av kabelkontakter.

81051 Crimptâng far montering av flatstiftshylsor I /4'.

32 Skalverkt-yg Or koaxialkablar.

81127 Monteringsverktyg fOr kontakter med dragavlastning.

81130 Expandertäng fOr montering av neoprenhylsa 82166.

81136 Crlmptang fOr montering av kontakter pa kabel 90146.

42

81026 Crimping tool tor fitting cable connectors.

81051 Crimping tool for fitting tab terminals 1/4'

81052 Cutting tool for coaxial cables.

81127 Fining tool for connectors with strange relief

81130 Expansion pliers for fitting neoprene tube 82166.

81136 crimping tool for fitting connectors to cable 90146.

81026 Klemmzange für das Eestklemmen von Kabeistecker

81051 Klemmzange für das Festklemmen von Flachstecker 1/4"

81052 Schälwerkzeug für Koaxialkabel.

81127 Montageworkzeug für Stecker mit Zugentlastung.

81130 Expanderzange für das Aufziehen von Neoprenhülse 82166.

81136 Klommzange für die Montage von Stecker auf Kabel 90146.

C

[I

4)

SPM representanter

A Tiliverkare SPM-bolag # I . S Representanter

S C

(C

SPM - representatives A Manufacturer

SPM-companies Representatives

SPM Vertreter A Hersteller

SPM-Gesellschaft Vertreter

ARGENTINA HONG KONG. CHINA S SINGAPORE, MALAYSIA. INDONESIA. SKF Argentina S.A. Mel Johnson Corp. IHKI Ltd THAILAND, TAIWAN. PHILIPPINES 1 Casilla Correo 197, 1 BUENOS AIRES Room 1201' 1207.12/F Tai Yau Building A. Johnson B Co. SEA.) Ne. Ltd. Tel. 33-3061 / 8 181 Johnston Road, WANCHAI, Hong Kong 453, Tagore Avenue, SINGAPORE 2678

Tel. 5-8335141 Tel. 4553356 AUSTRALIA SKF Australia Pry. Ltd. S ICELAND S SOUTH AFRICA P,O,Box 301, OAKLEIGH 3166, Tel. 567- 28 Vblar & Tki hI, Marine & Technical Ltd. Altech Instruments IPTYI Ltd.

P.O.Box 387, REYKJAVIK P.0.Box 41062, CRAIGHALL 2024

AUSTRIA. CZECHOSLOVAKIA. DDR.HUNGAAY, Tel. 21- 214% Tel. (011) 7- 17®/05 RUMANIA, BULGARIA, JUGOSLAVIA,USSR SPM Instrument Int. GmbH INDIA S SOUTH KOREA . Lessinggasse 18, 2232 DEUTSCH-WAGRAM Techno Links A. Johnson & Co. Asia- Pacilicl Ltd bei Wien, Austria. Tel, 10224713511 7-I .59, behind Syndicate Bank, Ameerpet Korea Branch, Seoul Yeong Dong P.O.Box 575

HYDERABAD 016 SEOUL. Tel. (021541.1834,1835, 1

BELGIUM Tel. 227264 5PM lnstrumenl S SPAIN Rue Dieudonnd Lefbyre srraat 219, 1020 BRIJSSEI, ITALY Arteche Comercial S.A, Tel. 02 .4242 Bo, Zabalondo, S/NR, MUNGUIA lVizcayal

DEMOS. srI Tel. 1941 67438 Res. delle Botteghe, 17, Milano2

NETHERLANDS. LUXEMBOURG 200 90 SEG RATE (MI) SWEDEN SPM Instrument Tel. 1021 213.85.V Postbus 96,51% AB DRUNEN, Netherlands SPM Instrument AB Tel. 04163.73176 Box 4,15201 STRANGNAS

3 CANADA

JAPAN A. Johnson & Co Japan

Tel. 0152-13420

SPM Instrument Canada Akasaka Chuo Bldg., 2-6, Akasaka 3-Chome S SWITZERLAND

570 Hood Road, Uhit 21, MARKHAM Mineto-Ku, TOKYO, 107 Japan AE Advanced Engineering S.A.

Ontario L3R 4G7. tel. 416-475- 0 Tel. 5- 7181 Routede Lausanne No4, CH-1190 ROLLE (VOl

Tel.021-753475 PANAMA S MEXICO SKF Panama Free Zone Inc. SKF Mexicana S.A. S UNITED KINGDOM. IRELAND P.O.Box 6-2399, EL DORADO, Tel. 64. 7411 Apartado Postal 96, MEXICO, D.F. 5PM Instrument UK Ltd.

Tel. SX44 P.O,Box 14, Walshaw Road, BURY BL8 if'?, S CHILE Lancashire, GB, Tel. (0611761.4837

SKFChilenaS.A.l.C. S NEWZEALAND Casilla 207, SANTIAGO 1, Tel 222 0566 SKF New Zealand Ltd. S URUGUAY

P.O.Box 30-549, LOWER HUn Compania Sudan,ericana SKF S DENMARK TeI,3-159 P.O.Box134,MONTEVIDEO

DANTECH, Danish Technology Center Tel. 962621 v/Jogvan Joenseri, Dronningghrds AII'e 33 NORWAY

S ZS4OHOLTE, TeI.02.42O499 SPMlnstrumentA/S USA P.8.107,2022 GJERDRUM SPM Instrument Inc.

U FINLAND Tel. (061960610 358 North Main Street, POB0x 5PM Instrument Gy MARLBOROUGH. Connecticut 06447

Pihkatie 7, 410 HELSINKI, Tel. (901539133 5 PERU Tel. l2l 2658241

SKF del Peru S.A. S FRANCE CasiIla22W, LIMA 1 5 VENEZUELA

Instrun,ents de Prcision Chasselon Tel. 71.6212 SKF Venezolana S.A.

5, Rue Amedée Pitard, 94230 CACHAN Apartado 9, CARACAS

b Tel.(1)46.65.15.10 5 PORTUGAL TeI.627843 A. Johnson & Co. (Portugall, LDA.

GREECE Edificio Atlas Copco 5 WEST GERMANY

, Demetre Lambropoulos SB. K. Mayromihali SI., PIRAFUS -24

Av. Prof. Dr. Reinaldo dos Santos, Carnaxide 2796 LINOA-A-VELHA codex

Pruftechnik, Dieter Busch + Partner GmbH & Co. Postfach 1263,0-9045 ISMANING

Tel. 10114132.659, 01) 4126.5& Tel. 12182347 Tel. () 9606-0

51

'ZF1a1ç

.

.

SECTION: SIX REF.: C118.324.0773 CONTRACT: A740 PAGE: 1 OF 1


J :( OJ1 i

- FAN DELIVERY LIST

- GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF FANS

- FIELD ASSEMBLY OF FANS

- GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF VENTILATION SYSTEM

DELIVERY LIST

flFlakt CUSTOMER

S.C.R.T.b. -METRO RAIL PROJECT A740 DRAWN

B.B.

DWG.NO.

CO-A-13000 SHEET I OF a

SUB NO.

005.

-

Flakt Canada Ltd. PRODUCT

VENTILATION FANS

CHECKED REV. NO.

CONTRACT NO.

W ASSEMBLY DWG.

TITLE

CASINGS & ANTI-STALL SECTIONS

APPROVED DATE

SI/P.S ci

DEL.Y. ITEM OTY.

.

DESCRIPTION DWG, No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS. ESTIMATED

WEIGHT

FAN ASSEPIBef EF CO-0I2541 FAN ASSEMsei LW C0-0-12542 2

FAN ASSEFIBLI UF-041 00-0-12543 FAN ASSEMBLY GTE C0-D-12544 I

FAN ASSEMBLY SvF C0-D-12545 e

7

00% 29 CASING SECTION EF&SVF C0-0-12383 181,925 9

ooa II CASINO SECTION UF& GTE 00-0-12381 II,S80'°

003 I CASING SECTION LJF-041 Cp-C-IIp7I 900 13

004 27 1JERASIt..G EF CO-C-11148 .-________ __lI,74S os a IMPELLER CASING SVF C0-C-I1149

_ 3,360!

006 9 AnL$ALLSECTION LW co-o-Ia3aa I_II,8Th_

007 I ANTI-STALL SECTION UF-041 C0-D-12527 1,225 20

21

008 a MnLL SEcTIoN GTE C0-b-12588 2,6)0

009 II ACCESS000R tJFg.OTE C0-C-11147 49524 25

NOTE REFER TO ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF ITEMS ESTIMATED

LBS.

MARKING: ALL SHIPPING ITEMS TO HAVE DELIVERY ITEM NOs AND suaNOs CLEARLY WEIGHT KG.

ALL SMALL CRATING SHIPPED IN MARKED CRATES.

f "NhDA UD.( I I

NOTE

/

N0V131989 J LTJ

'S - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD

Sd' - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO SHOP

- FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO FIELD

SYM. REVISION DATE BY CHKD 'Rd FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

9-86 REG 605

UFIIVFRY LIST

rsFlakt CUSTOMER

S.C.R.tD.-METR0 RAIL PROJECT A740 DRAWN

B.B. DWG.NO.

CO-A-13000 SHEET 2 a

SUB. NO.

005

-

C

PRODUCT

VENTILATION FANS CHECKED REV. NO.

DATE OCT.

al/ag

__________________

CONTRACT NO.

I8-324-0773 ASSEMBLY DWG.

TITLE

CASftIGS & ANTI-STALL SECTIONS APPROVED

DELY. ITEM

___ OTY.

____ DESCRIPTION DWG. No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS. Ui uiO cc)

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

010 29 AccEss000k EFaSVF C0-C-fllSO 1,3051 2

OH I ACCESS Doo UF-041 co-c-sian 40 4

012 IC BLADE ACTUATORASSY. UF C0-D-12586

EACH CONSISTING OF : 6

I ACTUATOR BAR Co-B-11027 2 CONNECTING LINK CO-A- 13034 6

4 SEAL GUIDE CO-A-13035 2 SEAL CO-A-13036

- _____ 10

4 RETAINING SPRING CO-A-13037 ii ___ I LOWER PIN CO-A- 13035 (ITEM i) I UPPER Bw CO-A-13038 (ITEM 2) 2 CLEVIs 14

I ACTIONATOR MOTOR M940 IS

11

013 2 HANGERSUPPORTFRAMEOF-04 CG-C-11273 188 19

20

21

22

23

24

25

PPED IN MARKED CRATES.

NOTE

/ NOVIji&ug fl rsJ

S FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD

Sd - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO SHOP

P - FLAKT PURCHASE SENT 10 FIELD

SYM REVISION DATE BY CHKD Rd FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

986 REC 605

DFI IVFRY LIST

flFlakt Ftakt Canada Ltd.

CUSTOMER

$.C.QT.D.-METR0RAI'-PR0JECTA74O DRAWN

8.8. DWG.NO.

CO*13002 SHEET OF i

SUB,NO.

016

- PRODUCT

VENTILATION FANS

CHECKED REV. NO.

C NTRACT NO.

P8-3240773 ASSEMBLY DWG.

TITLE

MOTORS APPROVED DT

31/84 DELY. ITEM OTY. DESCRIPTION DWG. No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS. LQ8

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

FAN ASSEMBLY El C0-D-12541 -- _____ FAN ASSEMBLY LIF C.O-D-I542 ¶

FAN ASSEMBLY UF-041 CO-D-12543 -- _____

FAN ASSEMBLY OH co-o-12544 FAN ASSEMBLY SVF C0-D-2545

6

7

CCI 16 MoTOR [email protected] RELIANCE -FRAME 5IZE 449TY 38,600 9

10

002 IC tiPyOR 200i-i.g@ I200gni. RELIANCE FRAME SIZE 449 TY 4 21,000" I2

13

3 Mro [email protected]. RELIANCE -FRAME SIzE 445 TI 4,230 'R4 IS

004 12 MOTOR SOH.p.@ 900R.RM. RELIANCE-FRAME SIZE 404T 11,940 'R4 '9

20

21

22

23

24

NOTE -REFER TO ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIO7EMS TQTh..BS7O 770 MARKING: ALL SHIPPING ITEMS TO HAVE DELIVERY ITEM NOs AND SUaN0:, CLEARLY

ALL SMALL LOOSE LITEMS TO B L p

SHIPPED_IN_MARKED_CRATES.

NOTE

FtAKT CkNIiuiff]

NOV 131989

7 s 5' - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD


- FLAKT PURCHASE SENT 10 FIELD

SYM. REVISION DATE BY CHK'D 'Rd - FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

Qcr. cnc

DELIVERY LIST

SFlakt Flakt Canada Ltd.

CUSTOMER

S.C.R.T.D.-METRO RAIL PROJECT A740 DRAWN

B.B. DWG.NO,

CO-M3003 SHEET I OF

SUB. NO.

022

-

PRODUCT

VENTILATION FANS CHECKED REV. NO.

_____ TRACT NO. ASSEMBLY DWG.

U 18-324-0773 TITLE

ANTI-VIBRATION PADS APPROVED DATET

aifaa C

DELY ITEM OTY. DESCRIPTION DWG. No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS,

$ ESTIMATED WEIGHT

& Assttiey EF 00-0-12541 - ____ ____ EMI ASSEMBLY UF CO-0-12542

______ 2 ____ ___

EAr'i ASSEMBLY UF-041 CO-D-12543 3 ____ ___ ___ Ea.' ASSEMBLY GTE C0-D-12544 ____ ___ F&w ASSEMBLY SVF co-o-l?545 ____

8

7

001 -- ____ 9

10

11

12

13

IS

17

18

9

20

21

22

23

24

25 -

NOTE REFER TO ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF ITEMS ESTIMATED

LBS.

MARKING: ALL SHIPPING ITEMS TO HAVE DELIVERY ITEM NOs AND SUB.NGS CLEARLY TITE:S

ALL SMALL B SHIPPED_IN_MARKED_CRATES.

NOTE

rtw.rc4NA LiiJ

I S_jjf D 'S - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELO


P - FLAKT PURCH4SE SENT TO FIELD

SYM, REVISION DATE BY CHIO 'Rd - FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOPS

DELIVERY LIST

rsFlakt Fiakt Canada Ltd.

CUSTOMER

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPID TRANSIT DISTRICT

DRAWN

B.B. DWG.NO.

CO-A-12 998 SHEET i OF 3

SUB.NO.

tOO

- PRODUCT

METRO RAIL PROJECT A74O CHECKED REV. NO.

TRACT NO. ASSEMBLY DWG.

118-324-0773 TITLE

VENTILATION FANS APPROVED %T5

n/SB C

DELY ITEM QTY. DESCRIPTION DWG. No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS.

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

GEN.ARRGt OF FANS EF CO-D-12359 1

OEM.ARRGt Or FANS UF CO-O-12360 2

GEN.ARgGt OF FANS OTE CQ-D-12361

GEM.MRGtOFFANSSVF CO-D-i232 GEM. ARRGT. OF FAN UF-041 CO-D-12485

e

001 27 FANAS5EMBLYEF(tk Co-D-12541 EACH CONSISTING Or

I CASING SECTION SUB 005 CO-D-12383 - ______

I !MPELLERCASIF4G 50B005 CO-C-11148 1±

2 FLEX. CONNECTION SUB 012 CO-C- I I 152 12

I Acëss DOOR SUB 005 CO-C-IHSO '3

1 IMPELLER (2241I212)SUB 001 C0-D-12364 . I Moio suOI6 '5

S GASKET SUB 032 7'-4'. 4 ANTI-VIBRATION FAD SUB 022 11 ____

I-SET ASSEMBLY BOLTS Sus 032 19

002 9 FANAssEMBLyuF(i:. CO-D-I2542 ii EACH CONS%STIN OF

I CA5ING SECTION 5uB005 C0-D-I2.3l .

I ANTI-STALLSECIION 50900! C.Q-D-123&2 2 FLEX.CONNECTION SUB012 CO-C-luSt 25

NOTE REFER TO ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIOrEM'[OThT LBS

MARKING: ALL SHIPPING ITEMS TO HAVE DELIVERY ITEM N0s AND SUB. NO:: CLEARLY

CANADA LID.l ALL SMALL L6O[ ITEMTO BE

G SHIPPED IN MARKED CRATES.

NOTE

NOV 131969

LrsSUED

5 - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD


P - FLAKT PURCHASE SENT it FIELD

SYM. REVISION DATE BY CHKD Rd FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

nri iurPv I 1ST

F1ct Flakt Canada Ltd.

CUSTOMER

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIARAPIDTRANSITDISTRICT DRAWN

B.B. DWG.NO,

CQ-A-12998 SHEET 2 or 3

SUB. NO.

ICC PRODUCT .

METRO RAIL PROJECT A740 CHECKED REV. NO.

STRACT NO.

I8-324-0773

ASSEMBLY DWG.

.______

TITLE

FANS

______ APPROVED DATE

OCT. ri/Ba ____

DELY. ITEM

____ OTY.

____ .__VENTILATION

DESCRIPTION I

DWG. No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS. > W .jo

LaO CL)

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

I ACCESS DOOR 6UB005 C0C11%47 I UIPELLERO6O-aO-IO) Sub CCI CO-D-l2365

I MOTOR 509 016

S GASKET 5ue032 5'-2'I.o.

4 ANTI-VrnRATION PAD SOB Oaa

I BLADE ACTUATOR Assy.-susOOS cp-o-iasa I-SETA1.a1BOLTS 5U803a

003 I FAN ASSEMBLY 01-041 C0-D-IZ543

Cot1s;5TIwp Qp- CASING&CTION 608005

________________________________ CO-C-11271

- - ______ I ANTI-STALL.SECTION SuBOOS 00-0-12527

a FLEX.COHNECTION SU0IZ CO-C-li 151

I ACCESS DOOR 508005 C0-C-1Ia72 I IMPELLER (160-ac-ia) 5DEC01 co-p-ipp6s I MotoR $u8016

S GASKET Sue 032 S-2".o. 2 )jANGR.S1JPPRTfMf4E-$UbO0E CO-C-11273 I BPLAcTUATORA5St-SUB00! CO-D-I5.86

I-SET AgMaLT BOLTS sue 032

NOTE REFER TO ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF ITEMS TOTAL ESTIMATED

LBS.

MARKING: ALL SHIPPING ITEM$.TQ -(AVE DELIVERY ITEM NOs AND SUB.No:s CLEARLY MARKED. WEIGHT KG. 'U.MI CANADA trbi7 CRATING ALL SMALL LOOSE ITEMS TO B

SHIPPED IN MARKED CRATES.

V13799g/ NOTE

111111 II - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD

- FLAKT STOCK SENT TO SHOP

- FLAKT PURCHASE SENT 10 FIELD

SYM, REVISION DATE BY CHKD Rd FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

D

z -J

U

I

S

S

7

S

9

10

II

12

13

14

Is

Fe

I,

IS

9

to

ti

a

DELIVERY LIST

ThFlakt Flakt Canada Ltd.

CUSTOMER

SOUTHERN CAUFORNIA RAPIOTRANSIT DISTRICT

DRAWN

8.8.

DWG.NO.

CO-A-)2998 SUB.NO.

100

-

PRODUCT .

METRO RAIL PROJECT A740 CHECKED REV. NO.

______ rnNTRACT NO. ASSEMBLY DWG.

018-324-0773 TITLE

VENTILATION FANS APPROVED DATE

2

DELY. ITEM OTt DESCRIPTION DWG, No, OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS.

$ ESTIMATED WEIGHT

0o4 a FAN ASSEML1 OTE CO-D-12544 EACH CONSISTING O :

I CASING SECTION SUB 005 C0-D-12381 - ______

3

I ANTI-STALISECTION SUB 005 co-0-12588

2 FLEX.CONNECTION 91)5012 CO-C- 11151

I Access DOOR SUBOOS CO-C-11147 I IMPELLER(160-8O-IO) sos DCI CO-D- 12366

I Mcno SuB 016

5 GASKET suB oaa SI2iI.D.

4 ANT-VIBRATION PAD SUB 022 10

I-SET ASSEMBLY BOLTS 91)8032

l2

13

2 FAN ASSEMBLY SVF C0-D-12545

EACH CONSISTING OF : IS

I CASING Seciios SUBOO5 C0-012333 I IMPELLER CASING SUBOOS C0-C-11149

- ______

2 FLEX. CONNECTION SU5012 CO-C-1i1S2

I ACCESS000R $iJsOOS 00-0-11150

I lMPELLEg224-ll2I2 SUBOGI CO -0-123.64

-- _____ I MOTOR SusOI6

S GASKET sos 032 7'-4j I.D.

4 ANTI-VIBRATION PAD SOB 022 23

_____ 1-SET ASSEMSer SeLls susosa 2

NOTE REFER To ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOcATIOEMS S

MARKING ALL SHIPPING ITEMS TO..HAV.E DELIVERY ITEM N0s AND SUB.N0: CLEARLY WEIGHT::.

SHIPPED IN MARKED CRATES.

/

NOVi3fq9y /

NOTE

1. 1111111 S - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD


- FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO FIELD

SYM. REVISION DATE BY CHK'D Rd FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

DELIVERY LIST

SF1akt CUSTOMER

S.C.R.T.D. METRO RAIL PROJECT A740 DRAWN

B.B.

DWG.NO.

CO-A-12999 SHEET I OF

SUB.NO.

00%

- Flakt Canada Ltd. PRODUCT .

VENTILATION FANS

CHECKED REV. NO.

C NTRACT NO.

18-324-0773 ASSEMBLY DWG.

TITLE

IMPELLERS APPROVED DATE

DEL?. ITEM OTY. DESCRIPTION

I

DWG. No. OR DIM. AND MAT L SPECS. ESTIMATED

WEIGHT

FAN ASSEMBLY EF CO-13-I541 I

FAN ASSEMBLY OF CO-b-IS42 FAN ASSEMBLY UF-041 C0-b--12543

- ______

FAN ASSEMBLY OTE Co-p-1a544 I FAN ASSEMBLY SYF CO-D-1aS45

S

7

CCI 29 pJJRASSt 224-112-12 co-D-12364 24100 EACH CONSISTING OF :- 9

I HUB CO-C-11262

I Disc Co-c-naps - _____

11

I RIM CO-C-11289

12 LOCIC%NG PLATE CO-B-11017 '3

a BLAn. C0-C-l%294 15

IS

002 IC IMPELLER Assy. 160-80-10 CO-b-12365 18

'9

20

21

22

23

24

NOTE REFER TO ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS FOR LOOATIOEMS OL LBS

MARKING: ALL SHIPPING ITEMS TO HAVE DELIVERY ITEM NOs AND Sue.NO:s CLEARLY MARKEDI 1iieo IN SHIPPED IN MARKED CRATES.

NOTE

NflVJ37999 /

Lllscn S FLAKT STOCK SENT TO FIELD

Sd' - FLAKT STOCK SENT TO SHOP

R' - FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO FIELD

SYM. REVISION DATE BY CHKD Rd FLAKT PURCHASE SENT TO SHOP

2

-- LOVERALL

C 7'-I'FANSECTloN C-j F P

ftL 1--- -m r A

T---L /

H di

IS x24 Ac DOOR /

// -

-/

/

K - --- - ---

:- Q--' F- --I-- 0 - -- -

-+ / I I I!

I -

H //

/ I

+ I

-/ I [J_J 6 N /

I

I

-d IF H

It / /

H! II

- I

I

i

N 4 rH I14 -II ii

-I,

6 -i

7 I

8

-

B E SpcsJ 6 B -

n.- '±-- t_ _ .- -+ -.- -t-

-

,H'

,7\\J

? ,

4i/flHi EIIIH /N +

CIA. HOLES FOR '2OIA.5OLT5

i+7" /\/NKK ii

I "-L___JI

dIHt -- '. -

:i:-- _T_1_1_0 --

L M 20 P M 404 !

- I0 NULLS FOR HDDOLTS

300" 4-RD DOLTS SIDE ELEVATION ARRANSEN1ENI HANDING (SEE TABLE')

ER ARRANGEMENT As DRAWN

R.ft ARRANGEMENT ACCESS DOORS & CONDuIT Dox 0p FAR SIDE

RE VISIONS

ISEO MIT

.//" /

\ / \>

-:

\ -.:

/

////" 0 -

- :

ll 3 3 a S

/ 0V1

Ol-

SE CT I 0 N ITICCOIIJIC"J PErUSES OTIU - --- 5-01 2081 OIlS FOR CLT-IIRZTICR

-------.-----------Th FAN DESIGNATION No-

pUTi [F DII 1112 013 Qjr022 023 032 04l2 051 042 012 073 074 081 083 091 093 102

J57 071 082084092101 flTF/I}ThI

I

DE5IGNATI Nc A ±.±.L -

------

--------

ftLL .E- I

L1=L H=-o= =--i-==--L.J IVRATISITIOTU1

b-V --- TOTAL - MOTOR

L=== 1,110 250 5180 25?

I_EF-0Il,D,Di3 Er oa 022 023 80

L*I/I2 l53 .t. ---------- 86

--

I0-6'i E;11a:o6 --- V 13 2r0 40

44 410

32" 1650

a 2685

EF031032041042 30 120166 5I5 523 B4a I26U5O 80 30 4110 3Ig 2175 2160 280

I EF-OSIDS? 5IO"i906"46T 5" 115 8" 17 -6 I0l0 -0 7-0" 2'-6" [

4-i 2'-1 C 480 0770 200

EF061,062 [

8'-O" I

9L" 309" 5 IS 3' 17 806 I0'-0a 0" 15165 3U 3IIII6 2IS3 1100 110010 200

-

EF-073,0741o83 L1-.

loIo1I 10-0" H±-_

4081 5 19

Is

5" 9

±1-oV

l01612 Y-0"

I0'-6 504" - 74/2G 42 17'-4 21-C r4--2--

3'/i3? I

1650 10,470 200 11,110 250

084 092 1393 H ID?

1000" 10000

/6 IOU 5,-U"

-6 519 2 I4

5" 19

H I0-6 BUs

I01603 -4"1 H4a 0H7026J41[?II

I&_01 2-C 4I4 5I/ 1650T 1330

1,110 250

REFERENCE DRAWINGS I- IMPELLER ASSEMBLY C0-D-12364 CASINO SECTION C0-D-12383 IMPELLER CASING C0C41148 ACCESO DOOR C0-C-11150 FLEXIEJO CONNECTION CO -C-1I152

12

Vsl

-fl

ITEM I

DESCRIPTION I

ORG. NO. OR DI U. I

MATRIAL I

I

SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. NUNS 091 OS OSY VARIANT CISEIIISIIII.

PANS 101 & IS" THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMSTI SR TIIEUUOR IS TIlE PROPERTY OP PEARl CANATA LTD. ASS IS SUBJECT TO RETURN SPOR REQUEST. IT ISCONPIOENTIALSNDSOSJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION 555 MOST NOT SE MADE PAULIC NOR COPIES NSF USES DIRECTLY ROR INTl RECTLT IN INS HUT DETRIRENT"SL ID THEIR INTEREST.

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ANE: IPLUS -, P,IITA 1

RIO" - STRUCTURAL OVERALL lIlt

ALL OTHER SIlOS' NON-WCCRMRLATIEE

YCRATRACT __

I

000TATIOBNT I

RID NOINOOT ASOTIREE. DUO C-IISS?4O713 _ SFC _

I - I

50uT-4ERU CALIFORNIA RAPIG TRANSIT DISTRICT

METRO RAIL PROJECT A740 - (]ENERAL ARRANGEMENT Dr FANS EF E259

I 2

I 3

I _I__.H :t i::::: I 8

LOVERALL OvE AMGE

.

L __- _- '-I FAN SECUON 4@ c J E Scs@ !

1 ----

!

l A

L7® * () J2 ia 9) A is

- \% t - i ___7

t f__ ii-

I

it ]It I %DPA hoLEsFoRD,A BOLTs

I ii r

I 1F]k II " F

N\

1H

H7d \

77 / //

: I / :

N ': r

1H1 !r: t--H--1 : /c 7/7 -4. !. ,( I . F U- ) ! 7 7

B

-- I =HH t -H _ft : : 4-_._- !---a-= , Lt i' i'j

P- T I H j j I T b tct:L fT +-I '7

\Nc\ :® - /

_v____t HW J \

LF

CH : T: i

4

// Yil

\)': \; H

:t tt IIILIL

TT:: Th H Y ;! ' ;L

- U U I

U C

i; _[ !

! . 2" t :

A ': lr :

I 'N I

!

M j_ 2L6" P M

" !

! , - 'e WA. HOLES FOR t"DIA. Ht. oLTS !

F03 i;c:&i:ZtI OSFS O;LY

- - - 4-o \\ /I - o1

/ SIDE ELEVATION r SECTION A-A 2Fc "I -

I ARRA6EMENT HANDI3(SEE1ABLE _ III _____ I- I AC 0A I 4

:

-' ' 9

co Lh. ARRANGEMENT As DRAWN .1 I81ELAEUEACTLSATOR

------------- RH. ARRANGEMENT ACCESS Doogs & CONDUIT Box6 ON FAR SIDE JJCo2p CAST IRON

I I - I I'] i

.16 Gsss_____________ oo.tSa&_ T_

V I ISCORESECTIUN 120AIt.. Ar36 I 4F0CKETS 4 SCUT 12 orop 4 SR.E'RTHILPLATE I---------- -----------------

- WELDED To EAR - I DIA ROUND BAR 13]±LAP_VAN_E __.J3AA .. A-OS

SECT 0N5OC I __ B Ho TSNAjAN_Nrpj±fERESF_LLL7N'4 D

' V V FAN __I 2 ±Js.tSSlIIoiEEANoE F.BS& GALV. STEEL

-1 FANS A CT P IThIC C - LI T 1/ I M F-I tRAM ITION TOTAL IARR25? I 2 J±F-jTRANSITIONFLANCE LO11A31xTi GAINSTEEL -DEsIGNATIoNNor UI C, HF- '*1 ES i_N I YLTF-2)WT(th)JHAN0INs I HonsTACUFLANGE A-OS

I 4l s'Iia I I7'-0' 1020 I 19[ANTI-STAELFLANGU L32"Nj A-OS

I

HF RHTRAN1 4 IC

0 4 6 rti± 13L- 7 6 o 8 16b0 2 6 II 3 4'a 5915 RH 48ICASINSJOTNLELN_LOV2_4 A35

LU ----I - 7 L [ThC1 77 j 7 2 42JcAiE___ -.v'_ A-36

1UFCId 6 70 o 5 LIL 131702 744 140 IS 211 36e 795 5560 LH 6MoTokooHrFRAMEr4O4T - flhiTo7L 0 80 4- 15 9 5H515' 86H 0 16-0 26 2IIa 3'6 1205 6280 RH ____ IItLL!__ iZOSO10CASTALUM_.__ -------------------- ---a ICF 2 50 80140 519 H1r 5686 ISO ISO 0 II 36 [875 5720 LH L4IBGONNEcTI ___ ____ OAT

- -- - ___-- I - 2 j2TEANSfllONBJz SPLIT) l0s&. GALV.SIEEL

UP -031.0 2 8-0" 5LQT 4135 511 5 51 9 5'-6 -3' 15'-6 i 3'-3 2'-lV 31 41 93 5830 RH

I 3 ANpSTALLSECTION t._____ A36

baciloN B- B" CE 34] ER DRAWING NO CO D-12435 I I lCASNG (How,z. SPLI4 '4t. A-AS

ThE -042 6LChI6JOI 31_7T H 5111111 G-6s 4l_4 41_3 p31_3' 3R 31_311 31_IOU 615 5200 L.H.

USANTCTT ITEM[ DESCRIPOON DWSNO OR SM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

UEO 45i60 36 3 13 SII'72 _Lf Tr± ±1'Li Th±LñiliH I 4Flakt FLAKT CANADA LTD 052 ol_oT; 41 1_j_1 11125 6' -65 4-4 j121_6_1 3 590 5 53 -

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION EHEREON IN THE PROPEETO OF FIGHT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST IT IS CANT'S ENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPTR IGIET PROTECTION AND MUST NOT GE MADE PUBLIC NOR

K ER CR EN E RAW IN 5 COPIE DNOR USES DIRECTLT ROIl INS' RECTLT IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL 10 TREI R lUTE REST. E CLIRITRACT NO. ASSTUTI ON NO EEC. NA NEST 5550 REF. ERG DRAWN SATE SUE. NO

IMPELLER ASSEMELt 00-0-12365 C-IIS-204-O773 SEC B.B 7APR.85 00

tH CATINLI SECTiON

CO 0 2382 ORWNOThDABEIPWOANSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPIOTRAN0IT DISTRICT

A RElNAtCORn.\tThDSTS ER J

AC-ES- DOOR - 0-0-11147 MACHIMNG.Dlr- STRUCTURAL 1-ERALLII1_- METRO RAILPROOECT -A740 I -1-0 8RKUO IASIARS ,STG CATYGS ES ALL OTHERS II3D RON-ACCUMULATIVE EWE NO REV

DYNE RERSIONS SATE EYCHEDI FLEXIBLE CONNECTION 00C11151 OENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF FANS UF CO-D-12360 C

EO Nil t

I 2 L

d H I 5 6 :jI: ; 8

: r : ---- ------ ------ .. --- -1 t-

:

_______4c ------ _ . - 41- -®s_____ 5!A A

C E E-O,/s.Ft.

0 ? L!2 IB4AEsDh @ @) j1

/ / N K/JII \ \ H

11 I . /(s\ii/ \

I (L- '; \ I _] H I L '8AHOLE5FOR"aA.BGCS 1j ii2:it )

4--- B

- L±l -- L - - Ph HH -F:-r TI tt

' : 4 \ /A__________

H cN w

LA

3LL/ - -

T -- -. ::-:

I I

I iLAKTCAi4ACAi.IOH

D 26YI C i -9 I NOV I PVSVLTO 050051 oAY-

- - -

- I '8 ois. hOLES Fog H - C'. BOLES BR 550

rcA CONTIPIJO 015

I---' GO HE UVIT

SIDE ELEVAtION hELlION °A-A" C -

-- Li_JjVjogoILQN±R_ -------- I ----- _LEJSI'< NEOPRENE

- Il7 TOEIOUO SO, I CAGTISON

E__± SASKEI 11111

i. _L__IIS.! COOSSECTION 1206. 1G. A-36

4 MO her eu,ocrnNE ---I-- IU&__ A36

- - L- 4RANSITIDN JOINT ELSNGEJ L21EOAEL C'

V F-AN __ 12 ------ 1? .ITCNSITNNLANS_j - 3'G5'5 SALTEOVEEL

FAN c TRT'ASIrIGN TOTAl I

2 IL TRANSITION ELAN E F_S 3 x GALS EL

IjOF_IC NATION NO A I I--- I[WT(LE) WT(LB)

]

I LtA STALL LANGE F 533 436

3rE1L ___I 2 9 3 4 3_EILI7O1.3IO I 9_f ANO OTALLFLANUL L3 3U 436

[ oio-j r230 11.6V 31]T 313E! 480

c25E A-36

- - - _i2 CASO-OG FLANGE 4-36

I I I6iNTCT0R ---

I i S IMMELLEP I Sl 60 -80-ID CURT GLOB-I.

REFERENCE DRAWINGS _2 -- j1!RJB±LCF4ELLIQJ__ _____________

-5 TEANSIrIOTS IJIBRIZSPuT) IOoIt GALS STEEL

IMPELLER ASSEMBLY CO-C'- 12366 I 2 I ANTE- SEALL SECTION If4L 434

5ECT1ON Bb5 CASINO SECTION C0-D-12331 I I ICASINO (150CC. CELlS) I . 4-36 -_-

QUANTITY ITEM - ERSTRIETIVN DAD NO. OR TIM ATRRIAL*E IT ANTI-STALLSECTION COOHsSSS ACCESS000RCOCIII - IiFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD.

- - VARIANT FIDEIE IDE

FLEXIBLE CONNECTION CO -C -1151 - -- - - ___________________ THIS DRAWING AYE ALL INFORMATION TEEREON ID TEE PROPERTY OF FLEET CANADA LTD AWE IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REOUSVT.IT IV CONFIDENTIAL ANT SUBJECT TO COPIRIDAT PROTETTIDII All S MUTT NOT RE MADE PUELIT NOR

0'155L O W45 3 42 NOV. I

' COPI ED NOR USEE EIRETTLV NOR IN DI RECTLI1 'NARY WAY DETRIMENTAL- TO ThEIR INTEREST. E

P.. ELLSISTSWWGiRA.EG.A. UIE9IEB C1150540773

TOOTATIONNO RD

]

DEOTAVVY REF IRIS TRARN DATE 88

C -0. 21' CASIRU OEAS 5'.2T5f -

B LRPSLI.ERUPLETZVVN. IA .

DOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPIO1RANSIT DISTRICT SCALE TUITOMERD REF

4 EEVD.IN k-LORS.VI,m CosT -- MUCRININOVIE - STRUCTURAL ORERALLEIlR METRO PAl PROJECT A 740 I - I -O

MSEKET IGV bATED IT JUILSS - -

ALL OTHERS ISlE NON -ACCIIMULAISRE TRY VT REV

TREE NEWSIONS DAEE NT CR50 OENERAL ARRANOU-iEt-u DF FANS UT E CO-D-t26 I B

RIO NIl

:10

21:61

REVISIONS

RAG ETI

3 fl

17- A OUERALL (SYF-IL) lB -0" OVERALL (SvF-2L)

- 9'-lI" FAN SECTIAN

-1-

2-9 (DyE-IL) 41Ou(5VF2L

27R 9V

/ /

V II

/

r'-t- -t

I

r

I

ISRx?4VACCSSS DOOR

/

I------I

I

4JIII-I --TI,

- H

}WYt

Jrtei-r

I .

I.. I!j i]

I ("16" I

II

II "H -

L -

-0 2L4(SvF.IL) - 5-10" (DvF-L) 2 (SEE RL) -

SIDE ELEVATION

4- H. D. So LT S

6 7

d-6a OGLE CLANGS -

9:SPcD,®c .",/C -------------------

--iLJ : 1i± I --i-- 1---H

I

\\

+ /

2 /

/ N

Z 1T[4TE A-

--_-.-- - ,-uo

'--

I'8OIAHDLES FOR H.D.SoLrs

REFERENCE DRAWINGS

SH." ----------- 4 .-H31---

4:6 ......... ________

SECTION "A-A"

IMPELLER ASSEMBLY CO-D-12364

CASINO DESiGN 00-0-12383

IMPELLER CASING C0-C-11149

ACCESS DOOR CO-CHIISO

FLEXIBLE CONNECTION CO-C-Ill 52

B

-i

C

FOB ISFOSUTTJDS IYJYFOIIS CITES 501 00 II UT15 POT COSSTUL.EIIOM

WEIGHTS

FAN SECTION

TOTAL

-

9J00 L

IIjOOLS.

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE; IPLUS 0 MINUSI

- TFRSCTSRWL opE,N_L'I;r ALL BONERS lIED' NOR! -A000MULATRE

I I 6 I VOICE 250 HP I FRAME SIZE 4491

I I

5 IMPELLER F Sizs 224-112-12 I STEEL IEUUINLS5RDJ____

FLEXIBLE C ONI-IECTION ICUAT SOOT Iiptsn O0Mc_,_

-

E

SWJ lOs. v.sEEELI

1 2 IMPELLER CASING I W' t. I A-56 I

I 1 I CASING (HOGC.SPLIT) I' A-36 OUASTITY LTENI DEScRIPTiON DES NO OR ELM. MATERIAL

VARIANT

1 ThFlakt CLITSUIRIA 0,1,

FLAKT CANADA LTD. THIS TSARINA AND ILL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OP ELART CANATU LTD AND'S SUBJECT TO ScOURS UPON REBUT St IT IS COIIPIDENTI AL ANT TUBA TED TO COPYRIART PROTECTION ANT MUST NOT SE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLT NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANT RAT DETRIMENTAL DO THEIR INIENETO.

CONTRACT ISO I

C-I 152240773 I

000TATION NO I RCA NO INERT AUTO I REP ORE

SEC I I I

I DRAWN

I SB.

I DATE I SUB. NO.

III APR.88 I 'CO

SOUTFIERN CALIFORHIA RAPID TRANSIT DISTRICT I ow

I

IAPRR0RET I

I

.

I'1 ETRO RAIL Fpc,o ECT - A740 I

I

bENERALARRANGEMENT OF Fns SVF-IL,-2L

I OCELE I CUSTOMERS REP D/4

IDWONO

CO-D-I2362 INEF

B

1 I

2

S

REVISIONS

REG All

3

-

4 H--

5

4-HOLES 7'SDIA. -

Fos 34'DIA. HANGER BOLTS

(SUPPLIED By CUSTOMER')

:

111

L4J J

/

N N N H N .,.i IL U Jbr1!l ftH("khi HI

H NH -______ // Hç SH:Y

I

L iu_Lu I --r-----(ffl __t 'N

2'7 23 CI(sJ 3L

'7 31011 j - _,ij

.,. --------

SDE ELEVATION

-r

NJ PD

'-0

1.

6

'2'

1"

-' APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS

FAN SECTION 3970 LB.

TRANSITIOMS(2@72O 440 LB.

r0TALwEGHT's4loLB.

REFEENCE DRAWINGS IMPELLER ASSEMBLY C0-O-12365 CAS,rn SECTION 00-5-11271 ANTI-STALLSECFION 00-0-12527 ACCEEL DOOR C0-C-1I272

FL.EXIELE CONNECTION CO -c-Ill SF

HANGER SuPPORT FRAME ----- 00II273

______ 9NB ELNGE I / I a

SEcTIoN"A-A' 0'DlOLC0NbTRT

ITEM I

DESCRIPTION I

OWO NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL BEGAT

I I I

SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT CMGUUISk

RID DRAWING AND AlL IN PORMATION ThEREON IS VIlE PROPERTU OF FLAYT CANADA LTD. AND IS DULlEST TO RETURN 'TON REOUEST I V IS EONFFOENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYR GIlT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR :OPIEO ROB bED DIRECTLY NOR IN DIRECTLY I NUNT WAY GET RIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST.

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS SINLESS SOUTI-IERN CALIFORNIA RAPID rRA OTHERWISE NOTED ARE, PLUS ME II

MACHINING -SIP" - STRUCTURAL OVERA LLIIl6 METRO RAIL PROJ ECT A 740 ALL OTHERS 0132' NON-ACCNMULNTINE

A

B

I 2

©

D:TAIL 5A"

b

4

SUM REVISIONS loAm I 1011151

RIO III

I 6 ..

I. MOTOR BASE PLATE ri Cps,rGSECrIori (I) SwouBE CH'ClcEb

To EN$URETHAT, IF NECESSARY, MOTOR CAN 3E'5HI'IMED UP -

Fo INSTALLATION.OF IMPELLtR.

2. MOTOR SHOULD BE MOUNTEb Iri CAING 5'EêTIoi.A$Ir1ELR .. A

I CASING® BOLTED To CASING SECTiON. SEE DETAIL5A" 3. Usrs& A ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION ARM ATTA'CKE6TO NoO- - 4 t t.. -. / SHAFT MOTOR SHOULD BE CEHIRALISCO WITHIN IMPELLER CAEIHS -"4. .... -.

. 4. '' Ori CoMpLsiiDr. OFABOVE, MOTOR CAN.SELOCKEDIFr POSITION

Usirie BoLrS, NUTS© ANoWAs34. TORQUE MOTOR HOLD Dowri BOLTS To 240 LEFT. . -

/ / / \' .

,.'-

S. DRILL ANO DOWEL 3gOIA. AT THREE PLACS ri MA-iIiàFLANsE- I . -- 0; CASING SECTION AND IMPELLERCASING,THEN REMOVE

IMPELLER CASIM / 6. IMPELLER ASSEMBLY® CAN BE INSTALLEDON MOTOR SHAFT ,y/

AND LOCKED Is PLACE WITH HUBWASHER, BOLT AND

5Pgria WASHERS. Appci LOCTITE 2'2 To THREAD Op BOLT

1\ 4 Bco AS$Er-SL1 ANDTDR4UEID 3LB.PT. B

___L_d - -. -----I-- 7, REINSTALLIMPELLERCA$INGThCA5INGSECTIONNG

DOWELSR ALIGNMENT. I / S. CLEARANCE BETWEEN lIP OF EACH BLADE AND INSIDE Op

'--.

,/ I

IMPELLER CASING To BE CHECKED AriD M.JNT.EINEDATO,IS0°

c . CONDUIT, FITTINGS Ario HARDWARE To BE SIZED Fog MOTOR

7\C.F....' I PER NEC STANDARD.

313$ a31 ..............

SEE NOTE 4

C ANA LTD

WOVI0;9

101 5000ISTOTI iJETOSRU GIST a SD El USES 105 ECESIEnni

SIAN UT ITEM DEICRIPTIOIR_____j_ SRI HIS. OR DIM. MArERILwErSAr

J SF1akt PLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT

IRIS DRAWING IWO SEE LI FORNAIIORI TRSREA LI THE PROPERTY 0' FLAPIVCANAIA LIES AND IS ESOJECT It RETURN UPON REDSEIT IT IS CONFIDENTIAl. AND SURJECT TO cORI0ST PROTECTION AND MAST NOT RENtAL FJSLIO AloE COPRO NORUSSO OLRECI'LF NOR RWLRECTLIIWARRTWAEIEIRIRCET4L ID THEIR INTEREST

TOLERANCES OR DIMENSIONS UNLESS I Sow HERN CALIFORNIIA FAPIOTRAI451T DISTRICT I OThERWISE NOTED ARE PLUS' MINI 1 ''"" IiALE I 0510*155 REF

MACILRHSO Sir. STRUCTURAL ONSRALLIRIr I METRO RAIL PROTECT - A740 I TIO1

I ALL O1RITRS, 117 )IDIR-AEC*s*RAIEIT I - DAD NO REV

IRtUDASSEMBLYOFFNjjE CU-D-2541 IA

D

YISIS

RIG OIl

2 I .3

®' L

DETAIL "A

4 5

/ 6..

22

7 8

NOTES MOTOR BASE PLATE In CASINO SECTION® SHOULD So CHECKLU

TOENSORETHAr, IFNECESSARY, MOTOR CAN BE SHIMNLO UP.

FOR IFISTALLATIONOF IMPELLER.

2. Moroi SHOULD BE Mouwroo 'N CASING SECTION AND AN1I-STALL- A

SECTION® BOLTEDTO CASING SECTION.

3 USING AN A000STAOLE EXTENSION Mn ArTACNEDTD Moiog

§ff5 _ MOTORSHOULO BECEPITRALISEDWITHIN ANSI-STALLSECTION.

4. Ow COMPLETION Or MOVE, MOTOR CAN B LOCKED IN P&SIT,ON

ihINe 5OL,S(i UTS( AND WASHEQ56.

TORQEIE MOTOR HOLD DOWN BOLTS To 240 LOFT. - 5.. flRILLAND DOWEL3'4DIA. ATTHREE PLACES IN MATING FLANGES

OFCASING SECTION AND AHTI-STALLSECTION,THEN REMOVE

ANTI-STALL SECTION.

6. IMPELLER ASSEMELY CAN BE INSTALLED ON MOTOR SiAn AHAD LOCKED IN PLACE WITN Hue WASHER©,.SCREW © AND

YBthC WASHER IT. Appo LoCTITE 242 To THREAD OF SCREW

BEFORE ASSEMBLE ANDTORQUETO 30 LOFT.

7. RE-INSTALL ANTI-STALLSECTIONTO CASING SECTION, USING

DOWELS FOR ALIISNTEHT. I

-I--

8. CLEARANCE BETWEENTIP OF EACH SLAQE AND INSIDE OF

ANTI-STALLSECTIONTOBECNECKED AND MAINTAIIED AT 0.150".

INSTALL BLADE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY©.

10. CSNDUIT,FTTTINSS AND HARDWARETO BE SItED FOR MOTOR

PER N.E.C. STANDARD.

i.....

H oV 01989

ISSUED

II*SOMAITI YOIDDSES OTt(;

IC ID NI 040 100 COCT0tA

THIS DRAWING APPLIESTO ALL UF FANS BKCEPT UF-041.

FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY OF UF-04I, SEE Dwc. CO-D-12543 TOLERANCES ON OIMENSION 'INLES

orRlERwIsE NOTED ARE: (Plus 4 ROlE. 'I WACIIININO -Sir. NTRIUCTIIRAL OWE ROLL III N'

ALL OThERS lIlt NOR-0001NALATITI

OlIAITITY ITAM I

OESCRIPTIORI I

SAG NO. OR DIN. I

N ATCR:AI. REIAIIT

1 SF1akt FLAKt CANADA LTD. VARIER' 0

HIll ORANII S AN DALL INFORMATION THEREON IS ORE PNOPCRTT OF FLARI CANADA LID. AND IA SARAECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST IT IS CONFIIA NUlL ANT SI) IJECT TO COPYRIGHT PNTTLCTION AND MUST NOT IC MADE PUALICN OR COPIED NOR ATE S DIR ECTLT NOR INOI IFCTL( IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO TM FIR INS ERECT O00ETRACT 40 OAIOTIT ION 40 I R EDNONFOTASOY REF ORG INAWN OAT; EAR NO C-IIO-324-OI1a SFt 5.5. ISSEE 08 00

0100. RIPROETO IWO TYPE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPIDTRANSIT DISTRICT __________________

SCALE OJTTORERS REF.

METRO RAIL PROJECT- A740 0*0 NO REP

FIELD ASSEMBLY OF FANS UF CO--I254 A

ID

1 - I

2 S

S

II I II I

t=tL H r

H ii

ii I

II L_j I

ii

vrr

DETAIL "A"

VIS.IONS

REQ UI

4 .1

5 I

6 'I

NOTES

I, MTDR CASE PLATE IN CASING SECTIONED ENDLILO BE CHECKED

To EMSUEETHATR

Ic NECESSARY, MOTOR CAN BE SHINNED Ur

FOE INSTALLATION Or IMPELLER.

2. MoTOR SHOULD BE MOUNTED IN CASING SECTION Ajn ANTI-STALL A

SECTION® BDLTEOTO CASINO SECTION.

3 Uine AN ADJUSTABLE EVTENSION ARM Ar,ACHEDTO MOToR

SHAFT MOTOR SHOULD BE CENTRALISEOWITHIN ANTI'STALLSECTION.

4, Oc COMPLETION Oc ABOVE, MOTOR CAN BE LOCKED IN P051,1CM

USING BOLTS@, NUTE@) ANDWASNERS.

TORQUE MOTOR HOLD DOWN BOLTS I0 240 LEFt - S. DRILL AND DOWELT'4'DIA. A TNREEPLPCEZ IN MATING FLANOES

Or CASING SECTION AND ANTI-STALLSECTION,THEN RET-TONIc.

,ANTI-STALLSECTIDN.

6. IMPELLER ASSEMBLY® CAN BE INSTALLED ON MOTOR SHAET

LoC,cED IN PLACEWITH HUBWASNER6, SCREW AND

SPRING WASHERE APPLY LOCTITE 242 To THREAD Or SCREW

B BEFORE ASSEMBLY ANDTOEQUETO 30 LUFT.

7. RE- INSTALL ANTI'STALLSECTIONTD CASING SECTDN,USING

DOWELS Foot ALIGNMENT.

8. CLEARANCE BETWEENTIP Or EACN BLADE AND INSIDE O

ANTI.STA.LLSECTIOUTOBECFIECKED AND MAINTAINED AT 0. IS0'

9. INSTALL BLADE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLN6D.

0. WELD HANGER SUPPORTFRRIMES ® Io N,TI-SIRLL AND CAAINO SECTIONS. - II, CONDUIT, FriTINGS AND HARDWARE To BE SIZED FOR MOTOR

PER N.E.C. STANDARD,

C

ItAnzAAL1

NOV 101969

ISSUED

: otl00DCC

7

EHOCRIPTION SAG NE OH TIM. MATERIAL WTISRT

F1akt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT CanaIlaLId

IllS ST AMISS AN S ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS TIlE PROPERTY OF RANT CANASA LTD AIlS IS 5004 CCI TO RETURN POE RESUEST IT IS CONFI TENTIAL 5115 SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECT ON AND MIST SOT BE MADE PUBLIC 1100 SPIES NOR USED DIRECTLY N DR INDIRECTLY III ANYWAY DETHlEN1AL TO THEIH INTEREST

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS 'INLESS SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPID TRANSIT DISTRICT j_ OTHERWISE NOTED AREi IPLUS, - MINk,. 5- SIRSCTURML OVERALL ITS' METRO RAIL PROJ ECT A740 I OHS NO. REV ALL OTHERS br lION. ACCUMALATIVE

FIELD ASSEMBLY Or FAN UF-041 Ico-D1a5431 A

I

I]

FAN,SIOHRS

RED III

_il

2 I 3

4'-II'

H1

1-

ri

DETAIL 'A"

II

4

SEE NOTE'?

5 I 6

it

- - SEE DETATL"A1 \ --.

I

7 I 8

NOTES

I. MOTOR BASE PLATE IN CASING SEèTIOM 0 SHOULD BE CHECKtD

To ENSURETHAT, Ir Nse 1IloToR CAN Bs SHOINEOthI

FOR INSTALLATION Or IMPElLER.

2. MOTOR SHOULD Bz MOUNTED IN CASINO 5cT,oN AND ANn-STALL

SEcTIoN® BOLTED To CASING SECTION.

3. US,io AN ADIJSTASLEExTCNSIONAIU1A1TACHEDT0MbTOR

SHAFT, MOTOR 5Ho0w BE CENTRALISEDWITHIN ANTI-STALLSECTION.-

4. Or COMPLETION Or ABovE ,MOTOR CAN BE LOCKED IN POSITION

USING B0s6j?, NUTS©ANDWASHERS. TORGUE MOTOR HOLD DOWN BOLTS To 240 LB.FT.

5. DRILL AND DOWEL 34

DIA. AT THREE PLACES INMATING FLANOES

__________ Or CASING SECTION AND ANTI-STALL SECTION,THEN REMO'4E

ANTI-STALL SECTION.

g IMPELLER ASSEMSLT® CAN Bs INSTALLED ON FIOTORSNAFT

Aso LOCICED LACEWITH HLIBWASHER, SCREW dD1Q

/ k SPRING WASNEIZ APPLY LOCTITE 242 To THREAD 0; SCREW

BEFORE ASSEMBLE ANDTORQUETO 3D LWFT.

7. RE-INSTALL N.TI-STALLSECTIONTO CASING SECTION, USING

-- DOWELSFOR ALIGNMENT.

ISHIM As RE 'U. B. CLEARANCE BETWEEN TIP Or EACH BLADE AND INSIDE Or

ANTI-STALL SECTIONIe BECNCI<ED AND MAINTAINED AT 0. I5O1

CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND HARDWARE To BE SITED FOR MOTOR

/ PER NEC STANDARD.

LLE': - H

NA A LTD.

NOV I 0 1989 SOD I:ITCflTT.Ci PODDOSTS DIEt; 1101 WSI USDA OH SONIIILESOHI

ISSUED

DESCRIPTION DwS NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

.jjjJrs-Flakt FLAKT CANAPA LTD.

VAVIAVr

THIS DRAWING AND ALL IN FORMATION THEREON IA iRE PROPERTY OF FLAKY CANADA LTD. AND IS DUHAECT TO RETURN UPON REOLEST. IT IS CONflEENTLAL AND AU A,IKOT TO COPYRIGHT PTECT ON AVID MUST NOT BE MADE POOLE NOR CORED NOR USED DIREC ILl NOR INEIHECTLI IN ANYWAY DETRIMENTAL 10 THEIR INTEREST.

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: IPLL' OR MN TI TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SOUTHERN CAUFORNIp, RAPIOTITANSIT DISTRICT I

SCALE MACHINING Dir. IIRUCTURAL OVERALL VIII'

I

ME VITO RAIL PROJECT A 740 I . 11.01 CUDIOME

ALL OTHER' I Dr NON.ACCAMIILATHE

I _________________________________________________________ I

DAMS NO

fIELD ASSEMBLY OF FANS GTE CO-D-12544

B

ic

''1

v,SIS

PRIG III

N

3

. +j I ----:

t.\\-J. _Ij

DETAIL 'A

4

3'-

I B

SHIM Asaco

NJOrES

I. MOTOR BASE PLATE iN CASING SECTION® SHOULD BE CHECkED

A

-

a

-

To ENSURE THAT, IF NECESSARY, MOTOR CAN BE SFIIF.IFIED U

FOR JNGTALLATION Or IMPELLER.

2, MOTOR SHOULD BE MOUNTED IN CASING SECTION AND IMPELLER

CASIN® SOLTED To CASING SECTION.

3. USING AN ADJUSTABLE EXTEISION ARM ATTACIIEGTO MOiOR

SHAFT, MOTOR SHOULD Bs CEN1RALIED WITHIN IMPELLER CASING.

4. ON COMPLETION OF ABOVE -MOTOR CAN BE LOCKED IN P0SITI&.

USINC3 BOLTS©, MLIT$© ANDWAS4. TORQUE MOTOR IlotD DOWN BOLTS Io 240 LB.FT.

5. DRILL AND DOWEL '4 OIA,AT THREE PEACES IN MATING-FLANGES

Or CASING SECTION AND IMPELLER CASINJ THEN REMOVE

IMPELLER CASING.

6. IMPELLER ASSEMBLY© CAN Ba INSTALLED ON MoTOR SHAFT

AND LOCKED IN PLACE WITH HUBWAGHER1, BOLT AND

SPRING WASNERIV). APPLY LOCTITE 242 To TNREAD OF BOLT

BEFORE ASSEMOLY AND TGRQUE1O 30.. 7. RE-INSTALL IMPELLER CASING To CASING SECTION !!!G

DOWELS FOR ALIGNMENT.

8. CLER&NCE_BETWEEN IP O EACH BLADE ANO INSIDE Qp

IMPLLER CASINO To BE CHECkED AND MAINtAINED ATO.ISON,

CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND HARDWARE To Bs SIZED FOR MOIDR

PER NEC STANDARD.

1'

SEENOTE4

/

D

I IitM DESCRIPTION I

ERG NO OR SIN. I

MATERAL WEISHYT

II GFlaktT FLAKT CANADA LTD. AERIAST

THIS DRAWING UPON REQUEST. COPED NOR SUES

I

AND ALL IT IS

DIRECTLY

INFORMATION THEREON IA THE PROPERTY OP PLANT CANADA LTU AND IS DAUJECT TO RETURN COMFIA ENTIRL AND SUBJECT TO CDPYR IOHfl PROTECT ON AND MUST NOT SE MADE PUBLIC N OS NOW INDIWCTLPINANT WAR DETRIMENTAL TO ThEIR I NTEREST E I QUOTATION

C-IIS-3a4 -ofla s;c NO. SEE. NO I NEST USSR REF. DAD

..._j i I

DRAWN

SB. FONTE I SUB SO II6SEF.85I 100 __________

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA RAPIDTRAHSIT DISIIZICi CIWD. 1APPROVEO DWA

TYPE TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTNERWASE NOTED ARE: 151W' OR MIRr'I

MACSIININO air. TRSCTURAL 0 RERALLII, i- METRO RAIL PROJECT - A740 DCAL F CUSTOMERS REF

I 1-0' I

DNA NO

CO-D-I?545 REV.

IA

ALL OTAEBSIIDrMOB.AccUMULATPJR

FIEu ASSEMBLY O FANS SVF

C

CO

-I--

3-2'4" J.:aL' 2-_-J_' x34-9 3-9

3/os £tcv,q rio/u

/ NOV

/ FOR FoHQAnon Aou1, 5EEBG,No.COC\\367 SSo

FOB INFORDAflOI PUE2OSS C?LY.

FOE

QUANTITY I ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

1 I I F1akt FLAKT CANADA LTD.

VARIANT Ha ki Ca Ulda U d. THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATIDN THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLANT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN - UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MAOE PUBLIC NOR kEVOIN Aocogo. WITH COST. COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INOIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THCIR INTEREST,

ERKEb PRINT OMEDNELZ,!8S IAN.

CONTRACT NO. QUOTATION NO. I KEG NO. I NEXT ASSI. I REF. OWO. DRAWN SUB. NG Fo-P. C-//a324-O773I SFC I I I

LHKD. REFDwsI4o. APPROVED OWG.TYPE TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS 5ourwecpJCaLIpo/uIn,Qp/o1,rD,5re,c7 SB. ADDED

S/tff&/CEC PH 1SCA E I CUSTOMERS REF OTHERWISE NOTED ARE (PLUS OR MINUS) P,coj'ecr /1 740 - '-o"

sEP730,i998/ ,ó., CL/.EIL/r ,14E1&DP 24 B B. WACHININO ,BB' - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1/16"

EEV,ssQ 7-c /F"I/CORP. -

AtL OTHERS 1fl2' NOH-R000MUIATIVE Uuioi, Sr,cr,o,v 1

DWG.NO. I REV

DATEIBY ICHKD EAJ 455Y- OF FN or-on CO-C - 1,22/

REG 610

I-,

Z'4' fl1/2. t1h.fl,E)efltL

SIDE ELrvr,oA1

-o

1

__NORPAtL A(R FLOv 9 (&x-iAUT)

_____ _______

______I

t

FOR FouNcATIoN LAYOUT, SEE Dwc1.tt,00-S-113'

NflVl3l

NOMO pijD?OS[S OiiI. 0

101 lEO SE USED [OR cONSTIUGULOUR

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT Flakt Canada Lid.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLART CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIREC , LY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRAOT NO. QUOTATION NO. I RED. NO. I NEXT ASSY REF DWG. ORAWN I DATE SUB NO

C//p-324.Q7,31 SFC I I

e_e 23/&i CHKO.

I APPROVED 0*5. TYPE SoorHpj

B AUDEOFOUNOATON I

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OR MINUSI

CpL,MlvrnQp,oThEn$,rD,s,Cr 8.8. I I

LA'ROUT Ov3,t4o. (S9 Oi'HERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS t'dey,co ?a/L P,eojEc7- a SCALE I CUSTOMERS REF

AD DES I .,

0.8.

j

.,4ACHININO .010., - STRUCTURAL OVERALL S/16 = 1to'

I

/Lt4JC.E,I2 5appo.-5r3 i- a ALL OTHERS IRaQ" NONACCuMULATIV UAJ/OAI Siwrio,&, DWO NO I

REV

SYM.] REVIS10NS bATE BY CHK{ 0

4ssy or F9A1 or- 012 CC-C- //ZZZ B r 5610

r II

2 2 -/i'/Z _J 4//a H 2 4 _/ 2-7Vz 3I9 3- 9" x 3-9" y

SIDE ELsvpr,o -

S

FOR FOUNDATION LAYOUT, Et BwoNo C0-C-1i369 pTi-rojj-j

fl ADDED FOUNDATIon -3

LAYOUT DWG. No. 19/3, BE ADDCD TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS 5/L,JPJCLE WPFORfl OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUSI Srpr 30/,vas r Ce-/Al,r t1,CE/-OP 24 fl' B B MACHINING .010" - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1/16-

QEV/ScD 2-0 ItJcOIap, ALL OTHERS 1132' NON-ACCUMULATIVE

SYM. REVISIONS DATE BY CHKD

510

510

Lj__

, or,4,4"+fJ," a,

NOR/thL AR FLD' -

H

I- I -

S/DE ELIv9rio

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: IPIUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING 010 - STRUCTURAL OVERALL lilt' ALL OTHERS 1/22" NON-ACCUMULATIVE

FOR FOUNDATION LouT, SEE Dwc,No. CO-C-11369 r'n I

NOV13 1O9

r '0pMtI ?U2G 1JSiE2_J

H

Q4AIS77ON UT-C 3/A

r/on.j

-7t

nfl no r (In rIO Inn -_____ I I ____L_-____L_----_

"I

J_J4I\1JUtThJjJ\ (\II I

-. --r --

/ IbWG.UFQATEXIF/CIQRIALLY. IAI)000 FOUNQPIT ION LAYOUT Uwet-lo.

I9/9

ADDED ,$tE/t'ttE SOPORT SEPT: 3C//t&/ ocr

I A ICLIEJUr n/JR-up 24 /I6 To //LFCOEP.

I

REVISIONS )DA BY (CHKD

SioE EL_EvNTJot-i

Fo FouNnAiow LAb/u SEE DwGNc Co -C-I 1370

N LILD (OR CoBuaIQ

1989 \

(OS cuIIO9

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWO NO. OR DIM. j MATERIAL WEIGHT

I I F1akt I FLAKT CANADA LTD.

VARIANT FIa CanIIII. THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TD RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CDNFICENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT SE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY OETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST.

DRAWN (DATE I SUB. NO CONTRACT NO I QUOTATION NC. I REQ. NO

c-Op-24-o773I SFC I

JkXTASSY REF Owe

? __________ CHKO APPROVED DWG.TYPE

rOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SourHeN Cat ,m2nJ'P QpP,-qPis1rD,37-cr SCALE I CUSTOMERS REF OTNERWISC NOTED ARE:, (PLUS OR MINUS

.c'g,',t Pgo..,ecr a 740 MACHINING .010' - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 'hr 5 TF// /1 ii- c- ,s flOT/o Al DWG.ND I REV ALL OTHERS i/ar NON-ACCUMULATIVE

_______ Qeu flssx or Fai OF- 031 CO-C-I/B 25

-I

.4'- °L_ ________ ________ TIQ/JNS'T' °fJ ,'4A1 a' o3z r,eg,v's, non] ,/. A7JCt 07-0324 C/T0328

1 t

II

- N rn 7 I I 7'

_J 7/

B A0000 FOUN0PCtIT LAYOUT OWS. No. ADD CO SCpr. 30//9 A c.''r ,1'?A REV/SO rU/i

REVISIONS

1

I (I II

[11

17. pAMAL 2J.f:!.

PLO vU

r 1

-- ...................

4.A&r.,..,..X. &t, f'U?;FzpRI....,Lk .2-a1_ :.'..t-: .ei .;

SIDE EiJEYiTiOtJ

1

FOR FOUNATION LAYOUT, SEE Uws,No. CO -0Th 370

NOV13 I99 r,S c1E

M TlOTJThUCtI Lxtriin.__i 0$1AcJiU>

QUANTITY DESCRIPTION DWG NO- DR DIM- MATERIAL WEIGHT

TTáFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT Flaki Canada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS TIlE PROPERTY OF FLART CANADA Lb. AND IS SUBJECT TO REIURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST Not BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO. I QUOTATION NO. REG. NO I NEXT ASS?. I REF RG. DRAWN TDATE I SUB. NO DAN C,(.24-0773I SFC

I I I e?-4°. CHKO. APPROVED ORG TYPE So2IreieRn Cgt,comvipQpp,Tgmvs,rD,src,c TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS s.s. *

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUSI SC4LF ,I CUSTOMERS REF t1Ergo ,Qrnt 4 740 ,c-- . Jcr M.ICHINIRO .010 . STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1 ,ir

TH /4 I L / TAT t I ORG NO I REV a I I ALLOTHERS 1132 NON-ACCUMULATIVE

jC0-C-//2a(c j13 Qz,u flssx or ,CaAI OF-032- RE 610

- .---

1 1

ii ___

ii--

/

SEPT 30/IWS A REV/5fi0 1 wcoi

F? 610

Sios E,LEV,cr,o,tI

I I 4 *

In

FLA Kr CANADA LT5

NOV OI989

FOR INFORLRAEtt- PU JR/S OR/I'

aOl JO OR LOW FOR ORO&&OROQE

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO- OR DIM- MATERIAL WEIGHT

SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. UAEIANT Flako Canada Ud.

,i A- A' IC//8-324-07731 SF0 I

I vw CHOD. APPROVED OWG,TYPC

ANCHOR EOLT LOCATI . 'FOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS Sovrn,c,en CEL,mE&rnQRp/b7ns,rD,sr,cr EB.

__________________________________________________________ SCAy

' CUSIOMERS REF 0/u/S ,,__OIHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUS)

,Qa,i PROJECT - 4 740 I MACHINING .000" STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1/10'

ALL OTHERS 1132 NOR-ACCUMULATIVE 7 TN P4-a WCR £74 T/OV [DWG. NO. REV

ñss'x o, Pa' 1IF-04/ I

CO-C//ZL7 A

I

-I

S ,'JON\i\L MR FLOvJ - ö (/LXHA U ST)

I

-:L-

3-S 3- 2-7i I

SiDE ELEV1QT/oA-J

FOR FOUNDATION LANcw1. SEE DWGNC). CO-C t 371 .

rfL4sr OutDJiTfl

NOV13 0909 j os wovtc p;S oL( toc To t usro rON coNIwdil0N

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

- flFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. Ilaki Canada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFDRMATION THEREDN IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIOEHT\AL AHO SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED

NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CCNTRACT NO. I QUOTATION NO. I REQ. NO. I NEXT ASSY. I REF MG DRAWN I DATE I SUB. NO. C AnoCo FOUT%IOktIDN C-/I&324-07731 src I I I m&e. Izsiot*IS o LAYOLYT VJ&. PJo.

CHKD. Sourne4,u CnL,R,t/rn,Qpp,$ThnA1sIrD,srQ,c-r APPROVED OWO TYPE ADDCD I TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS

s,J.e:,uciic St1ProEDSI QCT OTrIERWISE NOTED ARE: (PIUS OR MINUS) SCALE

.1 CUSTOMERS REE 1Qq/L Pgoecr a 740 EPI". o,,.:;s<i c,gnjr I)) I 2-4 R MACHINING .010" - STRUCTURAL OVERALL i)Ie 7 7/J / PL O'o--a 0/N' I OWG.EQO I REV

,4 CE V/S CO VO /RICLC ALL OTHERS I/fl NON ACCUMULATIVE

25 QE 45s)c o ur-o2 [co-c//a SYM. REVISIONS OATE BY CHKO

RL 6W

'F "

Lt

/

ID trEfOUNA1 LAVOUI VIe.Mo

I- ADDED I sepT 30/,' IA ctiE,vr /1/1,2

REVISED 7"o/ I SYM. REVISIONS

RI 610

-

"'''L L

2 '-ii?z" 2'-C,_3 '-6 ' /CI32YZ 2- 7'/z 39" 39" 3'-9" 7 _svp"

Sios £LEvci riot.)

ftR FUNDkTlON YOUT, sEEDwGN.Co-c-It37a

OR I 0,11011 EUoo5ES oat

UQI ROBE IEG 1.05 Y4SIRLJQII

QUANTITY I ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. NO. DR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

I

SFlakt I FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT Flakt Canada LId.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON S THE PROPERTY OF FLANT CANADA LTD. AND 5 SUBJECT 10 RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST, S CONTRACT NO. I OUOTATION NO- I REG. NO I NEXT ASSY. I REF DWG DRAWN

I DATE I SUB- NO.

CI,p-324-07731 SF0 I I . 22'

CEIKO. I

APPROVED I

DWG.TYPE TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS Soor,sje2Rn Ae.

I

SCALE I CUSTOMERS REF OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: IPLUS OR MINUSI ,Q,L PgOJECT .4 74Q ,', vi MACHINING .Blr - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1116' /,QLV,ceRoo Srs'irfo,n,, 7NO REV ALL OTHERS I I??" NOR-ACCUMULATIVE

Qc 4ss'y or Fa :OO5i [co-c-//zz B

If

-.

zVir'/2" OV2tCRLL

______- <-: JZ_ rc" 'ctR Oft- 052 Q rgR,us,r,otI E/7,V- tiE-OSZ !rR,qpJs,no,u s/L-E,VCEi t1q-OEZ3

7

_210R/IRL ,v . _______ 91 (tnMusr)

t

_____- e

-

SIDE ELEVgT/O

a

FOR FOUNOKUON LAYOUT, SEE DWGNG. CO-C-I i373 NOV 13 1909

L:±iva_ .--.... -

Arss otayi

0401

1OLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUSI

MACHINING .010' - STRUCTURAL OVERALL I fir ALL OTHERS 1(32' NON-ACCUMULATIVE

R 610 ,

CMKO, APPROVED OWG TYPE B. B.

;CALc CUSTOMERS REF '0

)WG.N0 REV

CO-C-IJ3O

HI

Sine ELgyqr/c,v

IMIRANCES ON OMENSIONS UNLESS OThERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

M.CHlNINO .010 - STALICTURAL OVERALL I

ALL OTHERS I '32 NON-ACCUMULATIVE

/ Nov

1939.

Fo FOUND LAour, SEE Dwg.No. COCt 1375 rro:ri ruoss

tQ ID fl !O

Rr 610 . - .

IL

/ - \. -

-

m

SI

I O19 ________________ I 1S3Uz -

CO-C-113

Sin g Ets v Ti O

FOR Fouw;oN A1OUT, 3EE DWGNO.

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION j DWG NO- DR DIM. MATERIAL

TI -i GFlakt j FLAKT CANADA LTD. -

IIILI CanzILlzI Ltd. VARIANT

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND'S SUBJECT rO RETURN UPON REQUEST, IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTIDN AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST.

A SYM.

OUNDMION LAYOUT Owe. rj. sn.e-,lIcCA scsprnRn

SSP1 A'0/iy8/ cL,IrHMRg-oP CgV/SED 10 JCP.

REVISIONS

0'

I ocr I Z4

I

DArE BY CHKD

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE (PLUS OR MINUSI

MACHINING .010 - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1 iC . ALL OTHERS 113?' NoN-ACcUMuLATIvE

CONTRACT ND. I QUOTATION NO.

C-/AS.3.Z4.07Z31 src [ff. NO NEfl ASSY REF. DIeS DRAWN

EV-4' DATE

iZS/,QoQ SLIB.NO.

Sourn&CQL,ropM,n RP/D Ths,rD,sr, ,1q1L Pocr 740

J2jo,,' r,qr, 04-"

Gr assy cRU CE- 0/2 jco

CHKD.

SB APPRovcDOr

SCALE CUS1OMERS REF.

I 0MG MD

C-/123Z I

B R' BID

.

A

REC- 'ID

-"4.

S

- S/DL ELcyfix/o/v

TO1R&NCES ON DIMENS(QNS UNLESS omLAwisE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING OlD" - STRUCTURAL OVERALL IllS ML dREgS 11W NON,ACCUMULATIVE

/vrc4NA NOV

/ FOR FOUNDATION 1OUT, SEE Dw&.No.CO-C-I37

3?'OSES OILL

NO tQ h WEQ FO cQ,*TRUcQ4

'5. j

>;;fl

Ni/ '91

t

ii

REG BID

ru

in

Siog ELEVRT/o,v _______________I

FOR FOIJNOATION Lp'toirr, SEE OWGN0 CO-Cl IS76 ij3ict PU?OSES O?ftX

QI 90 PY UVO COF cOTISIRUCIJ.Oti

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

SFIakt 1 FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT HaLt Ca Itada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLANT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NO USED DIRECTLY NO? INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTNACT NO. I QUOTATION NO. I REQ. NO. NEXT AS5Y. REF DbG I DRAWN I DAYF I SUB. NO.

c-,,a- 324O773LSFC (a'-r

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SoornewCgL,roR.irn PM0 Thn,v.s,rD,sne, I CHIcO. APPROVED OWG TYPE dl BE. OTtiERWISE NOTED ARE: IPLUS OR MINUSI flea PRouecr .4' 740 I ScALp I CUSTOMERS REF

MACH$NINO BYE - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 111W £r,qi-,o,L' I

jiNO REV ALL OTHERS 1 '32 NON.ACCUMULATIVE

CO-C- //Z34 Cctc 4SSY OP ,C,qAJ E/rO2/

in

S

SILCAJCEE SIJPPOQ(tS s2Pr SO//aS/ A CLIEflJT/14C/-DP 2.&v/s 8D TO /4/Cole;

SYM. I

REVISIONS

/ Sinr Etvi/o

,.

FOR FOUNDATION i_AbUT, SEE DWG.NO. CO-C-fl37

1'

L_QUANTITY ITEM l_ DESCRIPTION 0*0. NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL

SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT Flakt Canada Ltd.

CONTRACT NO. QUOTATION NO. REQ. NC. NEXT ASSY. REF C//e-32-4-o773 SFC

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS Soor,-,&p,vCrnjrosw,n ,Qnpw TxotuirDisi OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: IPLUS OR MINUSI

fri Rrnt Pc'ouccr .Q 740 MACHINING .010' - STRUCTURAL OVERALL I '16

ALL OTHERS I $32" NON-ACCUMULATIVE (Jnjioiu Sr4r,oI2J

AlS3'y Of P194J Ec-02Z

SUB

CALE 3 CUSTOMERS REF 4'r/ Cd]

)WG.NO. REV

co-c-,/Z35 B

9]

N

REG 610

SIDE &Ev,qrloiv


OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUSI

MACHINING .me' - STRUCTURAL OVERALL Iner ALL OTHERS 1/32 NON-ACCUMULATIVE

"II

NOV 101989

ISSUED

FOR FouNoTIoM AY1)T, SEE Dw&. No woniiroj PO5E Di

- El U$TP EOO

I'.

I) 'z

T12

0 cv

ft

)

I

0

1T

- SiLJE EEV,qT/OAI

Fo FouNArIoN AY0UT, 5aEUwalloCOCtI376

1%0 1O PtRPOSES ONLM!


OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR -MINUSI

MACHINING DID - SIRUCTURAI OVERALL I

ALL OTHERS liar NON-ACCUMULATIVE

blU

ove,gz.t.

.4 ti9-03Z A 1 7-,e9AIS,/O&/ I F4N EF-O$Z.

p

Er-on S/L_SA1CS.c' Sft-03Z £5

:i JORNAL iMR cti_ow JLI-iAUST)

t3;/

i.'r

.4 _____ IWLL_ US.I_' L

L,:Lt L gt:Lu J :

-

FLAKI CANADA LTD.

NOV IC 1989 - S/ne ELEVRT/C - L ISSUED

. Fo FGUNbATIN UNOUT, SEE WG.NO. CO-C-ti376.

oa CffORMA1COR PURPOSES O)Lt

ID BE USI FOR CONSTRUCIION

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO OR DIM [ MM ERIAL WEIGHT

SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT II:iki ( IIIULLI I It).

I I

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKY CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REOUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SU0JECT TO COPYRIGHT PHUIECTION AND MUST NOT SE MADE PUBlIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY EN ANY WAY 0 TIll MENTAL 10 THEIR INTEREST CONTRACT MO ( QIUOTAIION NO.

Ci/832.4.OT,SI SFC I RED NO

I

I NEXT ASSY

I

( REEl D\RG DRAWN

'1-f DATE

IZ3/4J4/D SUB NO

,43N

STILl

1Aoot Fo'JN)MIoN ILAVOOT rJws.wo.

I400E0 ISU_ CRJCER so o

REVISIONS

IAN.I I

o)a]E.S.j I

I I

8 I I -I

IDATRIBY cHKDI

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING .010 . STRUCTURAL OVERALL I lit

ALL OTHERS tIll NONACCUMUIATW

SouruEc'i'CgL,roR,n1c ,Qle7pID Tgn/v3,r/J/s F?/CT

t1E7.QO k'RIL Pcojgcr I7 740 C/V/C C LEa 7_( t assy o Pn EF-032

011(0.

SE. I APPROVED

I

I ORG TYPE

I

SCALE I CUSTOMERS REF

NO I

1 _ 00C//238

REV

]

REG BID

5/tgAJce ,:

i:$

__ 7/,

A'

d_I _

7-1e.9ivS 7/OA-J

U

OYERRLj

(I '/c 4.4/s,r.'o,t/ s/tcNce,c' S8-O4 A Er -04 '8

II

*

Ak FLovi

P7

! ("I ti

I'41 I> 0

-r 'S

S

[I ._.!

1

r I

I J4___ -'°' 3-0 r I 4

izthL I x &-C -6 x616

I . -

/ I 5ir ELsvpr/o .1 _ UCD / I

FOR FUNDAT%ON LAIYOUT, 5EElWG.WO.COCii376

TOa I 00i, TIC iLJTUSES OILW t

NOT TO Ei UTID FOR CONSIRUCTJQ.L{. -

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG ND OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIDHT

flFlakt I FLAKT CANADA LTD; -

VARIANT Flak, Canada Ltd. THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND'S SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT 10 COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO. I QUOTATION NO. I REG. NO. I NEXT ASSY. I REE DWG DRAWN I DATE SUB. NO

SFC I _ I I

1Z3/ftaVeaI CHKD. 'APPROVED I DWG.TYPE BAtt FouNopciIow I04i TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS Soor'-tCCIIJCgL,roMrng PRP/D Thsitis,rDisre,cr B.. I I

ILA-YOUT flwcNo. IoJaI OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUSI 'a/L Poicr G 740 '/1-1-0 SCALE CUSTOMERS REE

4 ADDO loan I I

S)LEcUCCR SUPPORTS I IB.B.I UACHININO .010 . STRUCTURAL OVERALL I/IC v,. Cc,'re . OWG.ND I REV ALl. OTHERS 1 /32 NOHACCUMULATIVE

SYM.r REVONS IDATEIBY ICHEDI _ GEM _ 453'y or pg P- 04/ COC-I/23? 6 IV

ftRFOJNATIDN LAIQUT, SEE Dw&.N.COC-ll376 mo PLP.PDSES OJ 10 LV Us- pQ COYY5LXuCfl

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. NC. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

F1akt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT j Flaki Canada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LID- AND IS SUBIVECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBjECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO.

I QUOTATION NO. REQ. NO- NEXT ASSY. I REF. DWG DRAWN I DATE SUB. NO

C.//8-324-0fl31 SFC I I

B AADDED

tDD FOoNpaIO,, Dw&.No.

SILEPJcE/? SQP)tIql5

N.

1 I/bB.B. Io

I I

I

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERwISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING .010 - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1118

ALL OTHERS 1/32 NONACCUMULATIVE

CHRD. IAPPRDVEO DWG.TYPE SoorHc1C#L,ropn,n PRPID ThSA15,rD/stE,c7- ES. I

SCALE I CUSTOMERS REF fl&TEQ g,L PoJEcr 74O I Civic CrQ/7-Ec [äLG NO. I REV

SYM. REVISIONS DATE BY CHIcO Gt,tt. 4ssy or PRAJ SF-042 I

COC-/1Z4Q NI OIL

1

I

A

C x6- 6" K 6-b 6-6 .

S/DE ELcvRr/oAI NOVIQfl9

FOR FOUHUATIOM LAouT, SEE Dwo.No. C0C11377 20/ t rOiiSTAi:on ij,:t

NOT TO Br UYD E0E cO$STAULTIn

OUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION OWG ND OR DIM. MATERiAL WEIGHT

SFIakt I FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT ElakI Canada LId.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON Is THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN I DIM. Z'-7t ws a1

- IBRAR UPON REQUEST-IT IS CONFIDENTIAL. AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY TN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. C. (SILENCER EA-OSI A' Ifa, EB

CONTRACT NO. I OUOTATION NO, I PEG ND I NEXT .ASST I RET OHIO I DRAWN DATE I SUE NO FoUNATIOs ON. C-//8-s24-o7z3I SEC

I I t I 23/MICII I IDWETYPE

'-' LAYOUT flwo, 1o. °/8 CHIcO. IAPPRO'IED PnP/D TRRICI5/TTJ/STRJCTI I ADDCO TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS E.B,

I I suppogrs I OTHERWISE NOTED ARC: (PLUS OR MINIJSI hETRO Pojcr 74O ISCALE .1 CUSTOMERS RET

I '/z"i-O 1A

I SSPTt 30U//fl6/ Ict,g/L/r MARK-OP

boy. 4 afr B.B. MI.CHINING .010--STRUCTURAL OVERALL I/IC f r,.'/1-/etz.. -S 7.-Q7,OA,

I DWG.NO. I REV IE.EV15E0 70 C0R( ALL OTHERS i/3D NOH.ACCUMULATIVE

EF 05/ co-c-I/Z4/ c SYM. I REVISIDNS DATE BY CHIcO

REG 610

±D- ELEvchr/04L

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTIIERWISE NOTED ARE: IPLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING OlE' STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1/16"

ALL OTHERS 1/32" NON-ACCUMULATIVE

/ Noy;019

FOUNDATION LAYOUT, SEE DwG. No. CO C- II 377 WI

E $EP [

U

-

Z9C-15" OL4 ks /: - sgancs.e 3Q-OI S ,cg,v ec-o' rn,jsir/oA-/ s,4k-1Jc5e EW-O4#A

I :-

7 1v_ 7

i_ (EYI4tdST)

___________- 1± :±tHuuJ

A 3 -//V2"_..4 2-7&i..J

FLAKT CANADA L15

SIDE Etgvrio lkR FuNoATDN LbNOUT, SEEowcNCO-C-i\37a

_%UA otiIX

fOR "isED LQ.L ç j

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. NO. d1DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

S. FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT Fla Li Canada I_id.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIOENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT N0 QUOTATION ND. REO NO NEXT ASSY. REF DM6. DRAWN

I DATE SUB. NO. CJ/8-324-o7n SFC Z!4

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SQUTNeRII/CIIL,rOR,I/,H PPP/D Thn,w,rD,sre,cr CIDB APPROVED DWG TYPE

B OTHERWISE NOTEO ARE (PLUS OR MINUSI tIETRO Wait PROJECr 740 SC,>E, CUSTOMERS REF.

A DDIYIO Dcl MACHINING .010 - STRUCTURAL DVERALL I/Il A S/4Eftice SLJpporS fl B.c. ALL OTHERS 1132 NON-ACCUMULATIVE 7W/HILL S r,9r'A-' . DWGNO. . REV

SYM REVISIONS DATE BY CHKD GA-AI- 455Y OP F,q-i EF- 06 / co-C- f/Z-4-3 EG AID

S/LENCS SR-Ca , rRnna/r,oZh fPA/ EF,OZ F S/LEAICE gg-0c2&

I

ii

NORIALMRFLOJ

N

LsJ A 3Q _ NOV 1o1&s

- Sink ELypT/oAi FOR FOUNOMIOM U1OT, SEE UwrMn. CO-C- 313

-

E0t c.t CC

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO DR__DIM_j MATERIAL WEIGHT

Iii SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD VARIANt I- Iakt CIliada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAXT CANADA LTD AND IS SUBJECT TO RETUR UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUSTNOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO. QUOTATION NO REG. NO NEXT ASSY REF DM16 DRAWN DATE SUB NO

C//8-324-0773 SFC ZR4 23/.4uC,/a

ADEO FOUF4ATION ThEY. TT TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SoorHQAJCgL,ro,lJ,g Qnr,e 7nii,rD,sie,cr CDB APPROVED OWG.TYPE

a tLAYOUT VJGNO 2O/B OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUSI /A1(TRO PRoJcr Q 740 SCAL CUSTCMERS REF

A DEO OCT MACHINING DID STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1/16" 2- I A lslLECE50PPtr5 R ALL OTHERS II3r NONACCUMULATWE S rH/HILL S rn 7V0/IJ DWG.HO REV

REVISIONS DATE BY CHAD . EAd. flSy or çgAJ Er 042 C0c//Z44 B

REr BIQ

1 -

I MR Lovi 9j

(EKusaT) --

'S -'I

'DI

IC

J

LALT7 J_ i 2 3 3/2 -----&_±_ S 2 71Z

x 6-6 -

pt çOt

SIDE ELEV,qr/o,v FoRiFoutrnAToN LkfouT, SEE UwNo. CO-C-t1379

-

- - -,- )_ -_

S

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING 020 - STRUCILIRAL OVERALL lit ALL OTHERS 1/32 NON-ACCUMULAtIVE

H. A A V. '/' M 7-0

T S/tEftiCL ER 07ZA

7 /

/ i'

CE

in /ffl ..

____LL 1 d14tiLLi LHL:H H.

27/a saY 4 2 30 30 a '/zS_ 27/a c4-C E

. KI" lY

FO IT(FOTMAflON PUO O4 oT 50 55 U$(0 EQS cQt5ISQcfl$

SIDLE Egv,qrio,v FLAKTCANA5KETD

Fo FOUNDATON LPOOT, SEE bw.No. CO-OH _ 379 NOV 101989

ISSUED -

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO- OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

- .

1 1 SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD.

VARIANT Flaki C;iriada t.Id.

THIS ORAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLART CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUESt IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. -

CONTRACT No. DUOTATION NO PEG. NO NEXT ASSY. REF. 0*0 DRAWN DAT fiio Cj/a-3.o7 _ SEC Z'4' 23/rn.ç/a B Aoa FOUNbATION " CHKD. APPROVED 0*6 TYPE

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SOOTHLQIV CaL/co PR//P PRAID ThsnrDisric 8.8. 1Le/L,ct)s SUPPORtS OTIIERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS) lICTRO ,R/t PROJEC r 740 SCA>E,,

,j _

CUSTOMERS REF SEP r. 30// 98e/ NIACHININD 010 - STRUCTURAL OVERALL lYlE _________________________________ .4 c,c,vr/gcV-tIp 24 ? s.e.

ALL OIflERS Ifl NOH.ACCVMULATWE 7 r/4/ Eto WER DWG.NO. REV RE V/SSD TO #ssy p Pg rr- CTZ CO -C-//246 SYM. REVISIONS DATE BY CHKO .

P 610 ---.- ,-

Ii

r,?el 7' f//, ,-'-,,c,rni I

r 600

I II

4 2 Y - _HcH

CANADA1TD

NOV .1 0 1989 - S/Dc Etpvu7r,oA/ ISSUED

POR FOUNOATION LMQUT, SEE bWG. No. CO-C-I 1379

FG;i Jih0r.tTO; E)3OLy IQZ 10 Et L2SEQ I0 CONSIRUCIIQN


OTHERWISE NOTED ARE; PLUS OR MINUSI

MACHINING 010' - STRUCTURAL OVERALL I/IS" OiL OTHERS lIlt. NON-ACCUMULATIVE

I \O

I 9

iThi

3/ 4 '/j1r'y,J o-vEQPLt

EToS2A I

NI Lf IT / N [ti 51

I

s,z.EAJCE.e EA

JORMAL ;dR FLOJ 9 (aMAU5T .

.. -.- .&

__ ___ __.L.t±ILLJLL r 1L IA A A

-SI 1*' 0

'SI

f.

H

I I

FL 4-2 3 0 3 0 _&_4_.L___'4 2 x6'-C TO

/

SIDE Etrvprio,u

/

NOV

FOR INFOIL'iAtOH PURPOSES W&Y EOJ JO SE USED FOR CONSTRYCTON

FOR FOIiNOATION LAYOUT, SEE Lw&.No. CO-Cd I 7 9

QuANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO OR DIM. J

MATERIAL WEIGHT

I SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD.

VARIANT Flukc Cunzsda LIII.

fl 11*001W D rOuNoPhIUSM LPXOUF b'Fa 4O.

J?v.IB.8I 20(8? I

T0LEaANCEs ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING .050'' STRUCTURAL OVERALL II'S" .. All OTHERS IflT HON-ACCUMULATWE

-

SQoTN&4ICQL/r0Rfn PRP/D ThRAI1TD/srE/1 h&YRO RIL PoJEcr 740 7 ni/ Ftowc Sr,qryo,,j

Ict. fl55'y EF-082 jco-

CASIO.

8,8. RDVED

IOWGflPE I ADDCD I$/tEIwcc spPors I scpr. 30//?35/ C t/rnJr t1,ORM- OP REVISD To '' 24 .e'tI

L-1

SCALE CUSMERS REF

IOWG.No REV

C-//Z48 sYMj REVESNS DATE BY

r 6IO -.-,

_________i__.zp ..................... sItgiuCcc £,q-i

'IiY 1 U

AOOEb FOUNOATION LPCEOU1 bwej4o. OfB9 lAO DI3 Sit EA/C&C SOPPaTS

I $CP 30/,vaa/ A ICL,Et&T H&Qp-VP 2q BB. Rv/SED ra /,ttCoPR

RETIISIONS DATE OT 0111(0

F..G 610

3,LQ,jS'/" O"VER.QLL

- rg'v

T°7' r re;AJS/r0nI I $/I.4TftiC2C cn.O7/A

TJLI

4 "t I 2/i 3_=.'z 2. x 6-6 '6-6 -6

77

MZ FLoN (E k/AI4St"'

e

- ---

CANAOA LTD

NOy IOiggg

ISSUED

FOR FouNctccIoN _K(OUTp 5EE Dwc.No. CO-C-

FOR UORtNMiO1 NJRPOSES OSILY

LIOT. TO BE USED FOR CONSIRUCIION

QUANTITI J_ DESCRIPTION DWG NO OR DIM

( MATERIAL

L

WEIGHT

I 11 GFIakt FLAKT CANADA LT VARIANT II,IkI (_iII1IdiI LIII.

.TOLEBNANCES ON OIMENSNONS UNLESS SootntevCgt,rot'in QRP(D Thn,14,rDr OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUS) t/CTQO c'g,z PROJLCr a 740

MACHINING .010 - STRuCTURAL OVERALL I RIG

ALL OTHERS 113r NON.ACCUMULATWE WfL5Hoa/ALV4JAbO STATI O1' GCIR- Pssy. o, u

y_2_. -I :0 DWG.NO

CO-C-,i249 E

1

-.-cJflI I

'C

Simc £LEYRT/0A/ HED FOR FbUMDATION LAIONJ1, 5EEw&..CO-C-tIBI

-

-

FOS I OTU.I0

%J4I.!

, LISLE1 E0' CON$

OUANTITY ITEM'[ DESCRIPTION j Owe NO- OR DIM. MATERIAL [WEIGHT

1 Ii flFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. FIaII ClIllIlda 1_id. VARIANT

THIS ORAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANAOA LTD AMOS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL ANO SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MAOE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED OIRECTLY HOR INDIRECTLI IN ANt WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST.

n IADbEt3 RJUNQNELON iAzr

IADDSILAYOOUT

flwo, ND, I2OJ D

ISI4t7IIC,rE Suppgrr ( I SEPT

I C,_Lc41r H,ARRA'P I Z'I B B 2EV/SC-C) 7'O /,Y/CO2P4 aa

I

SYM. REVISIONS ATEj BY


THERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS)

LIACHINING .010,- STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1'' ALL OTHERS 1132' NON-ACCUMULATIVE

CONTRACT NO. QUOTATION NO.

C-/fa-3z4o7,3I SFC I REG. NO

I _ I NEXTX1 REF OWG ORAWN I DATE I SUB NO

_

SooT,-,r,ewCgL,roRrnH Ppp,,o Thrnus,rD,srE,cl'

.RiL PROJECr fl vi IL.M I RF_7'ALVA kAbO ITAYL C) Pd

Rss'y OF PR EP- 0 9Z

CHKO.

S_B. I APPROVEO

I

I OWO. TYPE

I _____________________ SCALE I CUSTOMERS REF

Vz"I,'-o"I OWe NO

C0C// &O REV

UBIQ S I

FL

fl...'7,fl) J

ii

w.

ti_< I;!

Ikii

H,

L

I

H A _/ 2 7Vz - 3 7,. zL 3 0 21/ 3 -a'/Z 2- N 8'3'%-" I x&-6T x'6' x6'6" 34"

- SIDE ELE'vwr/oM JVtTCANAy6;

/ NOVIQISBS

/ FOR FOUMflMIQt4UXOUT, SED.NQCQC-U38.1 ISSUED

pUXPoSES QNLL roa INFOBMMIOU

so is LAfl EO EQIAI8UCIJJ'

oi

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWGI NO. OR DIM. MATERiAL. WEIGHT

I SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT Elaks Canada LId.

THIS ORAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLART CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST, IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL 10 THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO OUOTATIDN NO REG NO NEXT REF OWG. DRAWN

(

DATE SUB. N0 LJRJ&& B AtOE V fl4MloN IOPIL

C'/F&322-0773I SF0 12.5

CHXD. APPROVED OWOTYPE LPCOUT OwG, No. Io/a,

SOUTH.EQ/I/CIIL/rO,2fl/fl ,Qqpw Thntv,r&sre,cr.B. I I ADI)éTO

I TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS I I

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUS) tICTRO RAIL PROJECT ez7 740 SCAL1E CUSTOMERS REE SEPT. aoi;,sa/ jocr i/n" A CL/ENT N4K'bP 124 BE. . ?.RACHINING .010"' sTRUCTURAL OVERALL

kLL5kIRa/ALVARAhO 5FATIOt'J [DWGNO. eEV/SED To /.O/CORPI8c$ ALL OTHERS /32" NON-ACCUMULATIVE

EF-093 LC± -//Z5 " SYM, REVISIONS DATE 0/ CHI(D tAJ. .Q$5)' or Fg&i F -; BID

A 8V/sCb b-i /)/t1&iISIOtjS

SYM. REVISIONS

RE 510

'U

C

C

9!:

TRflA'S/ 7-to Al F4N e1i ° / r,ernt's / 7-/a,-'

I

3L /L)J

H / H1 \ H

'N

NOV 10i989

ISSUED

FouwoATioLAYouLSEE UWG.NO. C- II sa

Nor 102'-

I QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG NO OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGH

IJIANT GFIaiçt FLAKT CANADA Liii Fh1LI Canada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKI CANADA LTD AND IS SIIAJECT TO RFTURN UPDN REQUESr IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT ID COPYRIGHT PE COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WA? OETRIMEN1 CONTRACT ND I QUOTATION NO

C-//e324-O7I SFC NO NEXT ASSY RI

OTHEAWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MINUS) ticrea ,C1q1,t Poj&cr 74O TOLEFIANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SOCJTU&QIVCQL/FORnfuJ Pnw MACHINING .010 STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1,16

>/ s .wi.e c/PtN-qfl .00 ALL OTHERS 1/32 NON-ACCUMULATIVE

-

fissy o tE- 101

B. CALE CUSTOMERS REF

IWG.NO REV

CQC-//2S2 E

0 1

Ii

Iii

> 0

cEb

L

B LnOUT VJO.NO A I 2Ev/S Co locH

_

R i,s'os S SYM. REVISIONS DATE]JHIED

-1-- 4'- & lEe" '

rR/34'S/ non

I ç:

ThH /L J

2- C I *6-6"

jJOMAL Alg.FLO'J

iijiI1

9/ '.9

I ----- _______________________I F1AKTCANADA°-

I x6I6

Sin c EL CYN 7/ e3/j

FOR FOUNDATION Loui, 5EEDWGNO.COC1t38 BTflU PUIIPOSES oiiii

PP XI USP. QA GQNSXEUOJQ$.

QUANTITY ITEM j DESCRIPTION owG. NO. OR DIM. MATERiAL WEIGHT

TI flF1aj FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT j Flaki Canada Ud

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFDRMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUESt IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION ANO MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TD THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT ND. I QUOTATION NEXT ASSY. REF OWO I DRAWN DATE I SUB. NO,

C-//d- 324O7j_f C I 2.X/,qIi4/g .j_G.N2j

SOOTHeQA./C#L,roRrnn PHPID Tha,v3,rD,S7R, I CHKD. APPROVED

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUS)

, .,wt PQOUECr Q 740 SCALE CUSTOMERS REF

MACHINING .010..: STRUCTURAL OVERALL 'hr /. DWG.NO REV ALL OTHERS l'3r NONACCUMULATI c0H253 B GrA.t 4ssy o CE- /02

NI._ BIB

I;

5 / 0 £ £7.. &' Yt? // 0 /tJ FOR IIIFOITMATIOF) PURPOSIS ONLY

MOE 10 Et USER EOE cQNSTRU002H

[OR EcUNUATION 1.p1GuT, SEE Uwc.W.CO-C-II3aO

&

-f

p

-L

-

. QUANTITY I ITEM DESCRIPTION 0*6. ND OR DIM. MATERiAL WEIGHT

SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. rlaki CDIIadII Ltd. VARIANT

C

A SYM.

G-c'. (ov. I 1 DELETED GROUT UN0EFA 4JB,i ADbEb FOUNDMION kAN. C lAYOUT VI6.D. .ADDgD

I

$/Lg/UO)i) sup,ne Spr. 30/1988 Iocrl

cLisJfrn,,e-op REV/SED r /P/COEP. 83

REVISIONS DATEI BY

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUS)

MACHINING tf0 . STRIJCTURAL OVERALL i,ir

ALL OTHERS 1)32 NONACCUMULATIVE

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLANT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REGUEST. IT IS CONFIOENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIRO NOR USED OIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WA DETRIMENTAL TO IHEIR INTEREST. ND. I QUOTATION NO.

C-//&32407fl1 SFC I REG. NO.

I

I NEXT ASSY

I

I REF. DWG.

I

DRAWN I DATE I SUB. NO.

SOOTk&QIVCflL,rORfl,fl PRP/D Thsiv.15,rD,sre,n fitiRo 'giL ,°Rouicr P 740

/,C Sr.qr,ou 4ssy op mu EF- 073

CHXD,

-I

I APPROVED OWG. TYPE

SCALE ,/., 0

CUSTOMERS REF

DWG NO,

cc- c-i /254 REV

C REG 6)0

A - rn,rOa, I

a EP O743 pAJSflAI O74 ;MS/ICeE#-074A

_ I,,-,' H /

I I I' I

(Ex

II

tcTH ItCi.L;biL. L Z7/z 42 30 ° 7Y2-

r.OIM.54NAS6O". DELETED GRouT ONOER CAlM.

HOt eJ.

I

tBj

ADOBO FOUNDATION LflDo 0wG. No, 4th2

A S/C1r4 SIJPPQPfl SCI'/7 sO7/?&9/

CL/ttvrnMR,-op RCVSED ro iAJCoR,

Oc 2-f alMB.S.

I

I

SYM. REVISIONS DATE BY jCHKD

REG 610

.H p

/

0

t Ht

TI. . ---Iii

.o .. -.

J Nay10198

S/Dc EtEv.cirio/ti - FOR Fout.IDATION IANOUT, SEE U\NG.NO. C-C-II38O

FOB INFOBMAT:ofl PURPOSES opk' iOI TO AZ UZZO ICR C QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 DWd NO- OR DIM, WEIGHT

JJ j SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT FlakI CU AUCIU I_Id.

- THIS DRAW1HO AND ALA. MYORMETION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OP PLANT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED OIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANT WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO- I QUOTATION NO REG. NO I NEAT AS DRAWN I DATE I SUB. NO

C-I/8-3z4.oTnI SEC 1ThEF DANG

CHKO. I

APPROVED DWO.TYPE SOOTMCZVI,CgL,ro,rn,n Pnw ThnfIJ5,rD,s TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS ne/cr 5.5.

F

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE (PLUS OR MINUS) SCALE ,I CUSTOMERS REF /1 PRojecr 740 I MACHINING T01O - STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1111"

. Vz":1b0 7 rn /rto u'eg Sirq r,o,, DWG.NO REV ALL OTHERS 1132 NON-ACCUMULATIVE

co-c-iizss K EAi 4ssy o EF-074

,

r' tIM.S4M WAS 6-o DELETED GROUT UNDER FAN, AOOEO FOUNOABION LMOU'r_Iws.No,

S SEN.

rm o

A S,ttr/I,CE,e suprorcrs

$EPT Lo//?Sa/ ctic,vr nk-uP

ocr zig j$' SB.

2EVISCD to IA/CORP £8 SYM. REVISIONS DATE BY CHICO

.4 610

I J_s S x6-6 xtEHo. 6 6 h/° ?I,.

TI

0

r4

NOV:oin11 I

/

S/Dr ELsvpT/o HR FouwaATIw Al2J1 SEE DwcNo. CQCH38T

FOG rOnrErjIoD 9U?O5t OflL BUT 10 00 USTLI o&

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION OWG NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

SF1 I FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT j Flakt Canada ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLART CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST, IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY OETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO I QUOTATION NO.1 REG NO. I NEXT ASS?. I REF OWG. DRAWN I OATE I SUB. NO.

C-/fa-a24-o7nI src I I I 123/Au6/a81

SOOTHLQJG/CQL/7ORfLI/RPRPLD Thrnvi,rD,s7e,cr CHKO.

I APPROVED I DWG TYPE

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS 8,5. (

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUS) P,eoucr 740 SCALE CUSTOMERS REF.

!&ACHINTNG '10' STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1/16 7 /b Sriqr,o,u, F OWG.NO. REN ALL OTNERS *032' NON-ACCUMULATIVE tw to-u-SR

a55y r EF083

oil

22

t7 !7__

S

Oft1.&-4"fl'-O:11 C)EL1tOGIai' I.00jjj_WAS CO-C-Il

r- EAbOED FOUNPcTION Ii LAYOUT OweNo. R%/a?t-i

A ArDDD l fri I sjgiucSR soPPogrsI

SYM. I REVISIONS LATE I BY ICHKDI

Bib

32'-0r2r'/JJ_CVE,QfltZ-

o,. W 7JE5aflt' rQ pA 5,# r,oiu rgU Efr- oa4 r,,ws / Er-084A I Er-0a4s

-- - ---

r---fl

HI II : II -\

_:± XiQL? i I/

SIDE E/EvRi/oAJ

K 6-6

-, S/tEfliCt EW-O$45

/IOAAAL AIi FLOW

--

oj

CANADA LTD. I

I NOV 101989 I

/ ISSUED

I

I -

FOR EOUNDATION IPCflJIJTJ±EE Bw.No. CO-C- 11541

FOR ToIS1tt! BJTTOSES oEfl j

E101 IC IF LAIR [Pa CPEISTRUCDQJ -

QUANTITY I ITEM DESCRIPTiON Owe N0 OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

I ThFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD.

VARIANT I fliLi CIFI:Ida LId. I

UWCi I WE 8.5.

I I

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS ISOQTN&ftICRL,rOWtJ,R .QRP/D Thstt,5,rO,sre/

I

SCALE CUSTOMERS REF OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: PLUS OR MINUSI 7CYQQ Rg,t PRojEcr Q 740

lACHININO 0Y0 - STRUCTURAL OYERALL I _______________________________ ALL OTHERS II? NON-ACCUMULATIVE I 7 TM / 1-t a v-c,e S rg non) DWGNO REV

Gnt qssy o,c r EF-oe4 CDC-(/257[

12\

- 5g Etcvgrio bR ftUNDAT!OH _AIOUT, EE UwG,N. LJL

FCJ I QItiAYICN PUEPOSES OHLL '

CL1 JO SE LIStS FOB OQNjE000.QL4J

- QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. NO OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

SFlakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. I bIn. 5-4" WAS 6'"O'. I VARIANT H FIOI<I Canada LId.

I__I DELE-ESO &ROUT UNDER FAN I&a 5B.I

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLAKT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN

'a A,EO FOUA.T(O14 pj. I

a/a, 8B UPON REQUESt IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT SE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NDR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY OETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST.

O LAYOUT bVIG,ND. fo.LtNC1HOrFA,4&TRANS. pu F CONTRACT NO. I QUOTATION NO PEG. NO. I NEXT ASSt REF. DWG. ORAWN I OATE I SUB. NO.

C.//a-324..o?,aI SFC I I -f uQ.QLY5gEl-D.TosU,T 7/Ba

t CHKD. APPROVED OWG TYPE SOQTHtQk/C4L,FOIU,g ThSMS/TD,Ste/CT

ADDED TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS jQpp,i' .3. SILC/UCCkSOPPOTS

sepr O/$ t OThERWISE NOTED ARE (PLUS OR MINUSI SCALE CUSTOMERS REF ,Cgii. PeoJEcr P 74O / --

I

A CtiEWrn,Ogg-J)P TO

Z-4 fl MACHINING SIB' -STRUCTURAL OVERALL 1116"

71_H/'/rLo 'Qyag S7-,97-,'04_, . OWG.NO. I REV .CEV/SE0 /JLJCORP 83

ALL OTHERS 1/32" NON,ACCUMULATIVE

CO- //27 SYM. REVISIONS DATE CHKD . G- flss'y or rR eVE-IL

RE 610

DUIM. 3't WAS b1J

DOLETEO QROUT UNDE

,-' '.-

AoO FOUF.OA1IOb %MOUTOIBNO.

B Rein. 11p4Th Op FAN

ftopaot1s kr-in. To

4. aDDEO

SYM. REVISIONS

r1 610

FOR FOUNDATION lAYOUT, SEE w&No. CO-C-11383

FOR PURPOSES OEII.

XS 10 El USED OR CONIFRUCIIQt4

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. N0 OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

flFlakt FLAKT CANADA. LTD. VARIANT f:lakE Canada Ltd.

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SOOTHLQAICQLtC'OP/Wn RaPID Thftflj5nD/sr, OTHERWISE /VOIED ARE: fREUS OR MINUS)

eF7Ij. PRoJscr P 74O MACHINING .010" - STRUCTURAl. OVERALl. I/Il"

ALL OTHERS 1/32 NON-ACCUMULATIVE 7 TJw'/ F7- a 'Qv-c1e .Sr,'9 r ,'04/ QCAJS 4ss'y ' svr- 2t

"' IbELETeoGgOuTOtIOERI.EGS 6f5 BB n FOQ.DATION

iLnoo DwG,b1D./?W"2a/89 AN.

81 _______ I

:AISePr,SO//?aS CLIENr flA&OP 24 5 JEEcqs6o it

REVISIONS DATE

610

L6

'"H,..

c,nr r, r\/nr/AI -

H

.___ , L_-J L- _ V r y I -# / _J

iTRAnrrTfli

NCV1Ql9aa I

VQR FOUNDATION 1MOUT1 SEa Dw,No. CO-C11374

OT OOi.I.'J,I:C YUTES O?(U HOT TO II IOj LON5TEMCIIQA(

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION j DWG ND. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

I U I SFIakt FLAKT CANADA LTD. VARIANT _]

fT(4 Canada I,ItI, THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLART CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT NO I QUOTATION NO. I REO NO I NEIT ASSY I REF DWG DRAWN I DATE I SUB. NO

C,/p-324.O7)'3J SEC I I I YA°' 23/AU6j8

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS SOOrNERM Crn,mnjrnQpp,5Thp,tjs,rD,sr,cr CHKD.

se. I APPROVED

I

I DWG. TYPE

I

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MIrus) .. P,eojecr R 740 SCA(.ç, I

z '-o" CUSTOMERS REF

YIiI,CHIIIIHG GTE' - STRUCTUR&L OVERALL 1I6 '771,i/,tZ0 3WGNO. I REV ALL OTHERS 1/32" NON.ACCUMUIATIVE v.-'e,a Sr-c rov

[co-C- //29 Ic qe 45'0 OTIL

4'

I______ H i :tc'

SIDE ELEviT/cJ

CANAOALTD

NOV ioigag

R FOUNDTtGN AYOUT2

FOR INFOTUAT!OTI PURPOSES ONL

MOD SO FR USED rOD coNsrDc)aLQ;

QUANTITY I

ITEM] DESCRIPTION DWG NO. OR DIM. MATERIAL WEIGHT

SFlakt I FLAKT CANADA LTb. VARIANT FlakE Canada Ltd.

THIS DRAWING AND ALL INFORMATION THEREON IS THE PROPERTY OF FLANT CANADA LTD. AND IS SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON REQUEST. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL ANO SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AND MUST NOT BE MADE PUBLIC NOR COPIED NOR USED DIRECTLY NOR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR INTEREST. CONTRACT RD. QUOTATION NO. REG. NO. NEXT ASSY. I REF 0NG DRAWN

I OA7E I SUB. NO.

c./'p-524-0773( SFC I I £Y2' 123/RJ6./3&I

TOLERANCES ON DIMENSIONS UNLESS CHKD. I APPROVED I DWQ TYPE SOUTHeRN Cqt/Pzv/gQppmThn,tJs/rDIsrQ,cr E.B.

J

OTHERWISE NOTED ARE: (PLUS OR MItU$) I CUSTOMERS REF AErRo P,eojccy 4 740

JACHIRING ala- STRUCTURAL OVERALL I/IS 7J/ a 'çy-4,e- S T,9r/axv FTHO. REV 1 All OTHERS I '32 NON.ACCUMULATIVE ,"TZ

1C0-c//270 J

Qe. #ssxor FN Ofl-2-L ic

1989 - instructions - emergency and ventilation fans...

Documents